Read The big short with its analysis


See Full Analysis here



Scene 1 -  The Birth of Mortgage-Backed Securities
1 OPEN ON: INT. SOLOMON BROTHERS - 1979 - DAY 1

A bunch of FAT BOND TRADERS eat deli sandwiches and smoke
cigarettes on the Solomon Brothers Bond Trading floor. It’s
not exactly Michael Douglas in Wall Street.

The voice that walks us through this is smart, too the point
and slick. We’ll meet him later.

MODERN TRADER (V.O.)
In the late seventies banking was
not a job you went into to make
large sums of money. It was a good
stable profession like selling
insurance or accounting. And if
banking was boring then the bond
department at a bank was downright
comatose. We all know about bonds,
give em to your nephew when he
turns 16 and then we he’s thirty he
makes a hundred dollars. Yawn.
Bonds were for losers. That is,
until Lewis Ranieri came on the
scene at Solomon Brothers...

MUSIC: Some great 70’s ballad like KISS YOU ALL OVER by EXILE

We see an even schlubbier version of the other Bond Traders
emerge. His suit is rumpled, he has a mustard stain on his
shirt from a soft pretzel he’s eating and he is easily
seventy pounds over weight. This is LEWIS RENIERI. And though
his world is obscure, he is the shit.

Our NARRATOR the MODERN TRADER passes through the scene for a
second, dressed in modern clothes...

Lewis greets his Bond Department with obscenities barked
through his patchy beard and glasses.

MODERN TRADER (V.O.)
You see Lewis didn’t know it yet,
but he had already changed banking
forever. He had just one simple
idea...


2 INT. SOLOMON BROTHERS - CONFERENCE ROOM - 1979 - DAY 2

Lewis and HIS TEAM are doing a presentation to a bunch of
STATE PENSION FUND MANAGERS with an old fashioned OVER HEAD
PROJECTOR.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 3.


LEWIS RANIERI
...The mortgage backed security. Or
the private label M.B.S.

FUND MANAGER
What is that?

BOND TRADER
I hope you don’t say that when you
look at your wife’s pussy!

They all HOWL except the fund manager who looks shocked but
then finally laughs to fit in.

LEWIS RANIERI
Here’s how it works. You’ve got
your average person’s mortgage.
Fixed rate, 30 years...

We see A HOUSE on the over head projector.

LEWIS RANIERI (CONT’D)
Boring, safe, small pay off...
Right? But when you have thousands
of them all bundled together...

We see an illustration of many homes. The next illustration
shows them all “bundled” together with a bow.

LEWIS RANIERI (CONT’D)
Suddenly the yield goes up and the
risk is still low cause it’s a
mortgage and who the hell doesn’t
pay their mortgage?

BOND TRADER
Dickheads and junkies.

LEWIS RANIERI
And because the risk is hedged
these bonds allow for people with
not so perfect credit to get homes.
So you’re making money and you’re
doing a good thing.

BOND TRADER #2
Lewie is a fucking genius.

FUND MANAGER
Uhm, what exactly is the credit
rating on this bond? All my pension
fund cares about is triple A rated
risk.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 4.


LEWIS RANIERI
Risk? What risk? The only risk is
that you get paid back too soon!
Plus each of these mortgages is
guaranteed by the U.S. Government.
This bond gentlemen, is AAA rated.

FUND MANAGER
This is exactly what the Michigan
State pension fund has been looking
for. I’ll buy 20 million...

BOND TRADER #2
Come on live a little!

FUND MANAGER
Twenty five million.

LEWIS RANIERI
Let’s break out the paper work!

MUSIC: Something like BOOGIE OOGIE OOGIE by A TASTE OF HONEY
Genres: ["Drama","Comedy"]

Summary In 1979, the dull atmosphere of the Solomon Brothers bond trading floor is transformed when Lewis Ranieri introduces the innovative concept of mortgage-backed securities. With a mix of crude humor and intelligence, he captivates skeptical pension fund managers, demonstrating how bundling mortgages can enhance yield while reducing risk. His engaging presentation leads to a significant commitment from the fund managers, marking a pivotal moment in the banking industry.
Strengths
  • Sharp dialogue
  • Humorous tone
  • Introduction of key concept
Weaknesses
  • Minimal emotional impact
  • Limited character development

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

This scene's primary job is to introduce the world of 1970s bond trading and the revolutionary concept of mortgage-backed securities in an engaging, accessible way. It largely succeeds with vivid period detail and a clear explanation, but the crude humor (the 'wife’s pussy' joke) feels jarring and risks alienating the audience, limiting the overall impact. A more consistent tonal balance would lift the score.


Story Content

Concept: 7.5

The concept of dramatizing the invention of mortgage-backed securities is strong and timely, but the execution leans heavily on exposition and a narrator, which can feel like a lecture.

Plot: 5.5

The plot is minimal—a presentation of an idea—but it effectively sets up the central conflict of the film (the creation and consequences of MBS).

Originality: 6.5

The scene is original in its approach to financial history—using a modern narrator and period music—but the crude humor is a tired trope.


Character Development

Characters: 5

Lewis Ranieri is sketched as a schlubby genius, but the other traders are one-note crude stereotypes; the fund manager is a straight man. The modern trader narrator adds a layer but isn't yet a character.

Character Changes: 2

No character changes significantly; Lewis is confident throughout, the fund manager goes from skeptical to buying.

Internal Goal: 5

Lewis's internal goal is to be recognized as a genius and to revolutionize banking, driven by a desire for significance and to prove the naysayers wrong.

External Goal: 7

Lewis's external goal is to sell the mortgage-backed security to the pension fund managers.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 3

Conflict is low—the fund manager is easily convinced; the real conflict (the eventual crash) is foreshadowed but not present.

Opposition: 3

Opposition is weak—the fund manager's skepticism is easily overcome; the real opposition (the system, future consequences) is absent.

High Stakes: 4

Stakes are implied (the future of finance) but not felt in the scene; the sale is small and easy.

Story Forward: 6

The scene moves the story forward by establishing the key invention and the players, but it's mostly setup.

Unpredictability: 4

The scene is somewhat predictable—a pitch that succeeds—but the crude humor and the modern narrator's interjections add slight unpredictability.

Philosophical Conflict: 3

The scene hints at a clash between old-school safe investing (pension funds) and innovative but risky financial products, but it's not developed.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 4

The scene is more intellectually engaging than emotionally moving; the crude humor undercuts any potential emotional weight.

Dialogue: 6

The dialogue is snappy and informative, but the crude joke feels forced and out of step with the otherwise smart tone; the narrator's voice is slick and effective.

Engagement: 6.5

The scene is engaging because it demystifies a complex financial concept with humor and a relatable narrator, but the crude joke and slow start reduce momentum.

Pacing: 5.5

Pacing is uneven: the opening voice-over is slow, the pitch picks up, but the crude joke and subsequent laughter feel like a pause.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

Formatting is standard and clean, with clear scene headings and action lines; the voice-over is properly indicated.

Structure: 7

The structure is a classic 'pitch' scene: setup (boring bonds), introduction of the hero, the pitch, objections, and a sale. It works for the genre.


Critique
  • The opening voiceover effectively sets the tone and context for the scene, providing a clear contrast between the mundane banking environment of the late 1970s and the impending disruption brought by Lewis Ranieri. However, the voiceover could benefit from a more engaging hook to draw the audience in immediately, perhaps by starting with a striking statistic or anecdote about the financial landscape at that time.
  • The characterization of Lewis Ranieri is vivid and memorable, but the scene could delve deeper into his motivations and personality. While his crude humor and disheveled appearance are established, adding a moment that showcases his passion for innovation or a personal stake in the mortgage-backed securities could create a stronger emotional connection with the audience.
  • The dialogue among the bond traders is humorous and captures the camaraderie of the team, but it risks overshadowing the significance of the presentation. Balancing the comedic elements with the gravity of the financial concepts being introduced would enhance the scene's impact. For instance, after a joke, a brief moment of silence or a serious reaction from the fund managers could emphasize the importance of what is being discussed.
  • The transition from the casual atmosphere of the trading floor to the formal presentation could be smoother. Consider using visual cues or sound design to signify the shift in tone, such as dimming the lights or changing the music to something more serious as the presentation begins.
  • The use of visuals in the presentation is a strong choice, but they could be described in more detail to enhance the audience's understanding. For example, elaborating on the illustrations shown on the overhead projector would help viewers grasp the concept of mortgage-backed securities more clearly, especially for those unfamiliar with financial jargon.
Suggestions
  • Revise the opening voiceover to include a compelling hook that captures the audience's attention right away.
  • Add a moment that reveals Lewis Ranieri's personal motivations or passion for his work to create a deeper emotional connection.
  • Balance the humor in the dialogue with moments of seriousness to highlight the significance of the financial concepts being discussed.
  • Create a more distinct transition between the casual trading floor and the formal presentation to enhance the scene's tone.
  • Provide more detailed descriptions of the visuals used in the presentation to aid audience comprehension of mortgage-backed securities.



Scene 2 -  The Reckless Rise
3 INT. STRIP CLUB - 1979 - NIGHT 3

The Bond Traders are partying at a strip club throwing
dollars everywhere and boozing. It disgusting and fun as hell
and none of these guys will live past 60.

MODERN TRADER (V.O.)
Lewis and his band of foul mouthed
bond traders took a sleepy
department and made it the most
profitable on Wall Street. Pretty
soon stocks and savings were almost
inconsequential to the big banks.
They were doing 50, 100, 200
billion in mortgage bonds and
dozens of other securities a year.


4 EXT. SKYLINE OF MANHATTAN - DUSK 4

TIME LAPSE: New impressive BANKING BUILDINGS SPRING UP and
dot the Manhattan skyline. Chase, B of A, Morgan Stanley,
Lehman Brothers etc.

MODERN TRADER (V.O.)
And America barely noticed as it’s
number one industry became boring
old banking. Then one day...
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 5.

MODERN TRADER (V.O.) (CONT'D)
almost thirty years later... in
2008... It all came crashing down.

SMASH CUT TO BLACK

1010 WINS ANCR (V.O.)
Wall Street has suffered one of
it’s worst days in history as
Lehman Brothers has declared
bankruptcy.


5 1) TRACKING SHOT PAST HOUSING DEVELOPMENT LAWNS WITH 5
FORECLOSED AND FOR SALE SIGNS ON ALL THEM (STOCK FOOTAGE).


6 2) AND THEN A LONG LINE OF APPLICANTS AT A MCDONALD’S JOB 6
FAIR. (STOCK FOOTAGE)


7 3) IMAGES OF THE DOW DROPPING. (STOCK FOOTAGE) 7

1010 WINS ANCR (V.O.)
This follows the demise of Bear
Stearns and a plummeting Dow Jones,
down four thousand since January.

MODERN TRADER (V.O.)
In the end Lewis Ranieri’s Mortgage
Backed Security mutated into a
monstrosity that collapsed the
whole world economy. And none of
the experts or leaders or talking
heads had a clue it was coming. I’m
guessing most of you still don’t
really know what happened. Yeah,
you got a sound bite you repeat so
you don’t sound dumb but come on...

WE FADE TO BLACK.

MODERN TRADER (V.O.)
But there were some who saw it
coming... While the whole world was
having a big ol’ party, a few
outsiders and weirdos saw what no
one else could. Not me, I’m not a
weirdo. I’m pretty cool. We’ll meet
later. These outsiders saw the
giant lie at the heart of the
economy. And they saw it by doing
something the rest of the suckers
never thought to do: they looked.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 6.


TITLE: THE BIG SHORT
Genres: ["Drama","Finance"]

Summary In a 1979 strip club, bond traders indulge in a hedonistic lifestyle, oblivious to the financial upheaval brewing beneath the surface. A modern trader's voiceover reflects on how Lewis Ranieri transformed the banking industry, shifting focus to mortgage bonds, while a time-lapse reveals the evolving Manhattan skyline. The narrative foreshadows the 2008 financial crisis, culminating in a stark black screen announcing Lehman Brothers' bankruptcy. Stock footage illustrates the crisis's aftermath, highlighting the disconnect between the traders' revelry and the impending disaster, as the voiceover critiques the ignorance of experts and hints at outsiders who foresaw the collapse.
Strengths
  • Effective use of visuals and voiceover to convey complex information
  • Foreshadowing of the central conflict and themes
  • Engaging storytelling that captures the audience's attention
Weaknesses
  • Limited character development in this scene
  • Reliance on voiceover for exposition
  • Lack of direct conflict or interpersonal drama

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

This scene's primary job is to establish the explosive growth of mortgage-backed securities and foreshadow the 2008 collapse, which it does effectively through a visceral party montage and a cynical voiceover. The biggest limiter is the heavy reliance on expositional voiceover that tells rather than shows the transition, making the time jump feel abrupt and the emotional impact somewhat diluted.


Story Content

Concept: 7.5

The concept of juxtaposing the crude, celebratory origins of mortgage-backed securities with the catastrophic aftermath is strong and thematically rich. However, the execution relies heavily on voiceover to bridge the gap, which slightly undermines the visual storytelling.

Plot: 5.5

The plot moves from a specific party scene to a broad montage of the 2008 crash, but the transition is handled via voiceover rather than a clear narrative event. The plot is more about thematic setup than advancing a specific character-driven story.

Originality: 7

The scene is original in its use of a cynical, modern voiceover to frame historical events and its direct address to the audience. The party scene is a familiar trope, but the juxtaposition with the crash is effective.


Character Development

Characters: 4.5

The bond traders are depicted as a collective—disgusting and fun—but no individual character emerges. The Modern Trader voiceover provides a personality, but the scene lacks a distinct protagonist to anchor the action.

Character Changes: 1

No character undergoes a change in this scene; it is a montage that sets up the broader arc rather than focusing on individual transformation.

Internal Goal: 6

The Modern Trader's internal goal is to expose the truth behind the financial collapse and challenge the audience's complacency, driven by a desire to be seen as insightful and to correct a perceived ignorance.

External Goal: 7

The Modern Trader's external goal is to narrate the rise and fall of mortgage-backed securities, providing context for the story to come.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 3

Conflict is implied between the party atmosphere and the looming disaster, but no direct conflict occurs in the scene. The tension is retrospective and intellectual rather than immediate.

Opposition: 3

The opposition is abstract—the financial system itself and the ignorance of the public—rather than a specific antagonist. This reduces the dramatic tension.

High Stakes: 7

The stakes are high—the collapse of the global economy—but they are presented as a future event, not an immediate threat in the scene itself.

Story Forward: 6

The scene moves the story forward by establishing the scale of the mortgage-backed security boom and foreshadowing the crash, but it does so through exposition rather than a plot event.

Unpredictability: 5

This scene is somewhat unpredictable because the time jump and the direct address to the audience break the typical narrative flow, but the overall arc (rise then fall) is a familiar historical pattern.

Philosophical Conflict: 6

The clash is between the ethos of reckless profit-seeking (the party) and the value of sustainable, honest economics (the crash). The Modern Trader sides with the latter, positioning himself as a truth-teller against the system.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 5

The scene evokes a mix of disgust at the traders' behavior and anxiety about the impending crash, but the emotional impact is muted by the montage and voiceover, which keep the audience at a distance.

Dialogue: 5.5

Dialogue is minimal, limited to the Modern Trader's voiceover and a brief news anchor line. The voiceover is engaging and cynical, but the lack of character dialogue reduces the scene's dramatic immediacy.

Engagement: 6.5

This scene is engaging because the voiceover is witty and direct, and the contrast between the party and the crash creates a compelling narrative hook. However, the montage format reduces the visceral pull of a single, focused scene.

Pacing: 6.5

The pacing of the scene is brisk, moving from the party to the skyline to the crash in quick succession, which mirrors the rapid growth and sudden collapse. However, the voiceover can feel rushed, leaving little room for the images to breathe.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 7

Formatting is mostly standard, with clear scene headings and action lines. The use of 'TIME LAPSE' and 'SMASH CUT TO BLACK' is effective, but the stock footage notations are a bit clunky.

Structure: 5

The structure is a montage with voiceover, which works for a historical overview but lacks the dramatic beats of a traditional scene. The time jump is abrupt, relying on the voiceover to stitch it together.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the hedonistic lifestyle of the bond traders, contrasting sharply with the serious implications of their actions. However, the tone may come off as overly celebratory, which could undermine the gravity of the financial crisis that follows. Balancing the fun with a hint of foreboding could enhance the emotional impact.
  • The voiceover from the Modern Trader provides a strong narrative thread, but it risks becoming too expository. While it sets the context well, it could benefit from more subtlety. Instead of directly stating the consequences of the traders' actions, consider showing the impact through visuals or character reactions.
  • The transition from the strip club to the Manhattan skyline is visually striking, but the time-lapse could feel abrupt. A smoother transition that connects the party atmosphere to the rising skyline might help maintain narrative flow. Perhaps include a brief moment where the traders' laughter fades into the sounds of construction or city life.
  • The use of stock footage to illustrate the aftermath of the financial crisis is effective, but it could be more integrated with the narrative. Instead of a sudden cut to black, consider a gradual fade that allows the audience to absorb the implications of the traders' actions before revealing the consequences.
  • The final lines of the Modern Trader's voiceover are engaging and set up the next part of the story well. However, the self-referential humor ('Not me, I’m not a weirdo. I’m pretty cool.') may detract from the seriousness of the preceding events. While humor can be effective, it should not undermine the gravity of the situation.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a moment of reflection among the traders that hints at their awareness of the risks they are taking. This could create a more complex portrayal of their characters and foreshadow the impending crisis.
  • Incorporate more sensory details to enhance the atmosphere of the strip club. Describing the sounds, smells, and sights in more vivid detail could immerse the audience in the scene and emphasize the excess of the traders' lifestyle.
  • Explore the emotional reactions of the traders as they celebrate. Including brief interactions or dialogues that reveal their motivations or insecurities could add depth to their characters and make the audience more invested in their fates.
  • Consider using a more gradual build-up to the transition from the party to the skyline. Perhaps show the traders leaving the club, still in high spirits, before cutting to the skyline, which could serve as a metaphor for their rising fortunes and the impending downfall.
  • Revise the voiceover to maintain a balance between humor and seriousness. While the Modern Trader's commentary can be witty, ensure it aligns with the overall tone of the scene and the themes of the story.



Scene 3 -  The Game and the Eye
8 EXT. MIDDLE SCHOOL FOOTBALL FIELD - DAY 8

GRAPHIC: 1985

A MIDDLE SCHOOL football game is in progress. MICHAEL BURRY
age 11 catches a ball and starts running. He’s pretty good.

His parents and coaches cheer him on. Cute 8th GRADE
CHEERLEADERS wave their pom poms.

PARENTS/COACH
Thatta way Michael! Go! Go!

He is TACKLED by a few players and as Michael gets up we hear
an OPPOSING PLAYER scream.

OPPOSING PLAYER
Ewwww! Look!

CU of a GLASS EYE on the field. Michael covers his eye with
his hand.

OPPOSING PLAYERS
Gross! His eye fell out! He’s a
freak! etc.

Michael picks the eye up and walks back to the side lines
still covering his one eye. Another player runs into replace
him.

PA ANCR (V.O.)
Replacing Michael Burry at tight
end, number 88, Scott Proffer!

A CUTE CHEERLEADER looks at Michael with her nose scrunched
up and then looks away. His MOM and DAD meet him.

MOM
It’s okay Michael. Let’s just wash
it off and put it back in.

DAD
You were playing so well son. I
heard the coach compliment you.

11 YR OLD MICHAEL BURRY
Can we just go home?

He walks away.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 7.


9 INT. INDOOR POOL - DAY 9

We see from under the water ADULT MICHAEL BURRY swimming
laps. His strokes are clean and strong.

Michael Burry gets out of the pool. He towels off and walks
immediately to the lockers.

MICHAEL BURRY (V.O.)
I’ve always been more comfortable
alone. I believe it’s because of my
glass eye. I lost the eye from a
childhood illness. It separates me
from people. Most social
interactions are awkward. For me,
for the person. Even when I try to
compliment someone it comes out
wrong... The compliment, not the
eye.
(quarter beat)
That wasn’t a joke. I’m just being
clear.

GRAPHIC: MICHAEL BURRY

MICHAEL BURRY (V.O.)
The other night there was a party
with some old college associates.
Genres: ["Drama","Biography"]

Summary During a middle school football game in 1985, 11-year-old Michael Burry showcases his skills until he is tackled, causing his glass eye to fall out. This incident leads to ridicule from opposing players and embarrassment for Michael, despite the support from his parents and coaches. Feeling isolated, he ultimately asks to go home. The scene transitions to adult Michael swimming laps, reflecting on how his childhood experiences and his glass eye affected his social interactions.
Strengths
  • Emotional depth
  • Unique character portrayal
  • Effective use of symbolism
Weaknesses
  • Limited external conflict
  • Sparse dialogue

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

This scene's primary job is to introduce Michael Burry's defining personal flaw and its emotional cost, which it does effectively through a clear, painful incident. The single biggest limiter is that the scene feels somewhat on-the-nose and lacks subtlety in its depiction of bullying, which prevents it from reaching a higher emotional or narrative complexity.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of using a glass eye falling out during a football game to symbolize Burry's otherness is strong and memorable, but the execution is a bit conventional for a 'different kid gets bullied' trope.

Plot: 5.5

The plot is simple: a moment of triumph turns into public humiliation. It's effective for character introduction but doesn't advance a larger plot.

Originality: 6

The use of a glass eye as a symbol is not entirely original, but the specific context of a football game gives it a fresh, visceral quality. The dialogue is not particularly original.


Character Development

Characters: 6.5

Young Michael is clearly defined by his vulnerability and desire to escape. The parents and bullies are archetypes, serving their function without depth.

Character Changes: 2

Michael doesn't change within the scene; he retreats further into himself, reinforcing his existing trait.

Internal Goal: 7

Michael's internal goal is to be normal and accepted, driven by a fear of being seen as a freak and a desire to fit in.

External Goal: 6

Michael's external goal is to play football well and be cheered on by his parents and peers.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 7

The conflict is external (bullying) and internal (Michael's shame). It's clear but not deeply layered.

Opposition: 5

The opposition is the bullying kids, who are a generic but effective force of social cruelty.

High Stakes: 5

The stakes are personal and emotional (social acceptance, self-esteem), not life-or-death.

Story Forward: 4

The scene establishes a core character trait that will inform his adult actions, but it doesn't move a plot forward.

Unpredictability: 7.5

This scene is unpredictable because the specific, graphic detail of the glass eye falling out during a game is an unexpected and effective way to introduce a character's defining trait.

Philosophical Conflict: 6

A clash between the desire for normalcy/acceptance and the reality of being different. Michael's worldview is shaped by this conflict.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6.5

The scene generates sympathy for Michael, but the emotional impact is somewhat muted by the predictable nature of the bullying.

Dialogue: 5.5

Dialogue is functional and realistic for the situation, but the bullies' lines are generic ('Gross! His eye fell out! He's a freak!'). The mother's line is kind but also a bit flat.

Engagement: 7

This scene is engaging because the central image of the glass eye is shocking and memorable, creating immediate sympathy for the protagonist.

Pacing: 7.5

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because it moves quickly from triumph to humiliation to retreat, mirroring the suddenness of the event.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8.5

Formatting is clean and professional, with clear action lines and proper use of CU and V.O. The graphic and parentheticals are standard.

Structure: 7

The scene has a classic three-beat structure: success (catch), crisis (eye falls out), resolution (retreat). It's effective for its genre.


Critique
  • The scene effectively establishes Michael Burry's character and his struggles with social interactions due to his glass eye. However, the transition from the football field to the pool feels abrupt. A smoother transition could enhance the flow of the narrative.
  • The dialogue is realistic and captures the innocence of childhood, but it could benefit from more emotional depth. For instance, Michael's response to his parents could reflect more of his internal conflict rather than a simple request to go home.
  • The use of the glass eye as a symbol of Michael's isolation is strong, but the scene could delve deeper into how this experience shapes his worldview. Adding a moment of reflection or a brief flashback could enrich the audience's understanding of his character.
  • The voiceover provides insight into Michael's thoughts, but it risks feeling expository. It might be more impactful to show these feelings through actions or interactions rather than telling the audience directly.
  • The cheerleaders and parents cheering for Michael create a contrast with the ridicule he faces, which is effective. However, the opposing players' taunts could be more varied to enhance the emotional impact of the moment.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a brief moment where Michael interacts with his parents after the incident, allowing for a deeper exploration of his feelings and their support.
  • Introduce a visual or auditory cue that connects the football scene to the pool scene, such as the sound of splashing water or a lingering shot of the football field before cutting to the pool.
  • Incorporate a flashback or a brief memory that illustrates a past experience related to his glass eye, providing context for his current feelings of isolation.
  • Revise the voiceover to be more subtle, perhaps by integrating it into the action rather than having it serve as a direct commentary on his feelings.
  • Enhance the emotional stakes by showing a moment of vulnerability for Michael, such as a brief hesitation before he picks up his glass eye, to emphasize the weight of the situation.



Scene 4 -  The Awakening of Concern
10 INT. WATER FRONT RESTAURANT - NIGHT 10

There is a party going on with upper class professionals
drinking white wine and Heinekens. Michael stands alone
between two groups of professionals talking.

LAWYER
We bought the house two years ago
for 650 and we just sold it for
950. We put 30 thousand into it
tops...


11 EXT. WATER FRONT RESTAURANT - NIGHT 11

FLASH to Michael starting his car, a Honda, and leaving.

MICHAEL BURRY (V.O.)
After ten minutes I left and went
home and researched state by state
mortgage fraud rates until three in
the morning.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 8.


12 INT. MICHAEL BURRY’S FUND OFFICE - DAY 12

Michael is seated behind his desk in a t-shirt and shorts.

MICHAEL BURRY
Did you know they’re going up?
Highest fraud rates since the
1930’s.

We reveal he is talking to a YOUNG EAGER ANALYST in his
office at the center of SCION CAPITAL, Michael Burry’s fund.
Michael’s office is at the front enclosed in glass. There are
20 ANALYSTS working at desks in the main room outside the
glass.

A big white board shows the quarterly profits from Scion:
+38%

YOUNG ANALYST
No. I didn’t know that.

MICHAEL BURRY
I’m sorry if I’m going on and on.
My wife says I need to share more.

MARCH 2005

3 years 6 months until the crash

YOUNG ANALYST
That seems healthy.

MICHAEL BURRY
I like your hair. Did you cut it
yourself?

YOUNG ANALYST
What? No. I uh, paid someone.

MICHAEL BURRY
Oh.

Beat.

YOUNG ANALYST
So, do I get the job? I really
think I could help your fund.

MICHAEL BURRY
What? Oh sure. Right. Yes...um
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 9.


YOUNG ANALYST
David.
(onward)
Great! I guess I’ll find a desk. Is
there anything you want me to work
on for starters?

MICHAEL BURRY
Yes...

Another long beat. Michael thinks. This beat keeps going.
Finally the Young Analyst starts to speak just as Michael
does.

MICHAEL BURRY (CONT’D) YOUNG ANALYST
Did you find it strange- You can let me know later-
I’m sorry.

MICHAEL BURRY
Did you find it odd that when the
tech bubble burst in 2001 the
housing market in San Jose, the
tech center of the world, went up?

YOUNG ANALYST
Huh. I guess. I mean, no. It’s
housing. It’s always AAA rated, low
risk.

MICHAEL BURRY
Yes.... That’s the idea...
(he knows what he needs
now)
I need you to get me the top 20
selling mortgage bonds.

YOUNG ANALYST
So you want to know what the top 20
selling mortgage bonds are?

MICHAEL BURRY
No. I want to know what mortgages
are in each one.

YOUNG ANALYST
Wait, aren’t those bonds made up of
thousands and thousands of
mortgages?

MICHAEL BURRY
Yes.

The Analyst waits for Burry to complete the thought but he
doesn’t.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 10.


YOUNG ANALYST
Right away Dr. Burry.

Finally he leaves. Burry sits down at his desk and PUTS EAR
BUDS IN while Googling “SEC mortgage brokerage firm
violations” He gets no hits.

MUSIC: Some hard-core heavy metal like BLOOD THUNDER by
MASTADON

An Asian American ASSISTANT walks by Burry’s office window
and LOOKS AT CAMERA.

ASIAN AMERICAN ASSISTANT
I was Michael’s actual assistant
for years. I know what you’re
thinking, a hedge fund manager with
a glass eye who unwinds by
listening to thrash metal, come on.
But he really did do that.
Genres: ["Drama","Finance"]

Summary In a waterfront restaurant, Michael Burry overhears a lawyer discussing a lucrative real estate deal, igniting his worries about rising mortgage fraud rates. The following day, he engages with a young analyst, David, urging him to investigate the top-selling mortgage bonds. As Michael's anxiety about the housing market deepens, he isolates himself in his office, preparing for a thorough examination of mortgage brokerage violations, all while heavy metal music underscores his intense focus.
Strengths
  • Sharp dialogue
  • Effective character development
  • Compelling concept
Weaknesses
  • Limited emotional impact
  • Minimal external conflict

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

The scene's primary job is to establish Michael Burry's obsessive, analytical character and set his investigation in motion. It lands well through the awkward interview and the clear setup of his research, but the pacing drags with long beats and the assistant's direct-to-camera break weakens the immersive tension, limiting the overall score.


Story Content

Concept: 7.5

The concept of a socially inept hedge fund manager questioning the housing market's stability is strong and sets up the core investigation. However, the scene relies heavily on exposition and the concept is not yet fully dramatized.

Plot: 6

The plot advances the story by showing Burry's first steps toward uncovering the mortgage fraud, but the scene is more about character setup than plot progression. The action is minimal—mostly conversation and research.

Originality: 7

The scene is original in its portrayal of a socially awkward genius hedge fund manager, with authentic awkward dialogue and a focus on research. The assistant's direct address is a fresh but risky choice.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Michael Burry is well-drawn as eccentric, brilliant, and socially awkward. The young analyst is a generic foil. The assistant's direct address adds meta-commentary but feels tonally inconsistent.

Character Changes: 2

Burry does not change significantly; he is consistent in his obsessive behavior. The analyst gets a job but shows no arc. The scene is more about establishing than transforming.

Internal Goal: 7

Burry's internal goal is to understand the truth behind the housing market's apparent stability, driven by a need for intellectual clarity and a fear of being wrong or overlooked.

External Goal: 8

Burry's external goal is to hire an analyst and obtain the top 20 selling mortgage bonds to analyze their contents.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 4

The conflict is subtle—Burry's internal drive versus the analyst's conventional thinking, and the looming external conflict with the housing market. The tension is low but present.

Opposition: 3

The opposition is mild—the analyst's conventional thinking and the general market belief that housing is safe. There is no active antagonist yet.

High Stakes: 4

The stakes are implied (the coming financial crisis) but not felt in the scene. The immediate stakes are low—just a job interview and a research request.

Story Forward: 6

The scene moves the story forward by initiating Burry's investigation into mortgage bonds, setting the plot in motion. It's a necessary step but not a major turning point.

Unpredictability: 5

This scene is unpredictable because Burry's awkward interview and sudden request for bond details subvert the typical job interview scene, but the overall direction is expected given the genre.

Philosophical Conflict: 6

The clash is between Burry's data-driven skepticism and the conventional wisdom that housing is always AAA-rated and low-risk. This reflects his worldview that truth is found in details, not assumptions.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 5

The emotional impact is muted. Burry's isolation and the eerie calm before the storm create a slight unease, but the scene lacks a strong emotional hook.

Dialogue: 6.5

The dialogue reveals Burry's quirks (comment on hair, awkward pauses) and his analytical mind. However, some exchanges feel stilted, and the assistant's monologue breaks the naturalistic flow.

Engagement: 6

This scene is engaging because it introduces a unique protagonist and a mystery (why question the housing market?), but the slow pacing and lack of immediate tension reduce engagement.

Pacing: 5.5

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because the long beats and pauses mirror Burry's awkwardness and analytical mind, but they also risk losing the audience's attention.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

Formatting is standard and clear, with proper scene headings and action lines. The use of 'FLASH' and 'V.O.' is appropriate. The assistant's direct address is unconventional but intentional.

Structure: 6

The scene follows a classic setup: interview, task assignment, and a hint of the protagonist's method. The structure is functional but the long beats and assistant's aside disrupt the rhythm.


Critique
  • The scene effectively establishes Michael Burry's character as socially awkward yet brilliant, but it could benefit from more depth in his interactions with the Young Analyst. The dialogue feels somewhat stilted and could be more natural to enhance the realism of their relationship.
  • The transition from the waterfront restaurant to Burry's office is abrupt. A smoother transition could help maintain the narrative flow and provide a clearer connection between the two settings. Consider adding a brief moment that reflects Burry's thoughts or feelings as he leaves the restaurant.
  • The dialogue between Burry and the Young Analyst lacks tension or conflict, which could make it more engaging. Introducing a moment of disagreement or a challenge in their conversation could heighten the stakes and showcase Burry's intensity and the Analyst's eagerness.
  • The use of the voiceover is effective in conveying Burry's internal thoughts, but it could be more integrated into the scene. Instead of a straightforward narration, consider using it to reflect on the implications of the mortgage fraud rates he discovers, adding layers to his character's motivations.
  • The Asian American Assistant's line at the end feels somewhat disconnected from the rest of the scene. While it adds a humorous touch, it could be better integrated into the narrative. Perhaps this character could have a brief interaction with Burry earlier in the scene to establish their relationship.
Suggestions
  • Enhance the dialogue between Burry and the Young Analyst by incorporating more subtext and emotional stakes. This could involve Burry expressing frustration or urgency about the mortgage fraud rates, while the Analyst shows a mix of confusion and eagerness to prove himself.
  • Consider adding a brief moment of reflection for Burry as he leaves the restaurant, perhaps showing his internal struggle with social situations or his obsession with the mortgage market. This could deepen the audience's understanding of his character.
  • Introduce a moment of tension or disagreement in the conversation between Burry and the Young Analyst to create a more dynamic interaction. This could involve the Analyst questioning Burry's methods or expressing skepticism about the mortgage market.
  • Integrate the voiceover more seamlessly into the scene by having Burry's thoughts directly relate to the dialogue or actions happening in real-time, rather than as a separate narration.
  • Revisit the Asian American Assistant's line to ensure it feels more connected to the scene. Consider having them interact with Burry earlier, perhaps offering a brief comment that highlights his quirks or work habits.



Scene 5 -  The Awakening of Michael Burry
13 INT. SCION CAPITAL - MICHAEL BURRY’S OFFICE - NEXT DAY 13

CU of a COMPUTER SCREEN showing THOUSANDS OF COMPLICATED
LINES OF MORTGAGES from a MORTGAGE BACKED SECURITY. The lines
are almost indecipherable but we see Michael Burry is reading
them intently like it’s a page turning mystery novel.

MICHAEL BURRY (V.O.)
(his internal thought
process)
30 days late... Rate adjusts in one
year... Foreclosed... Paid on
time... rate adjusts in one year...
Investment grade mortgage bonds
full of high risk interest only
adjustable rate mortgages... Do
people really understand how an
adjustable rate mortgage works?...
Most of these are no money down
loans... 105 LTV... 540 Fico
score?... Why are the mortgage
companies giving these people
mortgages...?

Outside Burry’s office we see the Analyst he just hired David
at his desk talking to another ANALYST #2

YOUNG ANALYST
What’s he doing? He hasn’t moved
all day.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 11.


ANALYST #2
He does this every few days. He
hasn’t spoken to me since he hired
me.

MICHAEL BURRY (V.O.)
90 days late... 30 days late...
These bonds are one of the banks’
biggest revenue sources... They
need more mortgages to fill them...
That’s why it’s all adjustable rate
high risk... They’re giving
mortgages to people who can’t
afford mortgages in order to fill
these bonds, in order to earn
fees...

As he continues to read we TIME LAPSE and see the employees
start to leave at the end of day. Eventually THE MAIN
ANALYST’S OFFICE IS EMPTY and THE SUN IS COMING UP OUTSIDE.

MICHAEL BURRY (V.O.)
These mortgage bonds might fail...
No one thinks they
can fail, but all that subprime
credit risk is real, no matter how
they slice and dice it... 30 days
late, rate will
adjust next year... 60 days late...
These bonds will fail...


14 INT. MICHAEL’S OFFICE - THE NEXT AFTERNOON 14

Michael is on the phone. He clearly hasn’t slept and his
clothes are rumpled. There are water bottles everywhere.
Michael brushes his teeth over a garbage can with water.

MICHAEL BURRY
Lawrence. I found something really
interesting.

LAWRENCE FIELDS (V.O.)
Great Michael. Whenever you find
something interesting we all tend
to make money. What stock are you
valuing?
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 12.


MICHAEL BURRY
No stocks. I want to short the
housing market.
Genres: ["Drama","Thriller"]

Summary In a tense and urgent scene, Michael Burry obsessively analyzes a complex mortgage-backed security, uncovering the risks posed by high-risk adjustable-rate mortgages. As his colleagues notice his isolation and fatigue, Burry works late into the night, ultimately deciding to short the housing market based on his alarming findings. The scene captures his internal conflict and determination, setting the stage for his pivotal actions in the looming financial crisis.
Strengths
  • Intense atmosphere
  • Strong character development
  • Compelling plot progression
Weaknesses
  • Limited interaction between characters
  • Heavy reliance on voiceover for internal thoughts

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

This scene effectively establishes Michael Burry's investigative breakthrough and his growing conviction that the housing market is flawed, driving the plot forward with clear stakes. The biggest limiter is the heavy reliance on voiceover for exposition, which can feel didactic and reduces the visual storytelling potential.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of a financial analyst discovering systemic risk in mortgage bonds through meticulous data analysis is compelling and grounded in real events. The scene's strength is its unique angle on the 2008 crisis from an outsider's perspective, but it lacks a fresh twist beyond the known historical narrative.

Plot: 6.5

The plot advances clearly: Burry identifies the flaw in mortgage bonds and decides to short the housing market. The weakness is that the plot is mostly internal (voiceover) with little external action or obstacle until the phone call at the end.

Originality: 6.5

The scene is original in its use of voiceover to dramatize the reading of mortgage data, making a dry subject compelling. The actions and dialogue feel authentic to the real Burry, though the format is familiar from other financial films.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Michael Burry is portrayed as obsessive, intelligent, and socially isolated, which fits his real-life persona. The analysts' brief dialogue adds texture, but they remain flat. Burry's character is deepened by his relentless focus, but we don't see much emotional range.

Character Changes: 6

Burry moves from suspicion to conviction, a clear internal shift. He decides to act (short the market), which is a significant change in his professional stance. However, his personality remains consistent.

Internal Goal: 8

Burry's internal goal is to validate his suspicion that the housing market is built on fraud and to find the truth hidden in the data. He needs to prove he is right, driven by a fear of being wrong or overlooked.

External Goal: 7

Burry's external goal is to short the housing market by convincing his investor Lawrence Fields to back the trade.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 4

The conflict is internal (Burry vs. his own understanding) and external (he will soon face opposition from the financial world). The scene shows him grappling with data, but no direct confrontation occurs yet.

Opposition: 3

The opposition is not yet present in the scene; it is implied in the form of the financial system and the banks that will resist Burry's bet. The lack of direct opposition reduces tension.

High Stakes: 7

The stakes are high: Burry is betting against the entire housing market, which could ruin his fund or make him a fortune. The scene hints at the massive financial consequences, but the personal stakes for Burry are less clear.

Story Forward: 8

The scene moves the story forward by revealing Burry's key insight and his decision to short the housing market, which is the central action of the plot. It sets up the next major conflict.

Unpredictability: 5.5

This scene is somewhat unpredictable because the audience may not expect Burry to decide to short the entire housing market based on his reading. However, given the historical context, the outcome is known to many viewers.

Philosophical Conflict: 7

The philosophical conflict is between the belief that financial markets are efficient and rational (the mainstream view) and Burry's conviction that they are built on hidden, unsustainable risk. This clash drives his outsider perspective.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 5.5

The emotional impact is moderate: we feel Burry's obsessive drive and the weight of his discovery, but the scene is cerebral and lacks visceral emotion. The isolation is palpable but not deeply moving.

Dialogue: 5.5

The dialogue is sparse but functional: the analysts' exchange shows Burry's odd behavior, and the phone call with Lawrence Fields is direct and reveals the plot turn. The voiceover is the main 'dialogue,' which is effective for internal thought but limits natural conversation.

Engagement: 7

This scene is engaging because it turns financial analysis into a detective story, with Burry's voiceover creating suspense as he uncovers the truth. The time-lapse and his unkempt appearance add visual interest.

Pacing: 7.5

The pacing is effective: the initial slow, detailed reading builds tension, the time-lapse accelerates the sense of obsession, and the phone call delivers a punchy climax. The rhythm suits the investigative tone.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 9

Formatting is professional and clear, with proper scene headings, character cues, and voiceover notation. The time-lapse is indicated effectively. No major issues.

Structure: 7.5

The scene follows a classic investigative structure: setup (Burry reading data), rising action (time-lapse showing his obsession), climax (the phone call revealing his decision), and a hint of future conflict. It works well for the genre.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures Michael Burry's obsessive nature and his deep dive into the complexities of mortgage-backed securities. The use of voiceover allows the audience to access his internal thought process, which is crucial for understanding his character's motivations and the gravity of the situation he is uncovering.
  • However, the scene could benefit from more visual variety. The current focus on the computer screen and Burry's voiceover creates a somewhat static feel. Incorporating more dynamic visuals, such as close-ups of Burry's facial expressions or reactions to the data, could enhance the emotional engagement and tension.
  • The dialogue, particularly in the voiceover, is informative but could be more concise. Some lines feel repetitive, such as the emphasis on the adjustable-rate mortgages and the risks associated with them. Streamlining this dialogue could maintain the audience's attention while still conveying the necessary information.
  • The transition from the end of the workday to the next morning is effective in showing the passage of time and Burry's dedication. However, it might be more impactful to include a brief moment of interaction between Burry and his analyst, David, to highlight the growing concern among the team about Burry's isolation and obsession.
  • The scene ends with a strong hook as Burry reveals his intention to short the housing market, but it could be enhanced by adding a moment of reflection or a visual cue that emphasizes the weight of this decision. This would help to underscore the significance of his findings and set the stage for the ensuing conflict.
Suggestions
  • Incorporate more dynamic visuals, such as close-ups of Burry's expressions or reactions, to enhance emotional engagement.
  • Streamline the voiceover dialogue to avoid repetition and maintain audience attention while still conveying critical information.
  • Consider adding a brief interaction between Burry and David to highlight the growing concern about Burry's isolation and obsession.
  • Add a moment of reflection or a visual cue at the end of the scene to emphasize the weight of Burry's decision to short the housing market.
  • Explore the use of sound design, such as the heavy metal music that Burry listens to, to create a more immersive atmosphere that reflects his character.



Scene 6 -  Clash of Perspectives
15 INT. METRO CAPITAL - LAWRENCE FIELDS’S OFFICE - SAME TIME 15

LAWRENCE FIELDS’S office is the opposite of Michael’s. It’s
lavish with Manhattan views as is he.

LAWRENCE FIELDS
Haha! Really? But the housing
market is rock solid. Greenspan
just said bubbles are regional,
defaults are rare.

FIELDS motions to his assistant through the open door.

LAWRENCE FIELDS (CONT’D)
Tell them I’ll be there in a
minute...

MICHAEL BURRY
Greenspan’s wrong.

LAWRENCE FIELDS
I don’t think you mean to do it but
sometimes you sound very dismissive
and superior Michael. Alan
Greenspan is the greatest Fed
Chairman in history.

MICHAEL BURRY
It’s a fact. Greenspan’s wrong.
He’s too focused on being right to
realize he’s wrong. I don’t know
how else you want me to say it.

Burry spits out his coffee gargle into the garbage.

LAWRENCE FIELDS
Look, Metro Capital backed you four
years ago when you were a doctor
with a dinky web page and some
inheritance money. And we’ve all
done very well. Why don’t you just
stick with stocks?

MICHAEL BURRY
I look for value whereever it can
be found. And the fact is: mortgage
backed securities are filled with
extremely risky subprime adjustable
rate loans.
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 13.

MICHAEL BURRY (CONT'D)
Once the majority of adjustable
rates kick in 07’ they will begin
to fail and when they fail above
15% the whole bond is worthless.

The scene freezes.

MODERN TRADER (V.O.)
Mortgage backed securities,
subprime loans, tranches... Pretty
confusing right? Does it make you
feel bored? Or stupid? Well, it’s
supposed to. Wall Street loves to
use confusing terms to make you
think only they can do what they
do. Or even better, for you to
leave them the fuck alone. So
here’s Scarlett Johansson under a
water falls to explain...
Genres: ["Drama","Finance"]

Summary In Lawrence Fields's opulent office, he confidently discusses the housing market, referencing Alan Greenspan's optimistic views. Michael Burry confronts Fields, arguing that the market is saturated with risky subprime adjustable-rate loans that will fail in 2007, rendering mortgage-backed securities worthless. Despite Fields's dismissive attitude and encouragement for Burry to focus on stocks, Burry remains steadfast in his belief that the housing market is on the brink of collapse. The scene culminates in a tense standoff, ending with a freeze frame and a voiceover introducing complex financial terms, highlighting the confusion surrounding Wall Street's practices.
Strengths
  • Compelling dialogue
  • Strong character dynamics
  • Clear conflict
Weaknesses
  • Limited visual elements
  • Heavy reliance on dialogue

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

This scene's primary job is to escalate the central conflict by having Michael Burry confront a key gatekeeper, Lawrence Fields, and it lands effectively through sharp, character-revealing dialogue. The single biggest limiter is the intrusive voiceover that breaks the scene's tension and shifts tone abruptly, undermining the dramatic momentum; removing or relocating that exposition would lift the score.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of a lone analyst challenging the housing market orthodoxy is strong, and the scene advances it by showing Burry directly confronting a powerful skeptic. However, the concept is somewhat familiar from the real-life story, and the scene doesn't add a fresh twist.

Plot: 7

The plot moves forward as Burry reveals his plan to short the housing market and faces resistance from Fields, setting up a key obstacle. The scene is a clear step in the narrative, but it's a conversation that could be tighter.

Originality: 5.5

The scene is based on a well-known true story, so the situation is not original. However, the use of the freeze-frame and direct-address voiceover is a fresh, meta approach to explaining complex finance, though it feels out of place here.


Character Development

Characters: 7.5

Michael Burry is consistent: obsessive, blunt, and socially awkward. Lawrence Fields is a credible foil—successful, dismissive, and loyal to conventional wisdom. Their dynamic is clear, but Fields could have more depth beyond being a naysayer.

Character Changes: 2

Burry doesn't change significantly; he remains determined. Fields's position is reinforced (he dismisses Burry). The scene is more about reinforcing existing traits than showing change.

Internal Goal: 7

Burry's internal goal is to be validated as a true value investor, not just a lucky doctor. He needs to prove his method is correct, driven by a fear of being dismissed as an amateur.

External Goal: 8

Burry's external goal is to convince Lawrence Fields to support his plan to short the housing market.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 8

The conflict is direct and escalating: Burry wants to short the market; Fields wants him to stick with stocks. The power imbalance (Fields is the backer) raises the stakes. The conflict is clear and active.

Opposition: 8

Fields is a strong opponent: he has power, credibility, and a dismissive attitude. He represents the entire financial establishment. The opposition is clear and formidable.

High Stakes: 8

The stakes are high: Burry's career, his relationship with his backer, and potentially billions of dollars. The scene makes clear that failure means losing Fields's support.

Story Forward: 8

The scene moves the story forward by revealing Burry's specific plan (shorting housing) and establishing a major obstacle (Fields's skepticism). It's a necessary step in the plot.

Unpredictability: 5

This scene is somewhat predictable given the real-life story, but the specific confrontation and Burry's bluntness ('Greenspan's wrong') still carry a jolt. The freeze-frame is an unpredictable structural choice.

Philosophical Conflict: 8

The philosophical conflict is between empirical, data-driven truth (Burry) and consensus-driven authority (Fields/Greenspan). Burry's worldview is that numbers reveal reality, while Fields trusts institutional wisdom.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 5.5

The scene generates frustration (Burry's isolation) and tension (will Fields agree?), but the emotional impact is muted by the intellectual, jargon-heavy discussion. The voiceover further dilutes the emotional resonance.

Dialogue: 7

The dialogue is sharp and reveals character: Burry's bluntness ('Greenspan's wrong') vs. Fields's polished condescension. The exchange feels authentic to their personalities. However, the voiceover after the freeze-frame is a tonal mismatch and feels like an info-dump.

Engagement: 7

This scene is engaging because the intellectual duel between Burry and Fields is compelling, and the audience wants to see if Burry will succeed. The voiceover, however, breaks the spell.

Pacing: 6.5

The pacing of the scene is effective: the dialogue is brisk and the tension builds. The freeze-frame and voiceover create a sudden pause that disrupts the rhythm, making the pacing uneven.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 9

Formatting is clean and professional. The freeze-frame and voiceover are clearly indicated. The 'MORE' and 'CONT'D' are standard. No issues.

Structure: 6

The scene follows a classic confrontation structure: Burry presents his case, Fields counters, Burry persists, then a freeze-frame breaks the tension for a voiceover. The freeze-frame is structurally jarring for a dramatic scene.


Critique
  • The scene effectively contrasts the lavish environment of Lawrence Fields with Michael Burry's more austere demeanor, highlighting the differences in their perspectives on the housing market. However, the dialogue could benefit from more subtext to deepen the conflict between the characters. Currently, it feels somewhat one-dimensional, with Burry's conviction and Fields' skepticism laid out too plainly.
  • Michael's character is established as intelligent and determined, but the scene could further explore his emotional state. Adding a moment of vulnerability or frustration could make him more relatable and complex. For instance, showing a brief flash of doubt or a personal stake in the outcome could enhance audience empathy.
  • The dialogue is informative but risks feeling expository. While it's important to convey the stakes of the mortgage-backed securities, the scene could incorporate more dramatic tension. Instead of just stating facts, the characters could engage in a more heated debate, allowing their personalities to clash more vividly.
  • The voiceover from the Modern Trader serves as a helpful narrative device to explain complex financial concepts, but it interrupts the flow of the scene. Consider integrating these explanations more organically into the dialogue or using visual aids within the scene to maintain immersion.
  • The freeze-frame moment feels abrupt and could be better integrated. Instead of a sudden halt, consider a smoother transition that leads into the voiceover, perhaps by having Burry's statement resonate in the air before the freeze, emphasizing the weight of his words.
Suggestions
  • Enhance the emotional stakes by adding a personal element to Burry's argument. Perhaps he could reference a past experience that informs his current perspective on the housing market.
  • Introduce more conflict in the dialogue. Allow Fields to challenge Burry's assertions with specific examples or anecdotes that illustrate his confidence in the market, creating a more dynamic exchange.
  • Consider using visual metaphors or props in the scene to represent the complexities of mortgage-backed securities, allowing the audience to grasp the concepts without relying solely on dialogue or voiceover.
  • Rework the transition to the voiceover to feel more seamless. Instead of a freeze-frame, perhaps have Burry's last line echo as the scene fades into the explanation, creating a more cohesive narrative flow.
  • Add a moment of silence or a pause after Burry's declaration about shorting the housing market, allowing the weight of his statement to settle before transitioning to the voiceover, enhancing its impact.



Scene 7 -  The Urgency of Risk
16 EXT. SMALL WATERFALL - DAY 16

SCARLETT JOHANSSON in a white T shirt and cut off jeans let’s
the waterfall run over her while explaining mortgage backed
securities.

SCARLETT JOHANSSON
Basically Lewis Ranieri’s Mortgage
bonds were amazingly profitable for
the big banks. They made billions
and billions off of their 2% fee on
each of these bonds they sold. But
then they started running out of
mortgages to put in them. After
all, there’s only so many homes and
so many people with good enough
jobs to buy them. So the banks
starting doing something different.
Instead of creating mortgage bonds
that were guaranteed by the US
government, they started creating
their own private mortgage bonds.
No government, no pesky standards
like good credit or minimum income.
And then the big banks were able to
fill the bonds with riskier and
riskier mortgages and keep the
profit machine churning. By the
way, the risky mortgages are called
“subprime.” Anytime you hear
subprime, think shit.
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 13A.

SCARLETT JOHANSSON (CONT'D)
Michael Burry found out these
mortgage bonds that we supposedly
65% AAA were actually mostly full
of shit, so now he’s going to
“short” the bonds, which means to
“bet against.” Got it? Good.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 14.


17 INT. MICHAEL BURRY’S FUND OFFICE - CONTINUOUS 17

Back to the scene.

MICHAEL BURRY
It’s only a matter of time before
someone else sees this investment.
We have to act now.

LAWRENCE FIELDS
And how do you know the bonds are
built on subprime crap? Aren’t they
filled with hundreds of pages of
mortgages?

MICHAEL BURRY
I read them.

LAWRENCE FIELDS
You read them? No one reads them.
Only the lawyers who put them
together read them.

MICHAEL BURRY
I don’t think they even know what
they made. The whole housing market
is propped up on these bad loans.
It’s a time bomb. And I want to
short it.

LAWRENCE FIELDS
Through what instrument Michael?
There are no insurance contracts or
options for mortgage bonds. The
bonds are too stable. No one would
buy them.

MICHAEL BURRY
I’m going to get a bank to make me
one. Then I’m going to buy a ton of
them.

CUT TO:
Genres: ["Drama","Finance"]

Summary In this scene, Scarlett Johansson casually explains the complexities of mortgage-backed securities under a small waterfall, highlighting how banks profited and shifted to riskier private mortgage bonds. The scene transitions to Michael Burry in his office, where he expresses urgency about shorting these bonds, recognizing the risks of subprime mortgages. Despite skepticism from Lawrence Fields regarding the practicality of Burry's plan, Burry remains determined to act quickly, culminating in his declaration to get a bank to create a shorting instrument for the mortgage bonds.
Strengths
  • Sharp dialogue
  • Clear exposition of complex financial concepts
  • Strong character dynamics
Weaknesses
  • Limited emotional depth
  • Some exposition-heavy moments

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

This scene's primary job is to clarify the financial mechanics and escalate Burry's resolve to short the market; it lands well through the clever Scarlett Johansson exposition and Burry's shocking admission that he read the mortgages. The single biggest limiter is the tonal whiplash from the waterfall interlude back to the office, which undercuts the tension and feels gimmicky.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of using a celebrity cameo to explain complex finance is innovative, but it risks breaking immersion. Burry's 'I read them' is a strong character-driven concept.

Plot: 6

The plot advances Burry's plan to short the market, but the scene is more about exposition than action.

Originality: 7

The use of a celebrity to explain finance is original, but the rest is standard for the genre.


Character Development

Characters: 6.5

Burry is shown as obsessive and meticulous; Fields is skeptical but not a strong antagonist. Scarlett Johansson is a disembodied explainer.

Character Changes: 2

Burry's resolve is reinforced, but no significant change occurs.

Internal Goal: 7

Burry wants to prove his insight is correct and act on it despite opposition.

External Goal: 8

Burry wants to convince Fields to let him short mortgage bonds.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 5

Conflict is intellectual: Burry vs. Fields' skepticism and the market's complacency.

Opposition: 4

Fields represents institutional skepticism, but he is not a strong opponent; the real opposition is the market's complexity.

High Stakes: 7

Stakes are high (the housing market collapse), but the scene focuses on setup rather than immediate danger.

Story Forward: 7

The scene moves the story forward by confirming Burry's plan and the mechanism for shorting.

Unpredictability: 7.5

This scene is unpredictable because of the sudden shift to a waterfall and a celebrity explaining finance, then back to the office.

Philosophical Conflict: 7

The clash between trusting established authority (Greenspan, banks) vs. empirical evidence (Burry reading the documents).


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 4.5

The emotional impact is muted; Burry's determination is felt but the scene is more cerebral.

Dialogue: 6

The dialogue is functional but the Scarlett Johansson monologue is didactic; Burry's lines are sharp and reveal character.

Engagement: 7

This scene is engaging because of the surprising Scarlett Johansson cameo and Burry's shocking admission that he read the mortgages.

Pacing: 6

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because the Scarlett Johansson interlude breaks up the dense exposition, but it also disrupts the tension.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 7

Formatting is standard, though the Scarlett Johansson scene is oddly placed and not clearly connected to the office scene.

Structure: 5.5

The scene uses a cold open with Scarlett Johansson as a narrative device, then returns to the office scene. This is unconventional and risks confusion.


Critique
  • The use of Scarlett Johansson as a narrator in a casual setting is an interesting choice, but it risks pulling the audience out of the narrative. The juxtaposition of a waterfall and a serious financial topic may come off as too whimsical or distracting, undermining the gravity of the subject matter.
  • The dialogue is informative but feels overly expository. While it's important to convey complex financial concepts, the delivery can come off as a lecture rather than a natural conversation. This could alienate viewers who may not be familiar with the terms being discussed.
  • The transition between Scarlett's explanation and Michael Burry's office feels abrupt. A smoother transition could enhance the flow of the scene, allowing the audience to digest the information presented before shifting back to the characters.
  • Michael Burry's character is portrayed as intelligent and assertive, but his dialogue could benefit from more emotional depth. Instead of just stating facts, he could express his frustration or urgency about the situation, making his motivations clearer and more relatable.
  • Lawrence Fields's skepticism is a good counterpoint to Burry's confidence, but his character could be fleshed out more. Adding a line or two that reveals his own motivations or fears about the market could create a more dynamic interaction.
Suggestions
  • Consider using a different visual metaphor or setting for Scarlett's explanation that aligns more closely with the serious nature of the financial crisis. Perhaps a more subdued environment would better reflect the stakes involved.
  • Revise the dialogue to incorporate more natural speech patterns and emotional undertones. Instead of a straightforward explanation, consider having Scarlett use analogies or personal anecdotes that make the information more relatable.
  • Enhance the transition between Scarlett's narration and the office scene by incorporating a visual or auditory cue that links the two settings, such as a sound effect of the waterfall fading into the background noise of the office.
  • Add emotional stakes to Michael Burry's dialogue. Instead of simply stating facts, have him express his concerns about the implications of the subprime market on everyday people, which would make his character more compelling.
  • Develop Lawrence Fields's character further by including a line that hints at his own vulnerabilities or doubts about the market, which would create a more engaging dynamic between him and Burry.



Scene 8 -  Betting Against the Bull
18 EXT. GOLDMAN SACHS - MANHATTAN - DAY 18

We push in on Goldman Sachs. We see FINANCIAL NEWS on a
monitor outside playing Jim Cramer’s Mad Money show.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 15.


JIM CRAMER
Folks, this market ain't dropping!
It’s like the running of the bulls
in Pamplona. Either get out of the
way or invest, invest, invest!

THE FEMALE SALES REP (V.O.)
So, Dr. Burry, tell us about this
trade.


19 INT. CONFERENCE ROOM - GOLDMAN SACHS - DAY 19

A SALES REP (LUCY THALIA), an INDIAN NUMBERS GUY (DEEB
WINSTON) all from Goldman Sachs sit across from Michael
Burry. Michael looks very Men’s Warehouse in a blue blazer
and slacks compared to the Goldman group who looks very GQ in
Prada suits.

MICHAEL BURRY
I want to buy swaps on mortgage
bonds. A credit default swap that
pays off if the underlying bond
fails.

SALES REP
You want to bet against the housing
market?

MICHAEL BURRY
Yes.

DEEB WINSTON
Why? These bonds only fail if
millions of Americans don’t pay
their mortgages. That’s never
happened in history. If you’ll
excuse me Dr. Burry, it seems like
a foolish investment.

MICHAEL BURRY
Based on prevailing sentiment of
the market, the big banks and
popular culture, yes, it’s a
foolish investment. But everyone’s
wrong.

There’s a beat and then everyone laughs except Michael Burry
who wasn’t kidding.

SALES REP
This is Wall Street, Dr. Burry. If
you offer us free money, we are
going to take it.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 16.


MICHAEL BURRY
My one concern is that when the
bonds fail I want to be certain of
payment in case of solvency issues
with your bank.

They are shocked.

SALES REP
I’m sorry. Are you for real? You
want to be against the housing
market the most reliable sector of
the American economy and you’re
worried we won’t pay you?

MICHAEL BURRY
Yes. That’s correct.

The Goldman people whisper amongst themselves for a beat.

DEEB WINSTON
We could work out a pay as we go
structure that would pay out if the
bond’s value falls. But it would
also apply to your payments if the
value of the mortgage bond goes up.
You’d have to pay us monthly
premiums.

SALES REP
Is that acceptable Dr. Burry?

Mike starts pulling thick DOCUMENTS out of his backpack. He
slides them across the table.

MICHAEL BURRY
Yes it is. Here are prospectuses on
6 mortgage-backed securities I want
to short.

They scan them. They're diligent, they make us wait.

DEEB WINSTON
These should be fine.

SALES REP
We are prepared to sell you five
million in credit default swaps on
these mortgage bonds.

MICHAEL BURRY
Can we do 100 million?
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 17.
Genres: ["Drama","Finance"]

Summary In a tense conference room at Goldman Sachs, Michael Burry challenges the prevailing bullish sentiment by proposing to buy $100 million in credit default swaps on mortgage bonds, betting against the housing market. Despite initial skepticism from the Goldman team, including Lucy Thalia and Deeb Winston, Burry insists that the market is misjudging the stability of housing and expresses concern about the bank's solvency when the bonds fail. After a heated discussion, the Goldman team agrees to a pay-as-you-go structure for the swaps, setting the stage for Burry's unconventional investment strategy.
Strengths
  • Strong dialogue
  • High conflict level
  • Innovative concept
Weaknesses
  • Limited emotional depth
  • Slightly predictable outcome

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

This scene's primary job is to dramatize Michael Burry's first major step into shorting the housing market, establishing the stakes and his unique conviction. It lands well through sharp dialogue and clear financial stakes, but the overall score is limited by a slightly static, talk-heavy execution that lacks visual or emotional texture beyond the conference table.


Story Content

Concept: 8

The concept of a lone investor betting against the housing market via credit default swaps is inherently compelling and historically grounded. The scene introduces a specific, clever financial instrument (pay-as-you-go CDS) that adds authenticity and tension.

Plot: 6.5

The plot advances clearly: Burry initiates his short trade with Goldman Sachs, overcoming their skepticism and negotiating terms. The scene is a procedural step in the larger narrative, but it lacks a major twist or reversal.

Originality: 7

The scene is original in its specific financial mechanics (pay-as-you-go CDS) and in Burry's unusual demand for solvency protection. The dialogue feels authentic to the world of high finance, avoiding clichés.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Michael Burry is well-defined as a socially awkward, intellectually confident outsider. The Goldman reps are functional but somewhat generic (the skeptical numbers guy, the pragmatic sales rep). Burry's character shines through his blunt, unfazed responses.

Character Changes: 2

Burry doesn't change significantly; he enters determined and leaves more committed. The scene reinforces his existing traits rather than transforming him.

Internal Goal: 7

Burry's internal goal is to validate his own analytical conviction against the ridicule of the establishment, driven by a need for intellectual honesty and a fear of being wrong.

External Goal: 9

Burry's external goal is to negotiate and purchase credit default swaps on mortgage bonds from Goldman Sachs.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 7

The conflict is intellectual and financial: Burry vs. Goldman Sachs' skepticism, and Burry vs. the prevailing market sentiment. It's a battle of ideas and nerve, not physical confrontation, but it's well-sustained.

Opposition: 8

The opposition is strong: Goldman Sachs represents the entire financial establishment's skepticism. Deeb Winston's argument that the bonds 'only fail if millions of Americans don’t pay their mortgages' is a formidable counterpoint.

High Stakes: 8

The stakes are high: Burry is risking his fund's capital and reputation on a contrarian bet against the entire housing market. The scene makes clear that failure would be unprecedented.

Story Forward: 8

The scene moves the story forward by executing a key plot point: Burry secures the means to short the housing market. It's a necessary step that raises the stakes.

Unpredictability: 7

This scene is unpredictable because Burry's concern about Goldman's solvency and his leap from 5 to 100 million are unexpected moves that subvert the typical Wall Street power dynamic.

Philosophical Conflict: 8

The clash is between Burry's data-driven, skeptical worldview and Goldman's faith in the infallibility of the housing market and conventional wisdom. Burry's philosophy is that the market is wrong and he can prove it.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6

The emotional impact is moderate—rooted in intellectual tension and Burry's quiet determination rather than overt drama. The moment when Burry asks for 100 million instead of 5 million lands with a jolt of audacity.

Dialogue: 7.5

The dialogue is crisp, efficient, and carries the scene's intellectual conflict. Burry's lines are particularly strong—'But everyone’s wrong' and his concern about solvency are memorable. The Goldman reps' dialogue is competent but lacks distinct personality.

Engagement: 7

This scene is engaging because the intellectual duel between Burry and the Goldman reps is sharp, and the financial stakes are clearly laid out. The request for 100 million is a surprising beat that re-engages the reader.

Pacing: 7.5

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because it moves briskly through the negotiation, with each line of dialogue advancing the deal. The beat of laughter after Burry's serious statement provides a natural pause before the tension resumes.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

Formatting is clean and professional. Scene headings are clear, character introductions are brief but sufficient, and dialogue is properly attributed. Minor note: 'Buff Revised' header is a production artifact, not a script error.

Structure: 7

The scene follows a classic negotiation structure: Burry states his intent, faces opposition, overcomes objections, and secures a deal. It's effective for a financial thriller, though it lacks a clear midpoint turn.


Critique
  • The scene effectively establishes the contrast between Michael Burry's unconventional approach and the traditional mindset of the Goldman Sachs team. This dynamic creates tension and highlights Burry's outsider status, which is crucial for character development.
  • The dialogue is sharp and captures the skepticism of the Goldman team while showcasing Burry's determination. However, some lines could be tightened for clarity and impact. For example, the exchange about the reliability of the housing market could be more succinct to maintain pacing.
  • The use of humor, particularly in the Goldman team's laughter, serves to emphasize their disbelief in Burry's strategy. However, it might be beneficial to deepen the emotional stakes by showing Burry's reaction to their laughter, which could enhance the audience's empathy for him.
  • The visual contrast between Burry's attire and that of the Goldman team is a strong choice, reinforcing the theme of outsider versus insider. However, consider adding more visual cues to emphasize Burry's discomfort or determination, such as close-ups of his expressions or body language.
  • The scene's pacing is generally good, but the transition from the initial skepticism to the agreement on the swaps could be more fluid. The dialogue feels a bit rushed at times, which may detract from the gravity of Burry's proposal.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a moment where Burry reacts to the laughter from the Goldman team, perhaps a subtle expression of frustration or determination, to deepen the emotional connection with the audience.
  • Tighten the dialogue by removing any redundant phrases, particularly in the exchanges about the reliability of the housing market, to keep the pacing brisk and engaging.
  • Incorporate more visual storytelling elements, such as close-ups or reaction shots, to emphasize Burry's emotional state and the tension in the room.
  • Enhance the transition between skepticism and agreement by adding a brief moment of contemplation from the Goldman team before they accept Burry's proposal, which could heighten the stakes and tension.
  • Consider using a voiceover or internal monologue from Burry to provide insight into his thoughts during the meeting, which could help the audience understand his motivations and the risks he perceives.



Scene 9 -  The Bet Against the Tide
20 EXT. GOLDMAN SACHS HALLWAY - MOMENTS LATER 20

Michael Burry leaves the conference room. AS HE CLOSES THE
DOOR HE HEARS THE SALES REPS AND THE NUMBERS GUY LAUGHING AND
CLAPPING. He hesitates, is he hurt? But then pushes on.

MUSIC: Popular Hip Hop track like GOLD DIGGER by KANYE WEST

MICHAEL BURRY (V.O.)
Is there any way to buy 200
million?


21 INT. DEUTSCHE BANK - THE NEXT DAY 21

Michael is now across from SALES REPS from Deutsche Bank.

DEUTSCHE SALES REP
I, uh, I don’t see why not. But are
you sure?

DEUTSCHE SALES REP #2
(waves off his colleague)
Absolutely. Absolutely we can do
that.

MICHAEL BURRY
That would be great. Here are the
bonds I would like to bet against.

He pushes another bundle of papers across the table.


22 QUICK CUTS: OF BUNDLES OF HAND PICKED MICHAEL BURRY MORTGAGE
22
BONDS BEING PUSHED ACROSS TABLES AND SIGNED AT BANK OF
AMERICA, BEAR STEARNS, MORGAN STANLEY, CREDIT SUISSE ETC.


23 INT. FAST FOOD RESTAURANT - DAY 23

The MUSIC CUTS OUT and we see Michael Burry through the front
window eating alone at a chain restaurant. His phone buzzes.
He answers. It’s a photo of his WIFE, and his 6 year old son
Nicholas. Under it, it reads “We miss you!”


24 INT. MANHATTAN NIGHT CLUB - NIGHT 24

THE HIP HOP SONG KICKS BACK IN AS SOURCE. AN UPSCALE CLUB IS
PACKED WITH BANKERS dancing and drinking.

We focus in on the DEUTSCHE SALES REP AND COWORKERS WHO SOLD
BURRY THE SWAPS. They are clearly CELEBRATING HARD.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 18.


TRADER
Hey Randall, what’s with the Dom?
Bonuses aren’t for three months.

DEUTSCHE SALES REP
We just sold 200 million today in
credit swaps for mortgage bonds!
Some fund manager from California!
Fucking crazy right? It’s a whole
new way to make money!

TRADER
I didn’t know there were swaps on
mortgages!

DEUTSCHE SALES REP
There are now! We made one for him.
He must have gone off his zoloft!

More Dom is poured. A male and female sales rep make out. The
Trader steps over to another table and taps a guy on the
shoulder.

TRADER
Hey Jared! Did you hear about the
deal Randall did with some fund
manager?

For the first time we see the Modern Trader, JARED VENNETT,
32. He’s smart, a bit slick with a slight Jheri curl and
wears a sharp suit. HE’S OUR NARRATOR.

JARED VENNETT
Randall’s a foot soldier. It must
be a shit deal.

GRAPHIC: JARED VENNETT

TRADER
No, it’s for real.

Jared LOOKS AT CAMERA.

JARED VENNETT
I told you I’d come in later.

TRADER
Apparently this guy wanted 200 mill
in credit default swaps on mortgage
bonds! Randall made the sale. Can
you believe it?!
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 19.


JARED VENNETT
Someone shorted 200 mill worth of
mortgage bonds?

TRADER
That was just with Deutsche. Word
is he hit half the town!

JARED VENNETT
How much total?
Genres: ["Drama","Finance"]

Summary Michael Burry, feeling conflicted after a meeting at Goldman Sachs, pushes for a $200 million bet against mortgage bonds with Deutsche Bank. As he navigates the skepticism of sales reps, quick cuts show his mortgage bonds being signed. Alone in a fast food restaurant, he receives a heartfelt message from his family. The scene shifts to a Manhattan nightclub where Deutsche Bank reps celebrate their unexpected success, contrasting Burry's isolation with their revelry, setting the stage for future developments in the unfolding financial drama.
Strengths
  • Tension between characters
  • Engaging dialogue
  • Plot progression
Weaknesses
  • Limited emotional depth
  • Slightly predictable outcome

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

This scene efficiently advances the plot by showing the market's oblivious celebration of Burry's shorts, but the introduction of Jared Vennett as narrator feels abrupt and slightly undermines the grounded realism of the earlier scenes, limiting the overall impact.


Story Content

Concept: 7.5

The concept of showing the bankers celebrating the very trades that will eventually ruin them is strong, creating dramatic irony. The quick cuts of deals being signed are efficient.

Plot: 6.5

The plot moves forward by showing the scale of Burry's short and the market's reaction, but the scene is more a montage of reactions than a single, focused dramatic event.

Originality: 7

The scene is original in its use of a narrator who is also a character in the scene, and in its juxtaposition of Burry's solitary meal with the bankers' party. The dialogue feels authentic to the period.


Character Development

Characters: 6

Burry is shown as isolated and driven, while the Deutsche sales rep is a shallow celebrant. Jared Vennett is introduced with a sharp, knowing tone, but his character is not yet developed.

Character Changes: 2

Burry does not change; he remains determined. The Deutsche sales rep changes from a professional to a celebrant, but it's a shallow shift.

Internal Goal: 6

Burry's internal goal is to prove his analysis correct and expose the market's fraud, driven by a need for validation and a desire to act on his convictions despite isolation.

External Goal: 8

Burry's external goal is to execute his short on mortgage bonds by buying credit default swaps from multiple banks.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 5

The conflict is between Burry's solitary, correct analysis and the collective, celebratory ignorance of the banking world. It's more thematic than direct.

Opposition: 7

The opposition is not a single person but the entire financial system's complacency and celebration, which makes Burry's task feel monumental.

High Stakes: 8

The stakes are high: Burry is betting $200 million against the housing market, and the bankers' celebration underscores the risk.

Story Forward: 7.5

The scene shows the scale of Burry's trades and the market's reaction, moving the story toward the inevitable crisis.

Unpredictability: 7

This scene is unpredictable because the reader expects Burry's trades to be met with skepticism, not celebration, and the introduction of a narrator within the scene is a fresh twist.

Philosophical Conflict: 7

The clash is between Burry's value system of rigorous analysis and truth-seeking versus the bankers' culture of profit-seeking and willful ignorance.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 5.5

The emotional impact comes from the irony and the pathos of Burry eating alone, but the scene is more intellectual than deeply emotional.

Dialogue: 6

The dialogue is functional and reveals character and plot, but the Deutsche sales rep's lines are somewhat clichéd ('Fucking crazy right?'). Jared's line 'I told you I’d come in later' is a clever meta-reference.

Engagement: 7

This scene is engaging because of the dramatic irony—the reader knows the celebration is misplaced—and the introduction of a new character who seems to understand the situation.

Pacing: 7.5

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because the quick cuts and music create a sense of momentum, while the quiet moment of Burry eating alone provides a necessary contrast.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

Formatting is professional and clear, with effective use of quick cuts and a graphic for character introduction. The music cue is well-integrated.

Structure: 6.5

The scene uses a montage structure with quick cuts and a parallel between Burry's solitude and the bankers' party, which is effective for a financial thriller but risks feeling disjointed.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the contrast between Michael Burry's serious demeanor and the celebratory atmosphere of the bankers, highlighting the disconnect between Burry's understanding of the impending crisis and the carefree attitude of the financial world. However, the transition from Burry's serious business dealings to the party atmosphere at the nightclub could be smoother to maintain narrative flow.
  • The use of music, particularly the hip hop track, adds energy to the scene but may also detract from the gravity of Burry's situation. While it emphasizes the celebratory mood of the bankers, it risks undermining the tension surrounding Burry's actions and the looming financial disaster.
  • The dialogue among the Deutsche Bank sales reps is lively and captures the excitement of the deal, but it could benefit from more specificity regarding the implications of the credit default swaps. This would help the audience understand why this moment is significant beyond just the excitement of a big sale.
  • Jared Vennett's introduction as a narrator is intriguing, but it feels somewhat abrupt. A more gradual reveal of his character could enhance the audience's connection to him and provide context for his perspective on the events unfolding.
  • The emotional tone shifts rapidly from Burry's isolation to the exuberance of the bankers, which could confuse the audience. A clearer delineation of these emotional beats would help maintain engagement and clarity in the storytelling.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a brief moment of reflection for Burry as he leaves the Goldman Sachs conference room, allowing the audience to feel his internal conflict before transitioning to the Deutsche Bank scene. This could enhance the emotional weight of his character.
  • To improve the transition to the nightclub scene, consider using a visual motif or a sound bridge that connects Burry's serious actions to the celebratory atmosphere, reinforcing the contrast without feeling disjointed.
  • Incorporate a line or two in the Deutsche Bank scene that explicitly states the risks or implications of the credit default swaps Burry is pursuing. This would provide clarity for the audience and deepen the stakes of the transaction.
  • When introducing Jared Vennett, consider providing a brief visual cue or context that hints at his role in the story before he speaks. This could help the audience understand his significance and build anticipation for his character.
  • Maintain a consistent emotional tone throughout the scene by balancing the celebratory elements with reminders of the serious consequences of the financial decisions being made. This could be achieved through Burry's reactions or through contrasting visuals.



Scene 10 -  Risky Bets
25 INT. MICHAEL BURRY’S FUND OFFICE - DAY 25

Michael Burry is on the phone with Lawrence Fields.

MICHAEL BURRY
1.3 billion.

LAWRENCE FIELDS
What?! That’s pretty much all of
Scion’s liquidity! Michael this is
highly distressing.


26 INT. ACADEMY GALLERIA - FLORENCE 26

Lawrence Fields is in Florence with the David behind him. He
steps away to continue the conversation.

MICHAEL BURRY
It’s not all of our liquidity
Lawrence. I’m not certain you
understand this trade. This is a
certainty.

LAWRENCE FIELDS
Michael, I consider myself a mentor
to you. But our company is not
comfortable with this investment.
Am I being clear?

MICHAEL BURRY
I have full autonomy when it comes
to investment strategy. You can
read our agreement-

LAWRENCE FIELDS
Don’t throw our inception agreement
in my face Michael. There was an
underlying understanding that you
wouldn’t act like a goddamn crazy
man!
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 20.


MICHAEL BURRY
This isn’t crazy. It’s all very
logical.

LAWRENCE FIELDS
So now we pay out premiums on these
swaps against the housing market
until the mortgages fail? In other
words we lose millions until
something that’s never happened
before happens?

MICHAEL BURRY
That’s correct.

LAWRENCE FIELDS
And you have no doubts. You’re not
nervous at all?

MICHAEL BURRY
I have no doubts. But yes, I’m
nervous. It’s a very large position
for me to take.

LAWRENCE FIELDS
And will you please tell me what
the difference between doubt and
nervousness is?

Half beat.

MICHAEL BURRY
That is a very good question. And
I’m sorry but I’ll have to get back
to you on that. Have a nice
vacation Lawrence.

He hangs up. His computer and phone are dinging.

QUICK CUTS OF EMAILS FROM MICHAEL BURRY’S INVESTORS:

1. “Have you lost your mind? I’m seriously worried about
you.”

2. “What the hell is a credit default swap???”

3. “I am not comfortable trying to guess what the peak of a
70 year housing spike is!”

4. “So you’re telling me that rather than receiving profits
on stocks I will now be paying premiums on these credit
default swaps you bought? How is this in anyway good news?”

And finally we push in on one last ominous email:
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 21.


“A LOT OF PEOPLE IN NEW YORK ARE TALKING ABOUT WITHDRAWING
THEIR MONEY FROM YOUR FUND.”

CUT TO:
Genres: ["Drama","Finance"]

Summary In a tense phone call, Michael Burry discusses his bold $1.3 billion investment in credit default swaps against the housing market with mentor Lawrence Fields, who expresses deep concern over the unprecedented risk. Despite acknowledging his own nervousness, Michael remains resolute in his strategy, leading to a confrontation between the two. The scene culminates with Michael hanging up and receiving a flurry of alarming emails from anxious investors, highlighting the growing doubts surrounding his decisions.
Strengths
  • Intense conflict
  • Strong character dynamics
  • Compelling dialogue
Weaknesses
  • Potential for confusion due to complex financial concepts

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

This scene effectively dramatizes the core conflict of Burry's lonely crusade against the housing market, landing the high-stakes confrontation with his mentor. The biggest limiter is the slightly on-the-nose email montage, which telegraphs the investor revolt rather than showing it through a more nuanced interaction, and the scene would lift with a more subtle or character-driven depiction of that pressure.


Story Content

Concept: 6.5

The concept of a fund manager betting against the housing market is well-established by this point, but the scene's specific focus on the investor backlash and the mentor-mentee conflict adds fresh tension.

Plot: 6.5

The plot advances clearly: Burry escalates his bet to 1.3 billion, faces direct opposition from Fields, and the email montage shows the consequences. The sequence is logical but the montage feels a bit mechanical.

Originality: 6

The scene is not highly original in structure (phone argument + montage), but the specific financial details and the 'doubt vs. nervousness' exchange feel authentic and fresh.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Burry is consistent—logical, stubborn, isolated. Fields is a solid antagonist, representing conventional wisdom. The emails give voice to off-screen investors but lack individual personality.

Character Changes: 2

Burry doesn't change—he doubles down. Fields's position is reinforced. The scene is more about reinforcing Burry's stubbornness than showing growth.

Internal Goal: 7

Burry's internal goal is to prove his logical analysis is correct and to maintain his self-image as a rational, independent thinker, driven by a fear of being wrong and a desire for vindication.

External Goal: 8

Burry's external goal is to execute the 1.3 billion credit default swap bet and convince Fields to support it.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 8

The central conflict is direct and escalating: Burry vs. Fields (and by extension, the investors). The phone call is a clear confrontation, and the emails add external pressure.

Opposition: 7.5

Fields provides strong opposition—he is not a villain but a reasonable authority figure, making the conflict more nuanced. The emails add diffuse opposition from investors.

High Stakes: 9

The stakes are very high: 1.3 billion dollars, the fund's liquidity, and Burry's reputation. The emails show real-world consequences.

Story Forward: 8

The scene moves the story forward by committing Burry to his largest bet yet and introducing the investor revolt, raising the stakes for the next act.

Unpredictability: 5

This scene is somewhat predictable—the mentor pushes back, Burry insists—but the specific escalation to 1.3 billion and the 'difference between doubt and nervousness' line add a degree of unpredictability.

Philosophical Conflict: 7

The clash is between Burry's data-driven, contrarian logic and Fields's faith in market stability and conventional wisdom. Burry's worldview is that markets are irrational and can be predicted by rigorous analysis; Fields's is that the system is sound and past success is a guide.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6.5

The scene generates anxiety and sympathy for Burry's isolation, but the email montage slightly dilutes the emotional punch by being more informational than visceral.

Dialogue: 7.5

The dialogue between Burry and Fields is sharp and reveals character: Burry's clinical certainty vs. Fields's emotional frustration. The 'difference between doubt and nervousness' exchange is a highlight.

Engagement: 7

This scene is engaging because the phone argument is tense and the stakes are clear, but the email montage feels slightly repetitive and slows momentum.

Pacing: 7

The pacing is effective: the phone call builds tension, then the quick cuts of emails accelerate the rhythm, though the montage could be trimmed to avoid a sag.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 9

Formatting is clean and professional. The quick cuts of emails are clearly indicated. The scene numbers and location headers are correct.

Structure: 7

The scene follows a classic dramatic structure: inciting phone call, rising tension, climax (Fields's accusation of craziness), and a denouement via the email montage. The montage serves as a coda showing the fallout.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the tension between Michael Burry and Lawrence Fields, showcasing their differing perspectives on the investment strategy. However, the dialogue could benefit from more subtext to enhance the emotional stakes. For instance, Lawrence's concern could be deepened by hinting at his own fears about the market, rather than just focusing on Burry's actions.
  • The setting transitions from Burry's office to Lawrence's location in Florence, which is visually interesting but could be better integrated into the dialogue. The contrast between Burry's intense focus and Fields's more relaxed environment could be emphasized to highlight their differing approaches to risk and investment.
  • The use of quick cuts to emails from investors is a strong narrative device that effectively conveys the mounting pressure Burry faces. However, the emails could be more varied in tone to reflect different personalities and levels of concern among the investors, which would add depth to the stakes.
  • Burry's response to Fields's question about the difference between doubt and nervousness feels somewhat contrived. This moment could be more impactful if it revealed something deeper about Burry's character, perhaps reflecting his struggle with the weight of his decisions or his isolation in the face of skepticism.
  • The scene ends on a strong note with the ominous email about potential withdrawals, but it could benefit from a more gradual build-up to this climax. Adding a moment of hesitation or reflection from Burry before he receives the emails could heighten the tension and make the stakes feel more personal.
Suggestions
  • Incorporate more subtext in the dialogue to reveal the characters' underlying fears and motivations, particularly Lawrence's concerns about the market and Burry's isolation in his conviction.
  • Enhance the visual contrast between Burry's intense environment and Fields's relaxed setting to emphasize their differing approaches to risk and investment.
  • Vary the tone of the investor emails to reflect different personalities and levels of concern, adding depth to the stakes and showcasing the impact of Burry's decisions on his investors.
  • Rework Burry's response about doubt and nervousness to reveal more about his character, perhaps by showing a moment of vulnerability or introspection that highlights the weight of his decisions.
  • Build up to the ominous email about potential withdrawals with a moment of hesitation or reflection from Burry, increasing the tension and making the stakes feel more personal.



Scene 11 -  Disruption in Therapy
27 EXT. SUNNY ROOFTOP - DAY 27

CU of a cell phone on the ground. We hear a voice.

VOICE (V.O.)
Paul? Are you there Paul? Paul!

We FLASH out.


28 INT. GROUP THERAPY SESSION - MANHATTAN - DAY 28

A group of 7 PROFESSIONALS in suits sits in a circle with A
THERAPIST leading the group session.

Businessman
... I’m a nice guy all day long.
Ask anyone. I’m a pleasure to work
with. But the second my son screws
up I’m yelling at him just like my
Dad did to me-

MARK BAUM, 40, moppish hair, rumpled suit, will always say
what he thinks, busts into the room.

MARK BAUM
I’m so sorry I’m late! No cabs!

He sits down and starts right away.

MARK BAUM (CONT’D)
So, yeah. I met with this retail
banker yesterday and I’m supposed
to be getting him to invest in our
fund but instead I start grilling
him about over draught penalties
and how his bank lets a customer
write ten, twelve checks before
they tell em they’re overdrawn. And
this creep is making billions off
of screwing over people this way-

THERAPIST
Mark-
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 22.


MARK BAUM
And I’m getting madder and madder
and I ask this guy how he sleeps at
night knowing he’s ripping off
working people and he just leaves.
He doesn’t say a word. He just
walks away from the lunch. So am I
fucked up or is he?

Beat as the room catches up.

THERAPIST
Mark, we’ve talked about this
numerous times. You can’t come in
late and hijack the entire session.

MARK BAUM
I didn’t hijack the session.
(to another businessman)
Did I hijack the session.

BUSINESSMAN #2
Yes.

MARK BAUM
What’d you do?

BUSINESSMAN #2
I’m in commodities.

MARK BAUM
Of course you are.

THERAPIST
Mark, I know you suffered a
terrible loss... Maybe we can talk
about that...?

MARK BAUM
I don’t talk about that. Hold on!

Mark’s phone is buzzing.

MARK BAUM (CONT’D)
Oh shit. I have to take this. So
sorry.

He answers and walks out.

MARK BAUM (CONT’D)
(onto phone)
I don’t care Porter. The guy’s
whole business is built on ripping
people off. How long can that last?
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 23.


He leaves. The group is left stunned.

GRAPHIC: MARK BAUM
Genres: ["Drama"]

Summary In a Manhattan group therapy session, Mark Baum arrives late and derails the discussion with a passionate rant about unethical banking practices, ignoring the therapist's attempts to redirect him to his personal issues. His outburst interrupts a businessman sharing his parenting struggles, leading to tension among the group. Ultimately, Mark abruptly leaves after answering a phone call, leaving the other participants stunned and the session unresolved.
Strengths
  • Emotional depth
  • Confrontational dialogue
  • Character development
Weaknesses
  • Potential lack of clarity in character motivations

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

The scene's primary job is to introduce Mark Baum as a morally driven, abrasive outsider in the financial world, and it lands effectively through sharp dialogue and a memorable entrance. The biggest limiter is the abrupt cutaway to the phone call, which fragments the scene's focus and leaves the therapy group's reaction unexplored, reducing its overall cohesion.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of introducing a character through a therapy session where he hijacks the conversation to rant about banking ethics is fresh and thematically resonant, but it's a familiar trope of the 'angry truth-teller' in financial dramas.

Plot: 5.5

The scene advances the plot by establishing Mark's character and his conflict with the financial industry, but it's more of a character introduction than a plot-moving event, with the phone call hinting at future actions.

Originality: 6.5

The scene offers a fresh take on the 'angry financier' archetype by placing him in a therapy session, but the dialogue and situation are somewhat familiar from other financial dramas.


Character Development

Characters: 7.5

Mark Baum is vividly drawn as impulsive, confrontational, and morally driven, but the other characters (therapist, businessmen) are flat and serve only as foils, limiting the scene's depth.

Character Changes: 2

Mark doesn't change within the scene; he remains consistent in his outburst, and the scene doesn't reveal a new layer or shift in his perspective, though it hints at a past loss.

Internal Goal: 6

Mark's internal goal is to reconcile his moral outrage with his professional life, seeking validation for his anger and perhaps absolution for his own past losses.

External Goal: 5

Mark's external goal is to confront the retail banker's unethical practices and, in the scene, to vent his frustration in the therapy session.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 5

The conflict is primarily internal (Mark's frustration) and interpersonal (with the therapist and businessman), but it's not high-stakes or deeply developed, serving more as a character beat.

Opposition: 4

The opposition comes from the therapist and the businessman, who represent the status quo and push back against Mark's outburst, but they are weak opponents, easily dismissed.

High Stakes: 4

The stakes are personal and moral rather than life-or-death; Mark's outburst could cost him business relationships, but the scene doesn't raise the stakes significantly.

Story Forward: 4

The scene moves the story forward by establishing Mark's character and his potential role in the narrative, but it doesn't advance the main plot of the financial crisis directly.

Unpredictability: 7

The scene is unpredictable because Mark's hijacking of the therapy session and his blunt confrontation with the businessman defy expectations of polite therapy etiquette.

Philosophical Conflict: 6.5

The scene pits Mark's value system of ethical responsibility against the industry's profit-at-all-costs mentality, highlighting his alienation from the financial world.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 5.5

The scene evokes frustration and sympathy for Mark, but the emotional impact is muted by the comedic tone and the abrupt ending, preventing a deeper resonance.

Dialogue: 7.5

The dialogue is sharp and natural, capturing Mark's voice with authenticity, but the therapist's lines feel a bit on-the-nose and the group's responses are underdeveloped, making the exchange feel one-sided.

Engagement: 7

The scene is engaging because of Mark's unpredictable behavior and sharp dialogue, which keeps the reader curious about his backstory and future actions.

Pacing: 6

The pacing is brisk, with quick dialogue and a fast entrance, but the scene ends abruptly, leaving the therapy session unresolved and the phone call unexplained, which disrupts the rhythm.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 7

The formatting is clean and professional, with clear scene headings and action lines, though the transition from the rooftop to the therapy session is a bit jarring without a clear visual cue.

Structure: 6

The scene follows a classic setup-punchline structure: Mark's entrance disrupts the session, his rant builds tension, and the phone call provides a comedic release, but the ending feels abrupt.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures Mark Baum's intense personality and his moral outrage against unethical banking practices, which aligns well with the overall theme of the screenplay. However, the abrupt transition from the previous scene to the therapy session feels jarring. The audience may benefit from a smoother segue that connects the emotional weight of the previous scene with the therapy context.
  • Mark's entrance and immediate shift to his rant about the banker is engaging, but it risks overshadowing the other characters in the therapy group. This could lead to a lack of depth for the supporting characters, making them feel more like props than participants in the scene. It would be beneficial to give at least one or two of them a moment to react or contribute to the discussion, enhancing the group dynamic.
  • The therapist's attempts to redirect Mark's focus are commendable, but they could be more assertive. This would highlight the tension between Mark's impulsive behavior and the structured environment of the therapy session. Additionally, the therapist's dialogue could be more nuanced to reflect their frustration and professionalism in dealing with Mark's outbursts.
  • The dialogue is sharp and reflects the characters' personalities well, but it could benefit from more subtext. For instance, Mark's anger could be contrasted with a moment of vulnerability that hints at his personal struggles, making him a more complex character. This would deepen the audience's understanding of his motivations and emotional state.
  • The scene ends abruptly with Mark leaving the session, which is impactful but could be enhanced by a stronger emotional beat. Perhaps a lingering shot on the stunned group could emphasize the effect of Mark's outburst, leaving the audience with a sense of the chaos he brings into the room.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a brief moment of reflection or a reaction shot from the other group members after Mark's outburst to emphasize the impact of his words and actions.
  • Introduce a line or two from the therapist that acknowledges Mark's pain or loss, which could provide a deeper emotional layer to the scene and create a more compelling conflict.
  • Incorporate a moment where another group member challenges Mark's perspective, which could create a more dynamic interaction and showcase the differing views within the group.
  • Explore the possibility of Mark briefly acknowledging his personal loss before diving into his critique of the banker, which would add depth to his character and provide context for his anger.
  • Consider revising the ending to include a moment of silence or a poignant line from the therapist or another group member that encapsulates the tension in the room after Mark leaves.



Scene 12 -  A Walk Through Doubt
29 EXT. MANHATTAN STREETS - LATER 29

We see GIANT BILLBOARDS: for Movado watches, Mercedes SUVs,
Designer jeans (with a topless woman with her back to us).
We’re on the streets of Manhattan and Mark’s walking while
talking on his phone.

MUSIC: Pop song like HIPS DON’T LIE by SHAKIRA plays on
monitors in the window of an electronics store.

January 2006

2 years 7 months until the collapse

MARK BAUM
I don’t want that kind of
business... I’m sorry. Money’s not
money... That’s bad money. Other
than Goldman what company lasts
ripping people off like that?

JARED VENNETT(V.O.)
Mark Baum had built a career on
never assuming anyone or any
company was legit without proving
it. When he was a kid he excelled
at studying the Talmud in Yeshiva.
That was great. But one day the
Rabbi told his Mom why-


A30 INT. YASHIVA SCHOOL - DAY A30

10 YEAR OLD Mark Baum and his 8 YEAR OLD BROTHER PAUL run
around with kids in the hallway of a Yashiva while his MOM,
35, talks to the RABBI, 52.

RABBI
Paul is a fine boy. But his brother
Mark... He is the best student of
the Torah and the Talmud...

MOM
Then what’s the problem Rabbi?

RABBI
It’s the reason.. He says he
studies so hard because...
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 23A.

RABBI (CONT'D)
he is looking for inconsistencies
in the word of God.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 24.


Beat.

MOM
So has he found any?

BACK TO MANHATTAN STREET

JARED VENNETT (V.O.)
Later Baum started his own fund on
Wall Street. He had an amazing nose
for bullshit and wasn’t afraid to
let everyone know when and where
the bull had gone number 2. But
then a tragedy happened to Mark
that turned his world view dark and
ready to believe the whole system
was a lie.

MARK BAUM
(sees he’s got another
call)
I gotta go, it’s Cynthia. I’ll be
in the office in twenty minutes.

INTERCUT:


30 INT. APARTMENT LIBRARY - PARK AVENUE - NEW YORK - DAY 30

Mark’s wife, CYNTHIA (35). Their TWIN DAUGHTERS (10) are on
the floor on matching laptops while their SON (7) runs
around.

CYNTHIA
Your therapist called me. You did
it again.

MARK
There were no cabs. What was I
supposed to do? At least I went.

CYNTHIA
I worry about you Mark. You run
around like you’ve got to right
every wrong in the world.
Everyone’s a creep or a crook.

MARK BAUM
Fine. I’m a rude guy. And I’m
pissed off. But it’s a shit storm
out here sweetie.
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 24A.

MARK BAUM (CONT'D)
You have no idea the crap people
are pulling and the average person
just walks around like they’re in a
goddamn Enya video.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 25.
Genres: ["Drama"]

Summary In the bustling streets of Manhattan, Mark Baum grapples with his disdain for unethical business practices during a phone call. A flashback to his childhood at a Yeshiva reveals his critical nature, as a Rabbi praises his intellect but worries about his skepticism. Back in the present, Mark's wife, Cynthia, expresses concern over his obsessive worldview, leading to a tense exchange where Mark defends his negative outlook. The scene highlights the strain in their relationship as Mark remains steadfast in his beliefs, set against the vibrant yet chaotic backdrop of the city.
Strengths
  • Strong character development
  • Intense emotional impact
  • Compelling themes
Weaknesses
  • Limited external conflict
  • Heavy dialogue

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

This scene's primary job is to deepen Mark Baum's character by revealing the origin of his relentless skepticism and connecting it to his current crusade against financial corruption, which it does effectively through a sharp flashback and tense phone calls. The biggest limiter is that the scene feels somewhat transitional—it sets up Baum's worldview but doesn't advance the plot or raise immediate stakes, and the therapy-session callback from the previous scene feels like a dangling thread rather than a payoff.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of showing a character's obsessive skepticism as rooted in childhood religious study is strong and unique, but the execution here is more explanatory than dramatic, and the therapy subplot feels underdeveloped.

Plot: 5

The plot advances minimally—Baum is walking, talking on the phone, and has a flashback—but the scene is more about character establishment than plot progression.

Originality: 7

The origin story of skepticism via Talmudic study is a fresh take on the 'angry truth-teller' archetype, and the dialogue feels authentic to the character.


Character Development

Characters: 8

Mark Baum is vividly drawn: his anger, his moral outrage, his strained relationship with his wife, and his intellectual origin story are all clear. Cynthia and the children are sketched lightly but effectively.

Character Changes: 2

Baum doesn't change significantly in this scene; it reinforces his established traits rather than transforming them.

Internal Goal: 7

Baum's internal goal is to prove that the system is corrupt and to expose the 'bullshit,' driven by a need for moral clarity and a fear of being complicit in injustice.

External Goal: 4

Baum's external goal is to get to the office and continue his investigation, as indicated by his phone call.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 5

Conflict is present but low-key: Baum vs. the therapist's expectations, Baum vs. his wife's worry, and the internal conflict between his drive and his family life.

Opposition: 4

The opposition Baum faces is mostly internal (his own anger, his wife's concern) and societal (the corrupt system he rails against), but no direct antagonist appears in this scene.

High Stakes: 5

The stakes are personal (his marriage, his sanity) but not yet tied to the larger financial crisis in a concrete way in this scene.

Story Forward: 4

The scene moves the story forward slightly by reinforcing Baum's character and his ongoing investigation, but no new plot information is revealed.

Unpredictability: 5

This scene is somewhat predictable in that it reinforces what we already know about Baum, though the Yeshiva flashback adds a fresh layer of backstory.

Philosophical Conflict: 7

The clash is between Baum's Talmudic search for inconsistencies (truth) and the financial world's acceptance of convenient lies, reflecting his worldview that the whole system is a lie.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6

The emotional impact is moderate—we feel for Baum's isolation and his wife's concern, but the scene doesn't reach a strong emotional peak.

Dialogue: 7.5

The dialogue is sharp and natural, especially Baum's rant about 'bad money' and his wife's exasperated 'You did it again.' The voiceover is functional but a bit on-the-nose.

Engagement: 6.5

This scene is engaging because of Baum's sharp dialogue and the intriguing flashback to his childhood, but the lack of plot movement and the unresolved therapy thread slightly reduce momentum.

Pacing: 6

The pacing of the scene is steady but not urgent; the walk-and-talk and phone calls feel natural, but the flashback interrupts the flow without adding dramatic tension.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

Formatting is clean and professional, with clear scene headings and proper use of intercut and voiceover. Minor note: the 'A30' scene number is unusual but not incorrect.

Structure: 6

The structure is a character scene with a flashback interlude, which works for the genre but lacks a clear dramatic arc or turning point within the scene itself.


Critique
  • The scene effectively juxtaposes Mark Baum's intense personality with the contrasting calmness of his family life, highlighting the internal conflict he faces. However, the transition between the bustling Manhattan streets and the intimate family setting could be smoother to enhance the emotional impact.
  • The use of voiceover from Jared Vennett provides valuable context about Mark's character and his past, but it risks overshadowing the dialogue. The balance between voiceover and on-screen dialogue should be carefully managed to maintain engagement without losing the audience's connection to the characters.
  • The dialogue is sharp and reflects Mark's frustration with the financial system, but it could benefit from more subtext. While Mark's anger is clear, exploring his vulnerabilities or fears could add depth to his character and make him more relatable.
  • The flashback to Mark's childhood in the Yeshiva is a strong narrative choice, but it feels slightly disconnected from the present-day scene. Integrating more visual or thematic elements that link the two timelines could enhance the cohesion of the scene.
  • Cynthia's character is introduced as a concerned spouse, but her dialogue could be more impactful. Providing her with a stronger emotional response or a specific example of Mark's behavior could deepen the audience's understanding of their relationship dynamics.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a visual motif that connects the bustling streets of Manhattan with the domestic setting, such as a recurring image or sound that transitions between the two environments.
  • Refine the voiceover to ensure it complements rather than competes with the dialogue. Perhaps use it to punctuate key moments rather than narrate them, allowing the audience to draw connections themselves.
  • Incorporate moments of vulnerability in Mark's dialogue to balance his anger with a sense of personal stakes, making him a more rounded character.
  • Enhance the transition between the flashback and the present by using a visual cue, such as a similar action or expression from adult Mark that mirrors his childhood behavior, reinforcing the theme of his ongoing struggle.
  • Give Cynthia a more defined role in the conversation by having her share a specific incident that illustrates her concerns about Mark's behavior, making her worries feel more grounded and relatable.



Scene 13 -  Fractured Reflections
31 EXT. MANHATTAN STREETS - CONTINUOUS 31

MUSIC: Dreamy new-age song like ENYA’S ONLY TIME

We see SLO MO people walking down the street. Some laughing.
Some stressed about work. Some eating hot dogs.

MARK BAUM
They’re all getting screwed...
Credit cards, pay day lenders, car
financing, fees, fees, and more
fees. And what do they care about?
The ball game or which actress went
into rehab?

MUSIC: OUT

CYNTHIA
I think you should try medication.

MARK
Nooo. We agreed. If it interfered
with work.

CYNTHIA
You hate Wall Street. Maybe it's
time to quit.

Mark is now trying to hail a cab.

MARK
I love my job.

CYNTHIA
You hate your job.

MARK
I love my job!

CYNTHIA
You're miserable!
(gets quieter)
Mark. I feel sad about what
happened every day. I know you
must feel the same... But you never
show it.


32 QUICK FLASH TO THE CELL PHONE ON THE GROUND. 32

MARK (V.O.)
Paul? Are you there Paul? Paul!
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 25A.


WE PULL UP AND SEE A MAN IN A SUIT WALK TOWARDS THE EDGE OF
THE BUILDING... AND STEP OFF.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 26.


WE CUT BACK TO MARK just as the man falls fully out of frame.


33 INT. APARTMENT LIBRARY - PARK AVENUE 33

There is silence for a beat before Cynthia speaks.

CYNTHIA
I know how close you were to your
brother... I keep hoping you’ll
talk about it. But you never do.
And now you’re so distrustful of
everything and everyone. You didn’t
used to be this way...


34 EXT. MANHATTAN STREETS 34

Mark is quiet. He’s still unconsciously holding his arm up
for a cab.

MARK
Please don’t. I really can’t do
this now Cynthia.

A cab stops.

CYNTHIA
We should talk. Can you just think
about the idea of making a change?

MARK
I’ll think about anything. I’ll
think about shaving my head and
joining a monastery but I can tell
you the answer is no.

CYNTHIA
Consider it. Please. I’m not
talking about joining a monastery.
We could just get off the treadmill
and move to Vermont and open a B&B.
It could be that easy.

MARK
Fine, I’ll consider it. But
honestly, I’m okay Cynthia. I
really am.
(sees a guy try and take
his cab)
No! That’s my cab!! Back off
asshole!
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 27.


He grabs the guy and yanks him out of the cab.
Genres: ["Drama"]

Summary In the bustling streets of Manhattan, Mark Baum grapples with his disdain for the financial system and his own emotional turmoil. Despite Cynthia's concern for his well-being and her suggestions for a simpler life, Mark defensively insists he loves his job. A flashback hints at his troubled past, while their conversation reveals a deep emotional struggle. As Mark's frustration boils over, he confronts another man for a cab, symbolizing his internal conflict and desperation.
Strengths
  • Emotional depth
  • Character development
  • Reflective dialogue
Weaknesses
  • Limited external conflict
  • Slow pacing

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

This scene's primary job is to deepen Mark Baum's character by revealing the traumatic loss driving his cynicism, and it lands effectively through the visceral flashback and raw phone argument. The biggest limiter is that the emotional revelation feels slightly abrupt and could benefit from more buildup or a clearer connection to his earlier rants about banking ethics.


Story Content

Concept: 6.5

The concept of revealing a character's trauma through a phone argument and a quick flashback is solid, but the execution feels a bit on-the-nose with the 'step off the building' visual.

Plot: 5

The plot advances Mark's personal arc but doesn't move the main financial plot forward; it's a character beat that feels somewhat isolated.

Originality: 6

The use of a dreamy song over cynical street scenes is a fresh contrast, and the brother's suicide as the root of anger is a familiar but effective trope.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Mark's character is deepened significantly—his anger is rooted in grief—but Cynthia feels like a one-note nagging wife, and the brother is only a flashback.

Character Changes: 3

Mark doesn't change in this scene—he resists change—but the audience gains new understanding of his pain.

Internal Goal: 7

Mark's internal goal is to avoid confronting his brother's suicide and the pain it causes, driven by fear of vulnerability.

External Goal: 6

Mark's external goal is to hail a cab and get away from the conversation with Cynthia.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 7

The conflict is between Mark's internal denial and Cynthia's push for honesty, plus the external cab-jerking incident, but the cab fight feels like a cheap release of tension.

Opposition: 5

The opposition is Cynthia's gentle but persistent pressure and Mark's own internal denial, but there's no clear antagonist.

High Stakes: 5

The stakes are personal (Mark's marriage and mental health) but not high in the context of the overall financial crisis story.

Story Forward: 4

The scene stalls the financial plot but advances the emotional subplot, which is important for character depth.

Unpredictability: 7.5

This scene is unpredictable because the flashback to the brother's suicide is not foreshadowed in earlier scenes, making it a genuine reveal.

Philosophical Conflict: 7

The clash is between Mark's worldview that everyone is getting screwed and Cynthia's belief that they can escape to a simpler life; this reflects his distrust of the system and his own emotions.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 7

The flashback of the brother's suicide is powerful, but the emotional impact is somewhat diluted by the abrupt transition and the cab altercation.

Dialogue: 7.5

The dialogue is sharp and natural, especially Mark's defensive 'I love my job' vs. Cynthia's 'You hate your job,' but the therapy session setup earlier feels disconnected from this scene's tone.

Engagement: 7

This scene is engaging because the phone argument feels real and the sudden flashback of the brother's suicide is shocking, but the cab fight undercuts the emotional weight.

Pacing: 7

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because the slow-motion opening contrasts with the rapid-fire argument and sudden flashback, creating a rhythm of tension and release.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 7

Formatting is standard and clear, with proper scene headings and transitions, though the 'QUICK FLASH' and 'WE PULL UP' directions are a bit vague.

Structure: 6.5

The structure uses a phone call as a frame, interrupted by a flashback, then returns to the call—effective but the flashback timing feels slightly jarring.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures Mark's internal conflict and frustration with the financial system, but it could benefit from more visual storytelling to enhance the emotional weight. The contrast between the dreamy music and Mark's harsh critique of society creates an interesting juxtaposition, yet the visuals of people walking in slow motion could be more impactful if they included specific interactions or expressions that reflect the themes of exploitation and distraction.
  • Cynthia's dialogue serves as a grounding force in the scene, but her character could be developed further. While she expresses concern for Mark, her suggestions feel somewhat generic. Adding more personal stakes or specific examples of how Mark's behavior affects their relationship could deepen the emotional resonance of their conversation.
  • The abrupt transition to the flashback of the man stepping off the building is jarring and could be better integrated into the flow of the scene. It feels disconnected from the preceding dialogue and could benefit from a smoother lead-in or a more explicit connection to Mark's emotional state. This moment is powerful, but it risks losing its impact due to the lack of buildup.
  • Mark's insistence that he loves his job, despite clear evidence to the contrary, is a compelling character trait. However, this could be emphasized further through his body language and facial expressions. Showing more of his internal struggle visually would enhance the audience's understanding of his denial and the tension in his relationship with Cynthia.
  • The dialogue is sharp and reflects the characters' personalities well, but it could be tightened in places. For instance, some of Mark's lines could be more succinct to maintain the scene's pacing and keep the audience engaged. Additionally, the repetition of 'I love my job' could be varied to reflect his growing frustration.
Suggestions
  • Incorporate more visual elements that reflect the themes of the scene, such as close-ups of people's faces to show their emotions or reactions to Mark's commentary, enhancing the contrast between his perspective and the reality around him.
  • Develop Cynthia's character further by providing specific examples of how Mark's behavior impacts their relationship. This could involve her recalling a specific incident or expressing a deeper emotional connection to their shared history.
  • Consider reworking the transition to the flashback of the man stepping off the building. Perhaps use a visual cue or a line of dialogue that foreshadows this moment, creating a more cohesive narrative flow.
  • Enhance Mark's internal conflict through visual storytelling. Use his body language and facial expressions to convey his denial and frustration more effectively, allowing the audience to connect with his emotional state.
  • Tighten the dialogue to improve pacing and engagement. Focus on making Mark's lines more impactful by reducing repetition and ensuring each line serves to advance the character's emotional journey.



Scene 14 -  A Curious Call
35 EXT. MORGAN STANLEY BUILDING - LATER 35

Everyone walking in and out of the Morgan Stanley building is
on their Blackberries. Mark gets out of his cab while
finishing a conversation with his cab driver.

MARK
And remember, get out of that
mutual fund you’re in. They’re
going to rape you with fees!

He walks into the building and passes a Morgan Stanley higher
up KATHY TAO.

KATHY TAO
Hello Mark Baum!

MARK
Hey Kathy. You busted me. I had an
afternoon personal thing.

KATHY TAO
I’m not your baby sitter. If
FrontPoint makes Morgan Stanley
money I’m happy!

MARK
Hey did I hear you’re expecting?

KATHY TAO
We’re expecting to be expecting!
The IVFs are cleaning us out but
we’re staying positive!


36 INT. FRONTPOINT OFFICE - MORGAN STANLEY NEW YORK - LATER 36

Small. Provisional. A tiny SUPPORT STAFF. There are four
desks with Mark’s team working at each.

Mark enters, pushing open the door that reads “FrontPoint
Partners.”

MARK
Hey! Cynthia wants me to quit and
open a B&B in Vermont!

VINNY DANIEL, a Queens city school graduate in a Macy’s suit
turns from his desk.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 28.


VINNY DANIEL
I’d love to see Mark Baum run a
B&B. “Here’s your steel cut oatmeal
asshole!”

JARED VENNETT (V.O.)
Because he didn’t kiss the ring of
the people with the check books
Mark Baum had to set up his fund
under Morgan Stanley’s umbrella.
His small team reflected Mark’s
distrust of the system.

MARK
Yeah. She says this job is making
me unhappy.

VINNY DANIEL
But you’re happy when you’re
unhappy.

JARED VENNETT (V.O.)
Vinny Daniel: Mark’s numbers guy.
Vinny lost his Father to violent
crime when he was young. Just like
Mark he didn’t talk about it.

VINNY DANIEL
(to camera)
I don’t talk about it.

An athletic Wasp, PORTER COLLINS, 31. who wears a suit jacket
and polo shirt, covers his blue tooth to chime in.

PORTER COLLINS
Cynthia doesn’t mess around. She
got me to stop eating gluten. You
want me to check the residential
real estate market in Vermont!?

JARED VENNETT (V.O.)
Porter Collins: former Olympic
rower who went to Brown. He had
worked with Baum at a previous firm
and couldn’t figure out why no one
listened to Baum, the guy with all
the good ideas.

MARK
There’s no way I’m moving to
Vermont. Westchester maybe, but not
Vermont...
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 29.


DANNY MOSES (31) Southern but moving fast towards New Yorker,
a self-effacing analyst type, though he's actually their
trader. HE’S FINISHING A PHONE CALL.

DANNY MOSES
... wait a minute. I think you have
the wrong FrontPoint. There’s
another FrontPoint in this same
building that is bonds.

JARED VENNETT (V.O.)
And Danny Moses: the optimist of
the bunch. And a hell of a trader,
which is why they tolerated the
optimism.

DANNY
Okay... No problem.

He hangs up.

DANNY (CONT’D)
That was a weird call.

PORTER
Why? Did the person actually enjoy
talking to you?

DANNY
It was this guy from Deutsche who
was talking about shorting housing
bonds. In the middle of the call I
realize he’s got the wrong
FrontPoint. He wanted the one of
the eighth floor.

VINNY
He wanted to short housing bonds?
Who bets against housing?
(due diligence)
What’s the ABX at?

PORTER
What’s the ABX?

VINNY
It tracks sub-prime mortgage bond
value.

Danny checks his computer.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 30.


DANNY
It’s down... Wow. That’s weird.
It’s down three points since last
year. I haven’t heard a peep about
that.

MARK
What was this guy’s name again?

DANNY
Jared Vennett. From Deutsche. He
sounded pretty sketchy.

One of the ASSISTANTS (the real DANNY MOSES) LOOKS UP TO
CAMERA.

ASSISTANT
This actually happened. I’m the
real Danny Moses. A wrong number
led us to one of the biggest leads
in investment history. I still work
in New York and I wasn’t that much
of an optimist.

MARK BAUM
Call him back. Tell him we want to
hear his presentation..

VINNY
You wanna take advice from a trader
we don't know -- about a market we
don't understand -- cause the idiot
dialed a wrong number?

MARK BAUM
Yeah. Why not?

DANNY
If he'd even show up, it'd be to
screw us.

MARK BAUM
Probably.

VINNY
Definitely.
Genres: ["Drama","Comedy"]

Summary Mark Baum arrives at the Morgan Stanley building and engages in light banter with his team at FrontPoint. After a strange phone call from trader Jared Vennett about shorting housing bonds piques their interest, Mark decides to pursue the lead despite his team's skepticism. The scene blends humor with intrigue as they navigate the corporate culture and potential investment opportunities.
Strengths
  • Witty dialogue
  • Engaging character interactions
  • Unique concept
Weaknesses
  • Limited emotional depth
  • Lack of character development

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

This scene efficiently introduces Mark Baum's team and their dynamic while using a wrong-number call to pivot the plot toward the housing short thesis; its biggest limiter is that the scene is largely setup and banter, with the actual discovery feeling somewhat rushed and reliant on voiceover exposition rather than dramatic action.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of a wrong number leading to a major financial insight is clever and historically grounded, but the scene leans heavily on voiceover to explain the team's backstories rather than showing them through action.

Plot: 6

The plot advances by introducing the housing short lead, but the scene is mostly character introduction and banter; the actual plot turn (the wrong number) feels slightly deus ex machina even if true.

Originality: 7.5

The wrong-number lead is a fresh, authentic detail from the true story, and the fourth-wall break by the real Danny Moses adds originality, though the team-banter dynamic is familiar.


Character Development

Characters: 7.5

Each team member gets a distinct voice and quirk (Vinny's cynicism, Porter's athleticism, Danny's optimism), and Mark's personality is clear, but the voiceover does heavy lifting to define them rather than organic interaction.

Character Changes: 2

No character undergoes significant change; Mark's decision to call back is consistent with his established rebelliousness.

Internal Goal: 6

Mark Baum seeks validation that his cynical worldview is correct and that he can find a way to profit from the system's corruption.

External Goal: 7

Mark wants to decide whether to pursue the lead from the wrong-number call about shorting housing bonds.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 4

Conflict is mild—Mark's team debates whether to follow the lead, and Mark's personal tension with his job is hinted at, but no direct confrontation occurs.

Opposition: 3

The opposition is mild—Vinny's skepticism and the team's general inertia—but no active antagonist is present.

High Stakes: 4

Stakes are low in this scene—the team is just considering a lead; the larger stakes of the housing market are referenced but not felt.

Story Forward: 7

The scene moves the story forward by introducing the housing short lead and establishing the team's dynamic, but it's primarily setup.

Unpredictability: 8

This scene is unpredictable because the wrong-number device is a fresh, real-life twist that subverts the typical 'brilliant analyst discovers flaw' trope.

Philosophical Conflict: 5

The clash between trusting the system (the housing market is safe) versus trusting one's own skeptical analysis (the market is rigged) is introduced but not dramatized.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 4

The scene is more intellectual and wry than emotional; the team's banter is amusing but doesn't generate strong feeling beyond mild curiosity.

Dialogue: 7.5

The dialogue is sharp, natural, and full of character-specific humor (e.g., 'Here's your steel cut oatmeal asshole!'), but some exchanges feel expository (the ABX explanation) and the voiceover interrupts the flow.

Engagement: 7

This scene is engaging because the banter is sharp and the wrong-number hook is intriguing, but the heavy voiceover and lack of immediate stakes slightly dull momentum.

Pacing: 7

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because it moves quickly through introductions and lands on the hook, though the voiceover pauses can slow momentum.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 9

Formatting is professional and clear, with proper scene headings, character introductions, and action lines. The voiceover and fourth-wall break are clearly indicated.

Structure: 6.5

The scene follows a classic setup structure: establish the team, introduce a catalyst (the wrong number), debate it, and decide to act. The voiceover interruptions are a structural choice that can feel jarring.


Critique
  • The scene effectively establishes the dynamic between Mark Baum and his colleagues, showcasing their personalities and relationships through witty banter. However, the dialogue can feel a bit too expository at times, especially with the voiceovers that explain character backgrounds. This can detract from the immediacy of the scene and make it feel less organic.
  • The humor in the dialogue is a strong point, particularly the interactions about Mark's potential career change to running a B&B. However, the humor sometimes overshadows the underlying tension regarding the financial crisis, which could be better integrated into the dialogue to maintain a balance between levity and seriousness.
  • The transition from the exterior of the Morgan Stanley building to the interior of the FrontPoint office is smooth, but the scene could benefit from more visual details that emphasize the contrast between the bustling financial world outside and the more intimate, chaotic environment inside the office. This would enhance the viewer's understanding of the stakes involved.
  • The introduction of the wrong number call from Deutsche Bank is a clever plot device, but it feels somewhat contrived. The characters' reactions could be more nuanced to reflect their skepticism and curiosity, rather than jumping straight to the decision to call back. This would create a more believable progression of events.
  • The scene ends on a note of intrigue with the decision to pursue the lead from the wrong number, but it could be strengthened by a more explicit emotional reaction from Mark and his team. This would help to convey the gravity of the situation and the potential implications of their decision.
Suggestions
  • Consider reducing the amount of voiceover exposition and instead show character backgrounds through actions and dialogue. This will create a more immersive experience for the audience.
  • Integrate the theme of the financial crisis more directly into the dialogue, perhaps by having characters express their concerns or doubts about the market while maintaining their humor.
  • Add more visual elements that contrast the exterior and interior settings, such as the hustle and bustle of the street versus the cramped, tense atmosphere of the office, to enhance the scene's impact.
  • Develop the characters' reactions to the wrong number call with more depth, allowing for a mix of skepticism and intrigue before they decide to pursue the lead.
  • End the scene with a stronger emotional beat, perhaps by showing Mark's internal conflict or excitement about the potential opportunity, to better set up the stakes for the next scene.



Scene 15 -  The Jenga Revelation
37 INT. CONFERENCE ROOM - THE NEXT DAY 37

Jared Vennett, his Chinese Quantitative Analyst, TED JIANG
and a Deutsche YOUNG SALES REP stand and sit in front of the
room.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 31.


Mark, Porter, Vinny and Danny listen to the bond trader's
spiel, which is condescending and very sharp.

The Deutsche Rep hands out hard copies.

MARK BAUM
So how many people have you talked
to about this trade?

JARED
A few. And there’s definitely some
interest.


38 FAST CUTS: A HALF DOZEN PEOPLE THAT HE TALKED TO PREVIOUSLY38
SAYING “NO” “GET LOST JARED” “YOU’RE HIGH” ETC.


39 INT. CONFERENCE ROOM - CONTINUOUS 39

MARK BAUM
(sarcasm)
Which is why you’re here talking to
us, a wrong number.

JARED VENNETT
Look, some people have called me in
to just laugh at me on this deal.
Is that what this is?

VINNY
That’s not what this is. That’s
just Mark. We wanna hear this.

JARED VENNETT
Okay, here we go...

On the table is a JENGA GAME of stacked wooden blocks. On the
side of the blocks is written the ratings of the tiers AAA,
AA, BBB, BB, and B.

JARED VENNETT (CONT’D)
This is a basic mortgage bond. The
original ones were simple,
thousands of AAA mortgages bundled
together and sold with a guarantee
from the US government. But the
modern day ones are private and are
made up of layers of tranches, with
the AAA highest rated getting paid
first and the lowest, B rated
getting paid last and taking on
defaults first.
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 31A.

JARED VENNETT (CONT’D)
Obviously if you’re buying B levels
you can get paid more. Hey, they’re
risky, so sometimes they fail...

He throws one of the B blocks into a TRASH CAN.

JARED
But somewhere along the line these
B and BB level tranches went from
risky to dog shit. I’m talking rock
bottom Fico scores, no income
verification, adjustable rates...
Dog shit. Default rates are already
up from 1 to 4 percent. If they
rise to 8 percent, and they will, a
lot of these BBB's are going to
zero.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 32.


Jared chucks another B block and a BB in the garbage.

JARED (CONT’D)
And that, my friends, is an
opportunity.

DANNY
You're sure of the math?

Jared gestures to his CHINESE QUANT, sitting to his right.

JARED
Jiang is my quant. Look at him, he
doesn't even speak English. He won
a national math competition in
China. China. Yeah I’m sure of the
math.

Ted turns to camera.

TED JIANG
Actually I do speak English. Jared
likes to say I don’t because he
thinks it makes me seem more
authentic. And I finished second in
the national math competition. Some
people at work think Jared’s a dick
but he’s great at his job.

VINNY
So you’re offering us the chance to
short that pile of blocks? How?

JARED
With something called a credit
default swap. It’s like insurance
on the bond. And if it goes bust
you can make a 10 to 1, even 20 to
1 return. And it’s already slowly
going bust. But no one’s paying
attention cause all the banks are
busy getting paid obscene amounts
of fees selling these bonds.
Basically I'm standing in front of
a burning house and offering you
fire insurance on it.

Danny's trying to get his head around Jared’s numbers.

DANNY
How can the underlying bonds in
these pools be as bad as you say?
They wouldn't be legal.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 33.


JARED
No one knows what's in these bonds.
I've seen some that are 65% AAA
rated that are actually full of 95
percent subprime shit with Ficos
below 550.

VINNY
Get the fuck out of here!

JARED
And now get ready to really have
your mind blown. I just discovered
this treat...

TED JIANG
(to camera)
We discovered it. But that’s fine.
He’s on a roll.

JARED
...when the market deems some bond
too risky to buy, what do you think
happens to it? We just warehouse
them on our books?! No. They get
repackaged, with a whole bunch of
other shit that didn't sell, into a
CDO.

MARK
A what?

Jared takes a bunch of the BBB, BB and B rated blocks and
makes a precarious NEW tower.

JARED
A collateralized debt obligation. A
C-D-O. We put a bunch of unsold B,
BB or BBB bonds together, when the
pile gets large enough, the whole
thing's considered diversified and
the whores at the ratings agencies
rate it 92, 93% AAA. No questions
asked.

MARK
Holy hell... Say that again.

FREEZE: Mark, leaning forward completely engaged.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 33A.


JARED (V.O.)
The Collateralized debt obligation.
It’s important to understand
because it’s what allowed a housing
crisis to become a nation wide
economic disaster. So here is world
famous chef Anthony Bourdain to
explain.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 34.
Genres: ["Drama","Finance"]

Summary In a conference room, Jared Vennett presents a risky investment opportunity involving mortgage bonds to Mark Baum and his team, using a Jenga game to illustrate the bond structure and the risks of lower-rated tranches. Initially skeptical, Mark and his team become increasingly engaged as Jared reveals the deceptive nature of the bonds and introduces collateralized debt obligations (CDOs). The scene is marked by a mix of skepticism, humor, and intrigue, culminating in Mark's eager request for clarification on the investment's complexities.
Strengths
  • Clear explanation of complex financial concepts
  • Engaging dialogue and character interactions
  • Foreshadowing of the impending economic crisis
Weaknesses
  • Some may find the financial jargon overwhelming
  • Limited visual elements beyond the Jenga game

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 8.2

This scene's primary job is to deliver a complex financial concept in an engaging, visceral way, and it succeeds brilliantly through the Jenga metaphor and sharp dialogue. The single biggest limiter is the slight over-reliance on exposition, which, while entertaining, could risk feeling like a lecture if not balanced with more character-driven action; tightening a few lines would lift it further.


Story Content

Concept: 9

The concept of explaining mortgage tranches and CDOs via a Jenga game is highly inventive and makes abstract finance tangible. The scene also introduces the credit default swap mechanism clearly.

Plot: 7.5

The plot advances as Mark Baum's team gains crucial information about the housing market's fragility, moving them closer to making a trade. The scene also deepens the subplot of Jared Vennett's pitch.

Originality: 9

The Jenga metaphor for tranches is highly original, and the use of a quant breaking the fourth wall to correct his boss is a fresh take on exposition. The dialogue feels authentic to the trading floor.


Character Development

Characters: 8

Mark Baum's sarcastic skepticism is well-established, and Jared Vennett is portrayed as sharp and condescending yet effective. Ted Jiang's fourth-wall break adds depth and humor, humanizing the quant.

Character Changes: 6

Mark Baum shifts from sarcastic dismissal to intense engagement ('Holy hell... Say that again'), indicating a turning point in his belief. Jared gains credibility with the team.

Internal Goal: 7

Mark Baum's internal goal is to find a truth that validates his cynical worldview and allows him to act on his moral outrage against the financial system. He needs to believe that the system is as rotten as he suspects.

External Goal: 8

Mark Baum's external goal is to understand Jared Vennett's trade and decide whether to pursue it, gathering enough evidence to justify a massive short bet.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 7

The conflict is intellectual and persuasive: Jared must convince skeptical traders (Mark, Vinny, Danny) of a truth the market denies. There's also a subtle clash between Jared's arrogance and Mark's distrust.

Opposition: 6.5

The opposition is the entrenched market belief that housing bonds are safe, embodied by the skepticism of Mark's team and the unseen 'half dozen people' who rejected Jared. Jared himself is an oppositional figure, but his information aligns with Mark's goals.

High Stakes: 8.5

The stakes are high: the potential collapse of the housing market and the chance for enormous profit (or loss). The scene makes clear that the entire financial system is built on shaky ground.

Story Forward: 8.5

The scene provides the key information that will drive the protagonists' investment strategy, directly moving the plot toward the short trade and the crisis.

Unpredictability: 8

This scene is unpredictable because the Jenga game metaphor is a fresh, unexpected way to explain CDOs, and Ted Jiang's fourth-wall break subverts Jared's narrative, adding a layer of meta-humor.

Philosophical Conflict: 8

The clash is between the market's faith in stability and ratings agencies versus the evidence of systemic fraud and risk. Mark's worldview—that the system is corrupt—is validated by Jared's data, creating a philosophical alignment.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 7.5

The scene generates a mix of disbelief, dark amusement, and dawning horror as the scale of the fraud becomes clear. The Jenga tower's precariousness evokes a sense of impending collapse.

Dialogue: 9

The dialogue is sharp, witty, and packed with information without feeling dry. Lines like 'dog shit' and 'the whores at the ratings agencies' give it a raw, memorable edge.

Engagement: 9

This scene is engaging because it transforms a dry financial lecture into a visceral, competitive, and darkly funny confrontation. The Jenga metaphor and Ted Jiang's asides keep the audience hooked.

Pacing: 8.5

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because it starts with condescension, builds through the Jenga demonstration, and accelerates with the CDO reveal, ending on a freeze that demands attention.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 9

Formatting is clean and professional, with clear character headings, action lines, and parentheticals. The use of FAST CUTS and FREEZE is appropriate for the screenplay's style.

Structure: 8.5

The scene follows a classic pitch structure: setup (Jared's spiel), demonstration (Jenga metaphor), objection (Danny's question), and resolution (Mark's engagement). The freeze and voiceover setup for Bourdain is a structural twist that works for the film's style.


Critique
  • The scene effectively uses humor and sarcasm to convey the absurdity of the financial instruments being discussed, particularly through Mark's interactions with Jared. This adds a layer of engagement for the audience, but it could benefit from a more balanced tone that allows for moments of seriousness to underscore the gravity of the situation.
  • The use of the Jenga game as a visual metaphor for the structure of mortgage bonds is clever and provides a tangible way for the audience to understand complex financial concepts. However, the explanation could be streamlined to avoid overwhelming viewers with jargon, ensuring that the metaphor remains accessible.
  • Jared's character comes off as both confident and condescending, which can alienate the audience. While this is likely intentional to reflect the arrogance often found in finance, it may be beneficial to show a moment of vulnerability or doubt to create a more rounded character.
  • The dialogue is sharp and witty, but at times it feels overly expository, particularly when Jared explains the mechanics of the bonds. This could be improved by integrating these explanations more naturally into the conversation, allowing characters to discover information organically rather than delivering it in a lecture format.
  • The scene transitions to a voiceover from Jared that introduces Anthony Bourdain, which feels abrupt. While Bourdain's presence is a unique touch, the transition could be smoother to maintain the flow of the scene and keep the audience engaged.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a moment where Mark or another character expresses genuine concern about the implications of what they are discussing, which would ground the scene and provide emotional weight.
  • Simplify some of the financial jargon in Jared's explanations to make them more digestible for the audience. Use analogies or relatable examples that connect with everyday experiences.
  • Introduce a moment of doubt or conflict for Jared, perhaps through a brief flashback or a comment that reveals his awareness of the risks involved in the trade, making him a more relatable character.
  • Integrate the exposition into the dialogue more fluidly, allowing characters to ask questions and react to the information as it unfolds, rather than having one character deliver a monologue.
  • Smooth out the transition to Anthony Bourdain's voiceover by foreshadowing his involvement earlier in the scene, perhaps through a brief mention of his culinary expertise in relation to the financial concepts being discussed.



Scene 16 -  From Fish to Financial Collapse
40 INT. CHEF’S KITCHEN - DAY 40

In a high end professional kitchen ANTHONY BOURDAIN opens a
fridge with a bunch of fish in it.

ANTHONY BOURDAIN
Okay, I’m a chef on a Sunday
afternoon setting the night’s menu
at a big restaurant. I ordered my
fish on Friday which is the
mortgage bond that Michael Burry
shorted. But some of the fresh fish
doesn’t sell. I don’t know why,
maybe it just came out halibut has
the intelligence of a dolphin. So
what am I going to do, throw all
this unsold old fish, which is the
BBB level of the bond, in the
garbage and take the loss?

Bourdain chops up the old fish and pushes it into the big pot
of “SEAFOOD STEW.”

ANTHONY BOURDAIN (CONT’D)
No way. Being the crafty and
morally onerous chef that I am,
whatever crappy levels of the bond
I don’t sell I throw into a “sea
food stew.” See, it’s not old fish.
It’s a whole new thing! And no one
knows they’re eating three day old
halibut. That is a CDO.


41 INT. CONFERENCE ROOM - CONTINUOUS 41

BACK TO THE SCENE

MARK
Wait, wait, so the mortgage bonds
are dog shit but the CDOs are dog
shit wrapped in garbage?

JARED
Institutions treat these CDOs like
they’re as solid as treasury bonds
and these things are going to zero.

DANNY
That can’t be right. There were 500
billion in housing bonds sold last
year alone.
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 35.

DANNY (CONT'D)
The banks, the ratings agencies,
the government... They wouldn’t let
this happen.

JARED
They would and they did. My whole
department is long this stuff. The
pricks are calling me Chicken
Little and Bubble boy. But when
reality hits the idiots in my
department won’t be laughing.

He starts pulling blocks out of the CDO and MBS towers and
throwing them in the garbage.

JARED (CONT’D)
Triple B’s? Zero. Double B's? Zero.
B's? Zero.

On this last one, the table shakes... both towers collapses.

JARED (CONT’D)
Then that happens.

MARK
What's that?

JARED
That is Aermcia’s housing market.
Genres: ["Drama","Thriller"]

Summary In a high-end kitchen, Anthony Bourdain creatively repurposes unsold fish into a seafood stew, drawing a parallel to the transformation of worthless mortgage bonds into seemingly valuable collateralized debt obligations (CDOs). The scene shifts to a conference room where financial analysts Mark, Jared, and Danny discuss the risks of these financial instruments. Jared illustrates the instability of CDOs by pulling blocks from a tower, leading to a dramatic collapse that symbolizes the looming crisis in the housing market. The tone blends urgency with dark humor, highlighting the mismanagement of financial products and foreshadowing disaster.
Strengths
  • Effective use of metaphor
  • Compelling dialogue
  • Building tension and suspense
Weaknesses
  • Limited character development in this specific scene

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.8

The scene's primary job is to demystify complex financial instruments (CDOs) through a vivid, memorable analogy and then escalate the stakes by showing the collapse of the housing market. It lands this job effectively with Bourdain's sharp, morally onerous chef persona and Jared's Jenga demonstration, but the tonal whiplash from Bourdain's comedic kitchen to the conference room's urgent debate slightly undercuts the tension, and the dialogue in the conference room feels a bit on-the-nose, limiting the overall impact. A smoother tonal transition or more subtext in the conference room exchange would lift the score.


Story Content

Concept: 8

The concept of using a celebrity chef to explain CDOs is fresh and inventive, making an opaque financial concept accessible and entertaining. The Jenga tower collapse is a strong visual metaphor. However, the concept relies heavily on the Bourdain cameo, which could feel gimmicky if not earned by the script's overall tone.

Plot: 6.5

The plot advances by clarifying the mechanism of the impending financial collapse (CDOs) and showing the team's growing belief in the short. The scene moves from explanation to a moment of crisis (the tower collapse). However, it is primarily an exposition scene; the plot doesn't advance through character action but through information delivery.

Originality: 8.5

The Bourdain analogy is highly original and fresh. The Jenga tower is a familiar metaphor but used effectively. The dialogue is authentic to the characters and the world of finance, avoiding cliché.


Character Development

Characters: 6.5

Bourdain's voice is distinct and memorable, serving the scene's purpose. Mark Baum's team is differentiated (Danny's disbelief, Jared's fervor), but they remain archetypal (the skeptic, the prophet). Mark himself is reactive rather than proactive here.

Character Changes: 2

No character undergoes a significant internal change. The team's understanding deepens, but their core positions (skepticism, belief) remain the same. The scene confirms their suspicions rather than transforming them.

Internal Goal: 6

Mark Baum's internal goal is to confirm his cynical worldview—to prove that the system is corrupt and that he is right to distrust it. He seeks validation for his anger and disillusionment.

External Goal: 7

Mark Baum's external goal is to understand Jared Vennett's investment thesis and decide whether to act on it. He needs to gather enough information to make a high-stakes decision.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 6

The conflict is intellectual and systemic: the team's growing understanding clashes with the market's (and their own department's) blind faith. There is no direct interpersonal conflict, but the tension between belief and disbelief is palpable.

Opposition: 7

The opposition is not a person but an entire system: the banks, ratings agencies, and the prevailing market sentiment. Jared and Mark are fighting against institutional inertia and willful ignorance. The opposition is powerful but abstract.

High Stakes: 8

The stakes are implicitly enormous: the collapse of the housing market and the potential for massive profit (or loss). The scene makes these stakes feel real and imminent by showing the fragility of the system.

Story Forward: 7.5

The scene moves the story forward by solidifying the team's conviction to pursue the short. It provides the crucial 'how' and 'why' of the impending crash, setting the stage for their investment decision.

Unpredictability: 7.5

This scene is unpredictable because of the sudden appearance of Anthony Bourdain as a narrator/analogy-giver. The Jenga tower collapse is also a surprising and effective way to visualize the market's fragility.

Philosophical Conflict: 8

The philosophical conflict is between faith in the market (and its institutions) and a deep-seated belief in systemic corruption and inevitable collapse. Mark Baum embodies the latter, and the scene validates his worldview against the prevailing optimism.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 5.5

The scene generates intellectual excitement and a sense of dawning horror, but it lacks a strong emotional hook. The Jenga collapse is a moment of shock, but it's abstract. The emotional impact is more cerebral than visceral.

Dialogue: 7

Bourdain's monologue is sharp, witty, and perfectly in character. The conference room dialogue is functional but a bit expository ('Wait, wait, so the mortgage bonds are dog shit but the CDOs are dog shit wrapped in garbage?'). It serves clarity over subtext.

Engagement: 8

This scene is engaging because it uses a brilliant, unexpected analogy (Bourdain's fish stew) to make a complex topic instantly understandable and entertaining. The Jenga collapse provides a satisfying, dramatic payoff that visually confirms the thesis.

Pacing: 8

The pacing is effective: Bourdain's monologue is brisk and engaging, then the conference room scene builds tension through question-and-answer, culminating in the sudden collapse of the Jenga tower. The rhythm is well-managed.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is professional and clear. The use of 'BACK TO THE SCENE' is a bit of a cheat, but it works. The action lines are concise and visual. No formatting errors.

Structure: 7

The scene uses a two-part structure: a standalone analogy (Bourdain) followed by a direct application of that analogy to the plot (conference room). This is effective for a financial thriller, but the transition is abrupt. The Jenga collapse provides a strong visual climax.


Critique
  • The use of Anthony Bourdain as a metaphorical figure to explain complex financial concepts is creative and engaging, but it risks alienating viewers who may not be familiar with culinary terms or the nuances of mortgage-backed securities and CDOs. The metaphor of fish and stew is clever, but it could benefit from clearer connections to the financial concepts for those less versed in the subject matter.
  • The dialogue between Mark and Jared effectively captures the skepticism and disbelief surrounding the financial instruments being discussed. However, the transition from Bourdain's kitchen to the conference room feels abrupt. A smoother transition could enhance the flow of the scene and maintain audience engagement.
  • Jared's character shines through in this scene, showcasing his frustration and confidence in his analysis. However, the dialogue could be more varied in tone to reflect the gravity of the situation. While humor is present, the stakes are high, and a more serious undertone could heighten the tension and urgency of the moment.
  • The visual elements of the scene are strong, particularly the imagery of the collapsing towers representing the CDOs and mortgage-backed securities. However, the metaphor could be expanded upon to ensure that viewers fully grasp the implications of the collapse, perhaps by including a brief explanation of what the towers represent in terms of financial stability.
  • The pacing of the scene is generally good, but it could benefit from moments of silence or pauses after key revelations to allow the weight of the information to sink in for both the characters and the audience. This would enhance the dramatic impact of the scene.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a brief explanation or visual cue that connects Bourdain's culinary metaphor to the financial concepts for viewers who may not be familiar with them. This could be done through a voiceover or a quick graphic that illustrates the relationship between the fish and the bonds.
  • Smooth out the transition between Bourdain's kitchen and the conference room by incorporating a visual or auditory cue that links the two settings, such as a sound of a pot boiling that fades into the conference room ambiance.
  • Introduce more varied emotional tones in the dialogue, especially during Jared's explanations. This could involve moments of frustration, disbelief, or urgency that reflect the high stakes of the financial crisis.
  • Expand on the visual metaphor of the collapsing towers by including a brief moment where the characters react to the collapse, allowing the audience to feel the weight of the impending crisis.
  • Incorporate pauses or moments of silence after significant lines of dialogue to emphasize the gravity of the situation and give the audience time to process the information being presented.



Scene 17 -  Trusting the Unknown
42 INT. FRONTPOINT OFFICE - DAY 42

Vinny, Danny and Porter cluster unhappily at their desk.

They watch Mark say good-bye to the Deutsche Bank team at the
door. He's lost in thought as he returns.

VINNY
He's playing us. He's dumping his
position.

MARK
What if he's right?

VINNY
You want him to be right!

MARK
Yes, I do. When a bank offers a
loan, people take it. Why? Because
they assume banks know more about
money than they do.
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 36.

MARK (CONT'D)
Banks have spent decades training
us to let them handle our money and
credit. How else do they get away
with credit cards that keep you in
debt for years? Student loan rates
that you never get free of?
Financing, for many Americans, is
just a fancy term for getting
raped. Then this guy walks in my
office... tells me those same banks
got greedy... lost track of the
market ...and I can now profit off
their stupidity? Fuck yeah, I want
him to be right.

DANNY
Things can't be as bad as he says
out there.

MARK
Let's find out. That's our job.

VINNY
Why don't you hate this guy? He's
everything you taught us not to
trust.

MARK
I can't hate him. He's so
transparent in his self interest I
kind of respect him. Would I buy a
car from him? No way.
Is he right about the mortgage
market? Let's find out.
(the others moan)
Look, it's two very simple
questions. Is there a housing
bubble? And if there is, how
exposed are the banks?

Mark’s team can't resist him when he's in adventure mode.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 37.


DANNY
Yeah, okay. Fine.

PORTER
Sure.

Vinny pfiffs his concession.

MARK
And let’s move fast. If Vennett’s
right, it’s only a matter of time
before every loser with a few
million bucks in a fund jumps on
this.
Genres: ["Drama","Finance"]

Summary In the Frontpoint office, Vinny, Danny, and Porter express skepticism about Mark's trust in banker Vennett, whom they suspect is manipulating them. Mark argues for an investigation into the housing market, believing it holds profit potential due to banks' mismanagement. Despite initial hesitations, Mark's enthusiasm convinces the team to pursue the investigation, setting the stage for a risky yet adventurous opportunity.
Strengths
  • Strong dialogue
  • Effective tension-building
  • Compelling character dynamics
Weaknesses
  • Limited emotional depth
  • Slightly predictable character reactions

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

The scene's primary job is to solidify Mark Baum's commitment to investigating the housing market despite his team's skepticism, and it lands effectively through a passionate monologue that reframes the bet as a moral crusade. The biggest limiter is that the team's resistance feels perfunctory—Vinny, Danny, and Porter offer only token objections, which undercuts the tension and makes Mark's victory feel too easy.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of a hedge fund manager deciding to investigate a market crash based on moral outrage at bank exploitation is strong and thematically rich, but it's not entirely novel in this genre.

Plot: 6.5

The plot advances clearly: Mark convinces his team to investigate the housing market, setting up the next phase of the story. However, the decision comes too quickly with minimal pushback, reducing dramatic weight.

Originality: 6.5

The scene is original in its moral justification for shorting, but the structure of a team debate is familiar. Dialogue feels authentic to the world.


Character Development

Characters: 6.5

Mark's character is well-drawn—his monologue reveals his worldview and moral compass. Vinny, Danny, and Porter are underdeveloped, serving mainly as sounding boards with little distinct personality.

Character Changes: 3

Mark doesn't change—he reaffirms his existing beliefs. The team shifts from skepticism to reluctant agreement, but the change is slight and predictable.

Internal Goal: 8

Mark seeks to validate his worldview that the financial system is predatory and that he can profit from its corruption.

External Goal: 7

Mark wants to convince his team to investigate the housing market and potentially short it.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 5

The conflict is internal (Mark vs. his team's skepticism) and external (Mark vs. the banks), but the team's resistance is mild, so the conflict lacks urgency.

Opposition: 3

The opposition from Vinny, Danny, and Porter is weak—they moan and pfiff but fold quickly, making Mark's victory too easy.

High Stakes: 7

The stakes are high (potential market collapse, fund performance), but they are discussed abstractly rather than felt in the moment.

Story Forward: 7

The scene moves the story forward by committing the team to investigate, which is a necessary step, but it feels like a checkbox rather than a turning point.

Unpredictability: 5

This scene is unpredictable because Mark's moral framing of the bet is a fresh angle, but the outcome (team agrees) is predictable.

Philosophical Conflict: 8

The clash is between trusting the system (banks know best) versus exploiting its failures (betting against it). Mark's worldview sees the system as inherently exploitative.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6

Mark's monologue carries emotional weight through its righteous anger, but the scene overall feels more intellectual than visceral.

Dialogue: 7

Mark's monologue is sharp and thematically potent, blending anger with logic. The team's responses are functional but lack bite, making the exchange feel one-sided.

Engagement: 6.5

This scene is engaging because Mark's monologue is passionate and taps into real-world frustrations, but the lack of genuine opposition makes it feel like a foregone conclusion.

Pacing: 6.5

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because it moves briskly from resistance to decision, but the monologue is a bit long and halts momentum.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 9

Formatting is clean and professional, with clear action lines and dialogue attribution. No errors.

Structure: 6.5

The scene follows a classic persuasion structure: team resists, Mark argues, team concedes. It's effective but lacks surprise or escalation.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures Mark's internal conflict and his complex feelings towards the financial system and the character of Jared Vennett. However, the dialogue could benefit from more subtext to enhance the tension. While Mark's passion is evident, the stakes could be raised further by incorporating more emotional weight regarding the potential consequences of their actions on real people affected by the housing crisis.
  • Vinny's skepticism serves as a good counterpoint to Mark's enthusiasm, but his character could be fleshed out more. Adding a line or two that reveals Vinny's personal stakes or fears about the situation could deepen the conflict and make the audience more invested in his perspective.
  • The pacing of the scene feels a bit rushed, particularly in the transition from Mark's passionate speech to the team's reluctant agreement. A moment of hesitation or a brief exchange of glances among the team members could heighten the tension and emphasize the gravity of their decision to pursue this risky investigation.
  • The metaphor of banks 'raping' consumers is powerful but may come off as overly blunt or jarring. While it effectively conveys Mark's anger, it could be rephrased to maintain the intensity without alienating the audience. Finding a balance between raw emotion and articulate critique would enhance the impact of his message.
  • The scene ends on a strong note with Mark's call to action, but it could benefit from a visual element that reinforces the urgency of their mission. Perhaps a shot of the team members' expressions or a quick montage of them diving into research could visually convey their commitment and the impending urgency of the situation.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a moment of silence or a shared look among the team after Mark's passionate speech to emphasize the weight of their decision.
  • Flesh out Vinny's character by including a line that reveals his personal stakes or fears regarding the investigation into the housing market.
  • Rephrase Mark's metaphor about banks and consumer debt to maintain intensity while avoiding overly graphic language that might alienate the audience.
  • Incorporate a visual element at the end of the scene that shows the team diving into research or planning, reinforcing their commitment to the investigation.
  • Add more subtext to the dialogue to enhance the tension and emotional stakes, allowing the audience to feel the weight of the potential consequences of their actions.



Scene 18 -  Awkward Encounters and Harsh Realities
43 INT. HIGH END DANCE CLUB - NIGHT 43

MUSIC: A rap song with a great beat and attitude like GRILLZ
by NELLY

JAMIE SHIPLEY, 30, good looking but earnest and CHARLIE
GELLER, 31, very smart and neurotic are dancing on a dance
floor in a high end Chelsea club.

WOMEN COME TO HANDSOME Jamie but his horrible dancing soon
chases them away TO Charlie who tries to impress.

CHARLIE
Hey ladies! I’m Charlie! This is
Jamie!

The WOMEN move away.

MOMENTS LATE: Charlie and Jamie approach a table full of
ATTRACTIVE MANHATTAN PROFESSIONAL WOMEN.

CHARLIE (CONT’D)
(yelling over the music)
Hi ladies! I’m Charlie . This is
Jamie!

JAMIE
Hi! I’m Jamie!

ATTRACTIVE MANHATTAN PROFESSIONAL
How can we help you?

CHARLIE
I’ll just be straight with you. No
games. The truth is, you all are
very attractive and we wanted to
get to know you!
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 37A.


ATTRACTIVE MANHATTAN PROFESSIONAL
Get the fuck away from us!

CHARLIE
Okay!

Jamie starts to sit down with them.

CHARLIE (CONT’D)
No! They said fuck off.

JAMIE
Oh!

Jamie jumps up and they leave.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 38.


GRAPHIC: CHARLIE GELLER AND JAMIE SHIPLEY


44 INT. LOBBY WAITING AREA - JP MORGAN - NEW YORK - DAY 44

Charlie and Jamie sit nervous under massive Richter works.

CHARLIE
JP Morgan. Can you believe it?

JAMIE
Okay, don’t make me nervous.
They’re just people.

Finally, they hear...

YOUNG MAN'S VOICE
Brownfield Fund?

They stand, straighten their suits. A BOY BANKER hurries out
from behind the reception desk.

CHARLIE
You must be Ted!

YOUNG BANKER
No, I'm Chris. I'm on Ted's desk.

CHARLIE
Oh. I’m Charlie. Charlie Geller.

JAMIE
Jamie Shipley. We’re excited to get
set up on your trading platform.

YOUNG BANKER
Cool. Here, guys, have a seat a
second.

He gestures to the chairs they just stood from. Not good.

YOUNG BANKER (CONT’D)
Ted asked me to do some meeting
prep but I couldn't find any
marketing material on you.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 39-40.


CHARLIE
Oh. Sorry. We don't have any. We
recently moved here from Colorado.

YOUNG BANKER
Got it. Can we see your offering
documents?

CHARLIE
(sheepish)
Brownfield is all our own money.

YOUNG BANKER
Well, can you tell us how much you
manage?

CHARLIE
Sure. It's 30 million, but we
started four years ago with 110
thousand. So, our returns have been
pretty phenomenal.

JAMIE
We want to get an ISDA agreement
with JP Morgan so we can deal in
long term options.

YOUNG BANKER
That's cool. But you're under the
capital requirements for an ISDA.

CHARLIE
Like, by how much?

YOUNG BANKER
One billion four hundred seventy
million.

Jamie and Charlie flinch.

CHARLIE
Does it make us look bad that we
didn’t know what the capital
requirements were?

YOUNG BANKER
It’s not great.

Awkward beat.

YOUNG BANKER (CONT’D)
Have a good one guys.

He walks away.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 41.


JAMIE
B of A and Bear didn’t return our
calls and even Wachovia blew us
off. 30 million means nothing to
these banks. They keep calling us
“high net worth individuals.”

CHARLIE
Here’s the prospectuses and
brochures of all the other losers
who didn’t get past the lobby.

There are scattered brochures and folders with names like
“The Nostradamus Fund” and “The Long Short Group.” Under one
is Jared Vennett’s “Shorting the Housing Market.”

CHARLIE (CONT’D)
Look... This guy’s saying the
housing market is a massive
bubble...

Jamie LOOKS TO CAMERA

JAMIE
We didn’t really find Jared
Vennett’s housing bubble pitch in
the lobby of a bank that rejected
us.
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 42.

JAMIE (CONT'D)
The truth is, a friend told Charlie
about it. And I read about it in
Grant’s Interest Rate Observer. But
this is more fun.

CHARLIE
This guy says there are 10 to 1
returns on credit default swaps on
mortgage backed securities. He says
they whole housing market will
collapse...

Freeze.

JARED VENNETT (V.O.)
For Jamie and Charlie , the housing
market doomsday prediction was
music to their ears.


45 OMIT 45


46 OMIT 46
Genres: ["Drama","Comedy"]

Summary Jamie Shipley and Charlie Geller struggle to connect with women at a high-end Chelsea dance club, facing rejection due to Jamie's poor dancing and Charlie's awkwardness. After leaving the club, they attend a meeting at JP Morgan, where a young banker, Chris, informs them that their fund does not meet the necessary capital requirements for an ISDA agreement, leaving them feeling embarrassed and out of place. Their hopes are briefly reignited by a brochure about Jared Vennett's prediction of a housing market collapse, but they ultimately leave the meeting dejected and contemplating their next steps.
Strengths
  • Humorous dialogue
  • Authentic character interactions
  • Engaging and relatable premise
Weaknesses
  • Lack of significant conflict
  • Limited character development

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

This scene introduces two new characters and their failed attempt to get a trading platform, effectively blending comedy with the film's financial theme. The biggest limiter is that the scene feels like a detour from the main plot, and the fourth-wall break, while fun, slightly undermines the tension built in previous scenes.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of small-time investors being rejected by big banks is a fresh, relatable angle on the financial crisis story, but it's not deeply explored here.

Plot: 5.5

The plot advances by introducing new characters and their connection to the housing bubble pitch, but the scene is mostly a comedic set piece with little forward momentum for the main story.

Originality: 7.5

The scene is original in its use of a failed club pickup as a metaphor for financial rejection, and the fourth-wall break is a fresh take on the discovery trope.


Character Development

Characters: 6.5

Charlie and Jamie are distinct (earnest vs. neurotic) and their dynamic is clear, but they lack depth in this brief introduction.

Character Changes: 2

Charlie and Jamie don't change significantly; they remain determined but humbled.

Internal Goal: 6

Charlie and Jamie want to be taken seriously as investors, driven by a need for validation and success.

External Goal: 7

To get an ISDA agreement with JP Morgan to trade long-term options.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 4

The conflict is low-stakes: they want a platform and are rejected. It's more of a setback than a high-stakes confrontation.

Opposition: 4

The opposition is the institutional indifference of JP Morgan, personified by the young banker, but it's passive rather than active.

High Stakes: 4

The stakes are low—they want access to trading, but failure means they miss an opportunity, not a crisis.

Story Forward: 5

The scene moves the story forward by introducing the housing bubble pitch to new characters, but it's a side plot.

Unpredictability: 7

This scene is unpredictable because the direct address to camera and the self-aware joke about the discovery's origin subvert expectations.

Philosophical Conflict: 6

A clash between the small, self-made investor and the institutional gatekeepers of Wall Street, reflecting a worldview that the system is rigged against outsiders.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 4.5

The emotional impact is mild—amusement and sympathy for the characters' embarrassment, but no deep emotional resonance.

Dialogue: 7

The dialogue is natural and funny, especially the awkward exchange with the women and the banker, but some lines feel a bit on-the-nose.

Engagement: 6.5

This scene is engaging because of the awkward humor and the relatable underdog dynamic, but it lacks the tension of the main plot.

Pacing: 6.5

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because the quick cuts from club to lobby keep it lively, but the fourth-wall break slows momentum.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

Formatting is standard and clean, with clear scene headings and action lines, though the graphic insert is a bit unusual.

Structure: 6

The scene has a classic setup-punchline structure: the club rejection mirrors the bank rejection, but the fourth-wall break disrupts the flow.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the awkwardness and desperation of Jamie and Charlie as they navigate the high-stakes world of finance, but it could benefit from deeper character development. The audience gets a sense of their personalities, but more backstory or internal conflict could enhance their relatability and stakes.
  • The dialogue is humorous and captures the essence of their characters, but it sometimes feels a bit forced, particularly in the club scene. The transition from the club to the JP Morgan meeting is abrupt, and the tonal shift could be smoother to maintain audience engagement.
  • The use of the club setting serves as a contrast to the serious financial discussions that follow, but it may not fully resonate with the audience. The humor in the club scene is effective, but it risks overshadowing the gravity of their financial ambitions. Balancing the comedic elements with the seriousness of their situation could create a more cohesive narrative.
  • The introduction of the Young Banker is effective in showcasing the challenges Jamie and Charlie face, but his character could be fleshed out more. Providing him with a distinct personality or quirks could make the interaction more memorable and engaging.
  • The scene ends on a cliffhanger with the mention of Jared Vennett's pitch, which is a strong narrative device. However, the transition to the voiceover feels somewhat disjointed. A more seamless integration of the voiceover with the visual elements could enhance the storytelling.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a brief flashback or internal monologue for Jamie and Charlie to provide context for their motivations and aspirations. This could help the audience connect with them on a deeper level.
  • Smooth out the transition between the club scene and the JP Morgan meeting by incorporating a moment of reflection or dialogue that ties the two settings together, emphasizing the contrast between their social lives and professional ambitions.
  • Enhance the Young Banker's character by giving him a memorable line or a unique trait that sets him apart, making the interaction more engaging and relatable.
  • Balance the humor in the club scene with the seriousness of their financial goals by incorporating moments of vulnerability or self-doubt, allowing the audience to see the stakes involved in their pursuit.
  • Integrate the voiceover more fluidly with the visuals by using it to highlight key moments in the scene, reinforcing the themes of ambition and the impending financial crisis.



Scene 19 -  High Stakes and Paranoia
47 EXT. BOULDER COLORADO - GARAGE - SUMMER DAY 47

A CRAPPY GARAGE with computer paper on the wall reading “The
Brownfield Fund” It’s hot as Jamie and Charlie work on their
lap tops. Jamie pours water over his head. A CHOCOLATE LAB
sleeps on the floor.

JARED VENNETT (V.O.)
They had started working out of
Jamie’s garage with 110 thousand
Jamie had saved taking sailboats up
and down the east coast. Their
strategy was simple and
brilliant...

CHARLIE
People hate to think about bad
things happening so they
underestimate their likelihood.

JAMIE
Holy shit. That’s like the most
brilliant thing you’ve ever said!
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 42A.


JARED VENNETT (V.O.)
And Jamie and Charlie found banks
will sell options very cheaply on
things they think will never ever
happen. When they were wrong, they
were wrong small. But when they
were right, they were right big.
Within a a few years they had
turned their 110 grand into 30
million. But then it was time to
go to NYC. And so far, it wasn’t
going well.


48 INT. JP MORGAN LOBBY - CONTINUOUS 48

JAMIE
So what if it does seem
interesting. No bank will give us
our ISDA. We’re dead in the water.

CHARLIE
I think we should call Ben.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 43.


49 EXT. RESIDENTIAL STREET - DAY 49

FREEZE: WE CUT TO BEN RICKERT, 45, and the most neurotic
person we’ve met so far, walking his dog with Jamie on A
RESIDENTIAL STREET or PARK.

JARED VENNETT (V.O.)
Ben Rickert was a former trader in
Singapore for Chase who had quit
the whole game in disgust. He
happened to be Jamie’s neighbor
when they were in Colorado and they
met walking dogs. But Ben was dark.
He didn’t just think the whole
system would fail, he thought the
whole world was going down.


50 INT. SAM’S HOUSE - NIGHT 50

We see hands putting down jugs of water next to a dozen jugs
of water in a kitchen. It’s Jamie and Charlie.

JAMIE
Hey Ben! Do you think you have
enough water?

BEN (O.C.)
Average precipitation in this
region is down 2% a year for the
past eight years! And Congress just
cut the budget to police loose
nukes!

CHARLIE
God he’s paranoid.

Ben enters.

BEN
Not paranoid. Prepared.

FREEZE

JARED VENNETT (V.O.)
Ben had real experience in a big
bank. Jamie and Charlie had never
even been in a Manhattan bank
bathroom. But Ben was done with the
banking world. He was very clear.


51 INT. JP MORGAN LOBBY - CONTINUOUS 51
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 44.


JAMIE
Look, there really could be
something here. But it’s pretty
bold, so let’s do some digging
before we call Ben. .

CHARLIE
(Still perusing the pitch). Wow.
This is pretty shocking. It’s like
it’s all hidden in plain sight...

LOBBY SECURITY GUARD
Seriously guys! I need you out of
here! Now!

CUT TO:


CU: The hilarious scowl of the MIAMI DOLPHINS LOGO.
Genres: ["Drama","Comedy"]

Summary In a hot garage in Boulder, Colorado, Jamie and Charlie celebrate their financial success, having turned $110,000 into $30 million by betting against unlikely events. However, they face challenges in securing an ISDA from banks in New York City and consider reaching out to their neighbor, Ben Rickert, a former trader with a pessimistic view of the financial system. The scene shifts to Ben's home, where his paranoia about global issues contrasts with Jamie and Charlie's humor and optimism. The tension escalates as they navigate their financial predicament, culminating in their ejection from the JP Morgan lobby by security.
Strengths
  • Strong character development
  • Engaging dialogue
  • Blend of humor and informative elements
Weaknesses
  • Limited external conflict development
  • Moderate emotional impact

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

This scene serves as a character-establishing and plot-progressing bridge, showing Jamie and Charlie's resourcefulness and their dead-end at JP Morgan, which motivates them to call Ben. The biggest limiter is the fragmented structure—the quick cuts between locations and the voiceover-heavy exposition make the scene feel disjointed and less immersive than it could be; tightening the transitions and letting the characters' actions speak more would lift it.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of small-time investors working from a garage with a simple but brilliant strategy is compelling and fresh, but the execution relies heavily on voiceover to explain it rather than showing it through action.

Plot: 6

The plot advances the subplot of Jamie and Charlie's struggle to get an ISDA agreement and their decision to call Ben, but the scene is more about setup than forward momentum, and the jumps between locations feel choppy.

Originality: 7

The garage startup setting for a hedge fund is a fresh take on the financial underdog story, and the voiceover's dry, explanatory tone is distinctive. The dialogue is functional but not particularly original.


Character Development

Characters: 6.5

Jamie and Charlie are clearly established as underdogs with a clever strategy, but their personalities remain somewhat flat—Jamie's 'holy shit' line is the only moment of real character color. Ben is introduced as paranoid but prepared, which is effective.

Character Changes: 2

Jamie and Charlie don't change significantly; they start as determined underdogs and end the same way. Ben's paranoia is established but not developed.

Internal Goal: 5

Jamie and Charlie's internal goal is to prove they belong in the big leagues and that their strategy is valid, driven by a need for validation and fear of being dismissed as amateurs.

External Goal: 7

To secure an ISDA agreement from a major bank so they can execute their trading strategy.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 4

The conflict is external—Jamie and Charlie vs. the bank's gatekeeping—but it's resolved too quickly (they just leave) and lacks tension. The internal conflict of whether to call Ben is hinted but not explored.

Opposition: 4

The opposition is the institutional gatekeeping of JP Morgan (the banker and security guard), but they are faceless and easily dismissed, reducing the sense of real obstacle.

High Stakes: 5

The stakes are moderate—if they can't get an ISDA, they can't trade—but the scene doesn't make this feel urgent or high-risk; it's more of a procedural hurdle.

Story Forward: 6

The scene moves the story forward by setting up the next step (calling Ben) and showing the obstacle of the ISDA agreement, but it's mostly a transitional scene.

Unpredictability: 5

The scene is somewhat predictable—the underdogs hit a wall and decide to call their paranoid mentor—but the specific details (the garage, the water jugs, Ben's prepper mentality) add freshness.

Philosophical Conflict: 5

The clash between the small, rational investor (underestimating bad events) and the big bank's institutional conservatism (requiring capital minimums) reflects a broader critique of how the financial system excludes outsiders.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 4.5

The scene has moments of humor (the garage, the water jugs) and mild frustration (being kicked out of the lobby), but the emotional stakes feel low because the characters' desperation is told rather than felt.

Dialogue: 5.5

The dialogue is functional but sparse; the voiceover does most of the heavy lifting. Jamie and Charlie's exchange about bad things happening is sharp, but the security guard's line feels like a forced exit.

Engagement: 6

The scene is engaging because of the underdog dynamic and the humorous details (water jugs, the dog, the security guard), but the voiceover-heavy exposition and quick cuts reduce immersion.

Pacing: 6.5

The pacing is brisk but uneven; the garage scene feels relaxed, the lobby scene is tense but short, and the cut to Ben's house is abrupt. The voiceover helps maintain momentum but also rushes character moments.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

Formatting is standard and clear, with proper scene headings and transitions. The use of FREEZE and CUT TO is appropriate for the film's style.

Structure: 6

The scene uses a fragmented structure with quick cuts between locations and voiceover, which suits the film's style but can feel disjointed. The Jenga-like buildup of obstacles (garage, lobby, security guard) is effective but the payoff (calling Ben) is rushed.


Critique
  • The scene effectively establishes the characters of Jamie and Charlie, showcasing their humble beginnings and the contrast between their garage startup and the high-stakes world of finance. However, the dialogue could benefit from more depth to further develop their personalities and motivations. Currently, it feels somewhat surface-level, lacking emotional resonance.
  • The use of voiceover from Jared Vennett is a strong narrative device, but it can also create a distance between the audience and the characters. Consider integrating more direct dialogue or interactions between Jamie and Charlie to ground the scene in their experiences and emotions, rather than relying heavily on exposition.
  • The transition between the garage and the JP Morgan lobby feels abrupt. While it serves to show the contrast between their current situation and their aspirations, a smoother transition could enhance the flow of the narrative. Perhaps a brief moment of reflection or a visual cue could bridge the two settings more effectively.
  • The humor in the scene, particularly Ben's paranoia, is a nice touch, but it could be amplified. The comedic elements could be more pronounced to balance the tension of their financial struggles, making the characters more relatable and engaging.
  • The scene ends on a somewhat abrupt note with the security guard's intervention. While this adds a sense of urgency, it might be more impactful if it were foreshadowed earlier in the scene. Building up to this moment could create a stronger climax and leave the audience wanting more.
Suggestions
  • Enhance character development by adding more personal dialogue between Jamie and Charlie that reveals their fears, aspirations, and the stakes of their venture. This will help the audience connect with them on a deeper level.
  • Consider reducing the reliance on voiceover and instead show the characters' thoughts and feelings through their actions and interactions. This can create a more immersive experience for the audience.
  • Create a more seamless transition between the garage and the JP Morgan lobby by incorporating a moment of reflection or a visual metaphor that symbolizes their journey from humble beginnings to the corporate world.
  • Amplify the comedic elements, especially in Ben's character, to provide levity amidst the tension. This can make the characters more relatable and the scene more enjoyable.
  • Foreshadow the security guard's intervention earlier in the scene to build tension and create a more satisfying climax. This could involve subtle hints or escalating actions that lead to their eventual ejection from the lobby.



Scene 20 -  Abandoned Aspirations
52 INT. TERMINAL - MIAMI AIRPORT - DAY 52

Porter and Danny pass a shop with the Dolphins logo on every
conceivable domestic item. They're on a mission, one they're
sure is a waste of time.

PORTER
One time Mark sent me to Indiana
for a week to check out an air
conditioner factory. He thought
they were using inferior materials.
They weren’t.

DANNY
Come on, it’s not so bad. It’s
Florida. Besides, I never get to
travel. Let’s have fun.

PORTER
Don’t be chipper in the face of me
being miserable. Please. It makes
me hate you.

DANNY
I wasn’t being chipper.

Beat as they walk.

DANNY (CONT’D)
Maybe we can get some Cuban food. I
hear it’s amazing in Miami.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 44A.


PORTER
I’m serious Danny. Knock it off.

DANNY
How is wanting to eat chipper?


53 EXT. UNFINISHED SUBDIVISION - DUSK 53

Porter and Danny get out of a rental car and consider a
FAILED DEVELOPMENT. Four model houses sit alone, closed for
business, their perfect yards surrounded by cyclone fencing.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 45.


STREET LIGHTS NOW COME ON ACROSS THE EMPTY AND HALF FINISHED
SUBDIVISION. Danny and Porter are puzzled, and intrigued.

DANNY
It’s like they just walked away...


54 INT. CONFERENCE HALL - CORPORATE HOTEL - THAT NIGHT 54

Two-hundred eager PARTICIPANTS attend a seminar called, "You
Can Be a Real Estate Millionaire!"

SEMINAR LEADER
Real estate is the only
entrepreneurial activity available
to all Americans. Why? Simple, it
doesn't require capital. That's
right. Let me say that again. You
don't need money to be a real
estate millionaire!

In the back, Porter sips a hotel takeaway cup, stunned,
appalled. Danny takes notes. An EAGER GREETER spots them.
She slips out.

GREETER
Hello gentlemen. Are you
interested in the 10 CD set? Only
2999 dollars!

PORTER
We’re good! Thank you.

Porter and Danny slip away.


55 EXT. FRONT PORCH - RANCH HOUSE - NEXT DAY 55

Danny knocks like someone knocking for the last time. No
answer. He looks in the mail slot... the house is empty.


56 EXT. FRONT PORCH - ANOTHER RANCH HOUSE - DAY 56

Covered in old newspapers. Porter checks one for a date. It’s
three months old.
Genres: ["Drama","Comedy"]

Summary Porter and Danny navigate Miami Airport, reflecting on a past trip and their current mission, which Porter finds pointless while Danny remains optimistic. They explore an unfinished subdivision filled with abandoned model houses, sparking their curiosity. At a real estate seminar, the leader's outrageous claim that anyone can become a millionaire without capital leaves Porter appalled, while Danny eagerly takes notes. They decline a sales pitch for a CD set and the next day discover an empty ranch house, highlighting the theme of abandonment and contrasting their differing attitudes.
Strengths
  • Effective character development
  • Engaging dialogue
  • Exploration of themes
Weaknesses
  • Low external conflict
  • Limited emotional impact

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

This scene effectively serves as the investigative payoff, showing Porter and Danny discovering physical proof of the housing market's fraud. Its biggest limiter is the lack of dramatic tension or character conflict, making it feel more like a procedural check-in than a scene with stakes.


Story Content

Concept: 7.5

The concept of sending analysts to physically inspect a failed development is a strong, concrete way to reveal the crisis. It's a fresh take on the 'show, don't tell' principle in a financial story.

Plot: 6

The plot advances the investigation by providing visual confirmation of the housing market's collapse, but it's a low-conflict, observational sequence that doesn't introduce new obstacles or decisions.

Originality: 7.5

The scene is original in its use of a failed subdivision as a character, and the seminar is a fresh, satirical take on the real estate boom. Dialogue feels authentic to the characters.


Character Development

Characters: 5.5

Porter and Danny are differentiated by their attitudes (miserable vs. chipper), but neither undergoes change or reveals deeper layers. They function as audience surrogates rather than fully realized characters here.

Character Changes: 2

Neither Porter nor Danny changes significantly; they begin and end as observers. Danny's slight shift from chipper to intrigued is minor.

Internal Goal: 4

Porter's internal goal is to confirm his skepticism and avoid wasting time; Danny's is to find meaning or enjoyment in the task. Neither is deeply explored.

External Goal: 7

Porter and Danny's external goal is to investigate the housing market by visiting a failed development and a real estate seminar.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 3

Conflict is minimal—only mild interpersonal friction between Porter and Danny. The real conflict is between their expectations and the reality they discover, but it's internal and not dramatized.

Opposition: 2.5

Opposition is minimal—the seminar greeter is mildly pushy, but there's no active antagonist. The real opposition is the systemic fraud, which is passive.

High Stakes: 4

The stakes are implied (the entire financial system is built on fraud), but the scene itself has no immediate stakes for Porter and Danny—they are just gathering information.

Story Forward: 6.5

The scene moves the story forward by providing concrete evidence of the housing collapse, validating Burry's and Baum's thesis, but it doesn't introduce new plot turns or raise stakes.

Unpredictability: 7

This scene is unpredictable because the audience expects financial analysis but gets a ghost subdivision and a cheesy seminar, subverting the typical investigative scene.

Philosophical Conflict: 7

The philosophical conflict is between the seminar's promise of easy wealth and the reality of empty houses, highlighting the clash between blind optimism and hard evidence.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 5.5

The emotional impact comes from the eerie emptiness of the subdivision and the abandoned houses, creating a sense of foreboding and waste, but it's subdued and intellectual rather than visceral.

Dialogue: 6

The dialogue is natural and reveals character (Porter's grumpiness, Danny's optimism), but it's mostly banter that doesn't advance the plot or deepen conflict.

Engagement: 6.5

This scene is engaging because it provides visual, tangible proof of the housing crisis, rewarding the audience's curiosity built over previous scenes.

Pacing: 7

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because it alternates between travel banter and quiet observation, building a slow, eerie rhythm that mirrors the emptiness of the subdivision.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8.5

Formatting is clean and professional, with clear scene headings and action lines. The use of 'BEAT' and parentheticals is standard and effective.

Structure: 6

The structure is a simple investigative sequence: travel to location, observe evidence, attend seminar, check more houses. It's linear and functional but lacks a turning point or climax.


Critique
  • The dialogue between Porter and Danny effectively establishes their contrasting attitudes towards the trip, with Porter embodying cynicism and Danny representing optimism. However, the banter could be tightened to enhance the comedic effect and maintain pacing.
  • The transition from the airport to the unfinished subdivision is visually compelling, but the emotional stakes could be heightened. The scene lacks a sense of urgency or a clear objective for the characters, making it feel somewhat aimless.
  • The seminar scene introduces a critical commentary on the real estate market, but it could benefit from a stronger emotional reaction from Porter. His stunned and appalled reaction is a good start, but it could be expanded to show his internal conflict or moral outrage more vividly.
  • The introduction of the eager greeter selling the CD set adds a humorous touch, but it feels somewhat disconnected from the main narrative. It could be more integrated into the scene's overall theme of misguided optimism in the face of economic collapse.
  • The final moments of the scene, where Danny knocks on the empty ranch house, create a sense of foreboding. However, this could be enhanced by incorporating more sensory details to evoke the atmosphere of abandonment and loss, making the audience feel the weight of the economic downturn.
Suggestions
  • Consider tightening the dialogue to make it snappier and more impactful, focusing on the essence of their characters' personalities.
  • Introduce a clear objective for Porter and Danny in the unfinished subdivision to give the scene more direction and purpose.
  • Expand on Porter's reaction to the seminar leader's claims to deepen the audience's understanding of his character and the absurdity of the situation.
  • Integrate the greeter's sales pitch more seamlessly into the narrative, perhaps by having her comment on the state of the housing market or the seminar's unrealistic promises.
  • Enhance the sensory details in the final moments of the scene to create a more immersive experience, allowing the audience to feel the desolation of the abandoned houses.



Scene 21 -  Home Uncertainty
57 EXT. FRONT PORCH - YET ANOTHER RANCH HOUSE - DAY 57

Danny peers in a front window. This time, the door OPENS. A
sleepy MAN WITH A TATTOOED NECK rubs his eyes.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 46.


DANNY
Oh. Hello. I'm surveying mortgage
owners who are over 90 days
delinquent. I'm looking for a...
Harvey Humpsey?

TATTOOED NECK
You want my landlord's dog?

DANNY
Your landlord filled out his
mortgage using his dog’s name?

TATTOOED NECK
I guess so. Hold up, has that
asshole not been paying his
mortgage? Cause I’m paying my rent.

DANNY
He is 90 days late on his payments,
yes.

TATTOOED NECK
Seriously, am I going to have to
leave?

There's fear in his eyes, the last thing Danny expected. A
CHILD now appears between the big man's legs.

TATTOOED NECK (CONT’D)
Cause my kid just got settled in
the school.

DANNY
Um. I don’t know. You should talk
to your landlord. Sorry. Have a
good day!

The man stays at the door as Danny hurries away.


58 INT. FOYER - STILL YET ANOTHER RANCH HOUSE - DAY 58

The door opens. Danny and Porter peer in... the place is
abandoned; its few modest furnishings, covered in dust.

PORTER
Hello?! Anybody here?! Hola?! Yo?!


59 INT. LIVING ROOM AND HOME OFFICE - CONTINUOUS 59

Porter tries a light switch, dead.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 47.


A CORKBOARD above a desk still has post-its. The carpet is
covered with files, books, a box of old photos.

PORTER
The only thing they took was their
TV!

He picks up a dusty TIME MAGAZINE with Greenspan/Summers/
Rubin on the cover. "The Committee to Save the World".

DANNY (O.S.)
Come here!


60 INT. DEN AND KITCHEN - CONTINUOUS 60

White bread molds in the bag.

At the counter, Porter watches Danny shows the old mortgage
bill: the house's owner used a black marker to circle the
amount due and then wrote... SORRY!


61 EXT. BACK YARD - CONTINUOUS 61

The back yard is over grown and the pool is murky green.

PORTER
I think I saw three houses in the
whole development with cars in the
driveway.

Suddenly something swirls in the pool and they see a 10 FOOT
ALLIGATOR emerge and submerge.

DANNY
Holy... fucking... shit.


62 EXT. CUBAN RESTAURANT - DAY 62

DANNY IS VISIBLE IN THE WINDOW OF A CUBAN RESTAURANT EATING.
Porter is outside on the sidewalk on his phone.

PORTER
Hey Mark, you might want to get
down here.

CUT TO:
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 48.
Genres: ["Drama","Thriller"]

Summary Danny encounters a tattooed man at a ranch house who is worried about losing his home due to his landlord's mortgage issues. After advising the man to speak with his landlord, Danny and his partner Porter explore an abandoned ranch house, uncovering remnants of its former occupants and a shocking alligator in the backyard pool. The scene shifts to Danny dining at a Cuban restaurant while Porter is on a phone call, highlighting the tension and absurdity of the situation.
Strengths
  • Building tension and suspense
  • Revealing hidden truths
  • Introducing unexpected dangers
Weaknesses
  • Potential lack of clarity in the financial deception details
  • Limited character development in this specific scene

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.8

This scene's primary job is to show the human consequences of the housing collapse, and it succeeds powerfully through the tenant's fear and the abandoned home's details. The biggest limiter is the alligator moment, which feels tonally jarring and undermines the otherwise grounded emotional weight.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of showing the human cost of the financial crisis through a tenant's fear and an abandoned home is strong, but the alligator reveal feels like a forced 'Florida' cliché that slightly dilutes the impact.

Plot: 6.5

The plot advances the investigation by showing Danny and Porter discovering real-world evidence of the crisis, but the sequence is episodic and lacks a clear turning point or decision.

Originality: 6.5

The tenant's confusion about the dog's name is a fresh, darkly comic detail. The 'SORRY!' note is original and poignant. The alligator is unoriginal.


Character Development

Characters: 6

Danny and Porter are functional observers, but the tattooed-neck tenant is the most vivid character here, conveying genuine fear. Danny's awkward apology and hurry away show his discomfort, but neither protagonist changes or reveals depth.

Character Changes: 2

Danny shows no significant change; he remains an investigator who hurries away from discomfort.

Internal Goal: 5

Danny's internal goal is to understand the human reality behind the numbers, driven by a need to validate his team's thesis and a fear of being complicit in abstract cruelty.

External Goal: 7

Danny's external goal is to find and interview a delinquent mortgage owner named Harvey Humpsey.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 5

The conflict is internal for Danny (discomfort at the human cost) and external with the tenant's fear, but it's low-stakes and resolved quickly.

Opposition: 4

The opposition is the systemic indifference of the financial system, embodied by the absent landlord and the abandoned homes, but no active antagonist is present.

High Stakes: 5

The stakes are personal for the tenant (losing his home) and thematic for the story (the crisis is real), but not high for the protagonists.

Story Forward: 6

The scene provides concrete evidence of the housing collapse (abandoned homes, delinquent mortgages), moving the investigation forward, but it's more confirmatory than propulsive.

Unpredictability: 6

This scene is unpredictable because the tenant's fear and the 'SORRY!' note are surprising human details, but the alligator is a predictable Florida trope.

Philosophical Conflict: 7

The clash is between the financial system's abstraction of risk and the real human cost—the tenant's life disrupted by a landlord's default. Danny's worldview is challenged by seeing the collateral damage.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6.5

The tenant's fear for his child's school is genuinely affecting, but the alligator and the quick exit reduce sustained emotional resonance.

Dialogue: 6.5

The dialogue is natural and efficient, especially the tenant's panicked questions. Danny's 'Sorry. Have a good day!' is a weak exit that feels too polite for the situation.

Engagement: 6.5

This scene is engaging because it shifts from abstract finance to a relatable human moment—a father's fear for his child—but the alligator and quick cuts reduce sustained tension.

Pacing: 6.5

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because it moves quickly from encounter to encounter, but the alligator moment feels rushed and undermines the somber tone.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

Formatting is clean and professional, with clear scene headings and action lines. The alligator reveal is properly set up but feels like a cheap shock.

Structure: 6

The structure is a mini-montage of discovery: three locations (porch, foyer, backyard) with escalating evidence, but the alligator breaks the logical progression.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the sense of desperation and confusion surrounding the housing crisis, particularly through the character of the tattooed man who is clearly worried about his living situation. This adds emotional weight to the narrative, highlighting the human impact of the financial turmoil.
  • The dialogue between Danny and the tattooed man is engaging and serves to illustrate the absurdity of the situation, particularly the idea of a landlord using a dog's name on a mortgage. However, the humor could be sharpened to enhance the contrast between the serious subject matter and the absurdity of the circumstances.
  • The transition from the porch to the abandoned house is smooth, but the pacing could be improved. The scene feels slightly rushed, especially when Danny quickly leaves the tattooed man without fully addressing his concerns. This could be an opportunity to deepen the emotional connection and tension.
  • The visual descriptions are vivid, particularly the imagery of the abandoned house and the murky pool with the alligator. However, the scene could benefit from more sensory details to immerse the audience further, such as sounds or smells that evoke the decay and neglect of the environment.
  • The introduction of the alligator is a strong visual element that adds an unexpected twist, but it could be better integrated into the narrative. As it stands, it feels somewhat abrupt and could be foreshadowed earlier in the scene to enhance its impact.
Suggestions
  • Consider expanding the dialogue between Danny and the tattooed man to explore the man's fears more deeply. This could create a stronger emotional connection and highlight the stakes involved.
  • Enhance the humor in the dialogue by adding more witty exchanges or absurdities that reflect the characters' disbelief about the situation, making the scene both poignant and entertaining.
  • Slow down the pacing slightly to allow for more tension-building moments, particularly in the interaction with the tattooed man. This could involve Danny hesitating or showing more empathy before leaving.
  • Incorporate more sensory details to enrich the setting, such as the sounds of the neighborhood or the smell of decay in the abandoned house, to create a more immersive experience for the audience.
  • Foreshadow the presence of the alligator earlier in the scene, perhaps through a mention of wildlife in the area or a brief visual cue, to make its appearance feel more organic and impactful.



Scene 22 -  Confrontation in the Office
63 INT. SCION OFFICE - DAY 63

We pan past Scion’s office which is now littered with empty
desks and land on the WHITE BOARD showing last quarter’s
returns: -9.3%.

Two ANALYSTS talk to each other from their desks gossiping
while Burry in his office works on his computer.

ANALYST #2
I heard he had a breakdown. He’s
letting the fund tank.

YOUNG ANALYST
A buddy of mine in Manhattan said
Burry left his wife and is moving
to Peru.

A PHONE RINGS at Burry’s ASSISTANT’S DESK.

MIKE'S ASSISTANT
(answers the phone) )
Scion. Dr. Burry's office.
...He would prefer you email
him...I sit twenty feet away and I
email him--

The FRONT DOOR opens.

Lawrence Fields and MARTIN BLAINE (45) of Metro Capital
enter. 2 thousand dollar sport coats and polo shirts.

They stride right for Mike's office. MIKE'S ASSISTANT starts
to email Burry furiously, gives up, stands.

MIKE'S ASSISTANT (CONT'D)
(loudly)
Mr. Fields. Mr. Blaine. Hello.

They enter Mike's office, shut the door.

YOUNG ANALYST
Was that Lawrence Fields? Holy
shit.


64 INT. SCION OFFICES - MIKE'S OFFICE - DAY 64

Lawrence sits. Martin stands. They're angry. Yet, Mike, in T-
shirt, shirts with no shoes, doesn't seem to even register
there's any emotion here at all.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 49.


LAWRENCE FIELDS
Your big mortgage bet concerns us.
We have no confidence in your
ability to identify macroeconomic
trends.

MIKE
You flew here to tell me that? Why?
I mean, anyone can see there's a
real estate bubble.

LAWRENCE FIELDS
Actually, no one can see a
bubble... that's what makes it a
bubble.

MIKE
That's dumb, Lawrence. There are
always markers. Mortgage fraud.
It's quintupled since 2000. Average
take home pay is flat yet home
prices are soaring. That means the
homes are debt not assets.

MARTIN BLAINE
So, Mike Burry of San Jose, a guy
who gets his hair cut at Super Cuts
and doesn’t wear shoes, knows more
than Alan Greenspan and Hank
Paulson?

MIKE
Dr. Mike Burry. And, yes. He does.

LAWRENCE FIELDS
Are you being sarcastic with us,
Michael?

MIKE
I don't know how to be sarcastic. I
don't know how to be funny. I don't
know how to work people. I know how
to read numbers.

Okay, let's talk numbers. Lawrence changes tack.

LAWRENCE FIELDS
How big's your short position?
Right now?

MIKE
It's 1.3 billion.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 50.


LAWRENCE FIELDS
And the premiums?

MIKE
We pay roughly 80 to 90 million
every year.
(they wince)
I know it's high but I was the
first one to do this trade.
It will pay. Watch. I may have been
early, but I'm not wrong.

MARTIN BLAINE
It's the same thing!

Lawrence raises a finger to ask his partner for restraint.

LAWRENCE FIELDS
You're managing, what, a fund of
555 million?
(Mike nods)
In 6 years it'll all be gone. On
one bet.

MIKE
Second quarter of 07’ the
adjustable rates will kick in and
defaults will sky rocket.

MARTIN BLAINE
Says you.

LAWRENCE FIELDS
How much is eligible for withdrawal
before they do, say in the next two
quarters?
(then)
If your investors panic.

MIKE
It's 302 million.

LAWRENCE FIELDS
My God, Michael.

MIKE
No one will pull out! It'd be
suicide! Yeah, I'm down 17 percent
for the year, but if they trust me--

MARTIN BLAINE
No one trusts you.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 51.


MIKE
I’ve written several emails to the
investors letting them know second
quarter of 07’ is when our position
on housing shows returns. I've been
very clear.

He sounds like a crazy man defending himself to a tree.

LAWRENCE FIELDS
There will be redemptions.

MIKE
Well, that would be really stupid.
(angry)
If the fund's capital drops too
much, the swaps contracts are
voided. And the banks get to keep
the collateral!

MARTIN BLAINE
What?

They didn't know this, and it seals the deal.

LAWRENCE FIELDS
Give us our money back.

CLOSE ON:

BUMPERSTICKER: “Pricing gets traffic, staging gets offers.”

The sticker's on a brand new...
Genres: ["Drama"]

Summary In a tense meeting at Scion's nearly empty office, Mike Burry defends his significant mortgage bet against skeptical investors Lawrence Fields and Martin Blaine from Metro Capital. Despite Burry's confidence in identifying a housing bubble, Fields and Blaine express doubts about his ability to predict economic trends and warn of potential investor panic. The confrontation escalates as they demand their money back, leaving Burry in a precarious position amidst the backdrop of financial turmoil.
Strengths
  • Intense conflict
  • Clear exposition of financial concepts
  • Strong performances from actors
Weaknesses
  • Lack of emotional depth
  • Limited character development in this specific scene

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.8

This scene's primary job is to escalate the external pressure on Burry by having his investors confront him, and it lands effectively through sharp dialogue and rising stakes. The single biggest limiter is that the scene feels somewhat static—it's a verbal standoff without a physical or emotional turn, and a more active choice from Burry (beyond defending) would lift it.


Story Content

Concept: 6.5

The concept of investors confronting a fund manager over a contrarian bet is well-worn but executed with specificity (the 1.3B short, the 302M withdrawal threat).

Plot: 6.5

The plot advances the central conflict—Burry's bet is now at risk of collapse due to investor panic—but the scene is mostly exposition of stakes already established.

Originality: 5.5

The scene is not highly original in structure—investor confrontation is a genre staple—but Burry's unique voice ('I don't know how to be sarcastic') and the bumper sticker ending add freshness.


Character Development

Characters: 6.5

Burry's character is consistent: socially awkward, data-driven, defiant. Lawrence and Martin are functional antagonists but lack distinct personalities beyond 'angry investors.'

Character Changes: 3

Burry does not change; he doubles down. The investors change from concerned to demanding redemption, but that's a shift in action, not character.

Internal Goal: 7

Burry's internal goal is to maintain his identity as a rational, data-driven contrarian who is right despite everyone else—his need is to be validated, his fear is being wrong or losing control.

External Goal: 8

Burry's external goal is to convince Lawrence and Martin not to withdraw their money, thereby preserving the fund's capital and the short position.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 8

Conflict is high: a direct confrontation over the fund's survival, with Burry's entire strategy on the line.

Opposition: 8

The opposition is strong: two powerful investors with the leverage to collapse Burry's fund, representing the entire market's skepticism.

High Stakes: 8.5

Stakes are very high: the fund's survival, Burry's career, and the entire short bet are at risk of being voided.

Story Forward: 7

The scene moves the story forward by introducing the concrete threat of redemptions, which will force Burry's hand in future scenes.

Unpredictability: 5

This scene is somewhat predictable—the investors' anger and threat of redemption are telegraphed by the earlier gossip and the whiteboard—but the revelation about voided contracts adds a twist.

Philosophical Conflict: 7.5

The clash is between Burry's data-driven, long-term conviction and the investors' short-term, consensus-driven fear—a conflict between truth and market psychology.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6

The emotional impact is moderate—we feel Burry's frustration and the investors' fear, but the scene lacks a visceral moment of loss or triumph.

Dialogue: 7

Dialogue is crisp and reveals character—Burry's 'I don't know how to be sarcastic' is a standout—but some exchanges feel like info-dumps (the bubble markers list).

Engagement: 6.5

This scene is engaging because the stakes are clear and the dialogue is sharp, but the static nature of the confrontation limits momentum.

Pacing: 6

The pacing of the scene is steady but feels a bit flat; the back-and-forth dialogue maintains tension but lacks a rhythmic build to a climax.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8.5

Formatting is clean and professional, with clear scene headings, character cues, and action lines. The use of 'CLOSE ON:' for the bumper sticker is effective.

Structure: 7

The scene follows a classic confrontation structure: setup (gossip, arrival), escalation (arguments, numbers), and a turning point (the revelation about voided contracts), ending with a visual punchline.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the tension between Mike Burry and the representatives from Metro Capital, showcasing Burry's unwavering confidence in his analysis despite the skepticism of others. However, the dialogue could benefit from more subtext; while Burry's passion is clear, the stakes could be heightened by incorporating more emotional weight into his responses. For instance, instead of merely stating facts, Burry could express personal stakes or fears regarding the potential fallout of his predictions.
  • The characterization of Lawrence Fields and Martin Blaine comes across as somewhat one-dimensional. They serve primarily as antagonists to Burry's character, but adding layers to their motivations could enhance the conflict. For example, exploring their own fears about the market or their personal investments could create a more nuanced dynamic.
  • The pacing of the scene feels rushed, particularly in the dialogue exchanges. While the rapid-fire back-and-forth can create tension, it may also lead to confusion for the audience. Slowing down certain exchanges to allow for reactions or pauses could enhance the emotional impact and give viewers time to absorb the gravity of the situation.
  • The visual elements of the scene are somewhat lacking. While the dialogue is strong, the setting of the Scion office could be more vividly described to reflect the tension and stakes of the conversation. For instance, incorporating details about the office's atmosphere, such as the clutter of papers or the dim lighting, could enhance the mood and reflect Burry's mental state.
  • The use of the bumper sticker at the end feels somewhat disconnected from the preceding dialogue. While it serves as a metaphor, it may come off as a forced attempt at humor or commentary. A more organic integration of this idea into the dialogue or a visual motif throughout the scene could strengthen its relevance.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding more emotional depth to Burry's character by incorporating personal stakes or fears related to his predictions. This could make his defense more relatable and impactful.
  • Develop Lawrence and Martin's characters further by exploring their motivations and fears regarding the market. This could create a more complex antagonist dynamic and enhance the conflict.
  • Slow down the pacing of the dialogue exchanges to allow for more emotional weight and reactions. This could help the audience better grasp the stakes involved.
  • Enhance the visual description of the Scion office to reflect the tension and atmosphere of the scene. Consider using sensory details to immerse the audience in the setting.
  • Integrate the bumper sticker's message more organically into the dialogue or visual motifs throughout the scene to strengthen its relevance and connection to the characters' discussions.



Scene 23 -  Navigating Opportunity in a Downturn
65 INT. MERCEDES SUV - UPSCALE SUBDIVISION - DAY 65

Mark gets a house tour from a wealthy REAL ESTATE AGENT.

MUSIC: A dreamy samba like SO NICE by BEBEL GILBERTO

REAL ESTATE AGENT
The market's in an itsy-bitsy
little gully right now. It's like
everybody said, "Okay, that was
crazy. Let's all just slow down."

A YOUNGER AGENT sits in the back between Danny and Porter.

Mark’s engrossed by the upper-middle-class world out the
window; Every driveway has a new SUV, or odd Prius. Every
garage has a Winnebago, jet ski, speed boat. Complicated
riding mowers. Trampolines. Plundered Ebay and Amazon boxes.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 52.


And, yet, there are For Sale signs everywhere.


66 EXT. TRACT MANSION - DAY 66

An attractive brick house, exhaustively landscaped. In fact,
the harried HOMEOWNER is now edging his lawn.

REAL ESTATE AGENT (O.S.)
I sold it the year it was built for
350.


67 I/E. MERCEDES SUV - DAY 67

The SUV has stopped at a discreet distance.

REAL ESTATE AGENT
Two years later for 480. Then...585
maybe... only 18 months later. This
couple bought it last year for 650,
he'd let it go for that.

He spots her. Come show it!

She waves back. Not today!

REAL ESTATE AGENT (CONT'D)
It'll break his heart, but he'll
let it go.

MARK
Why's he selling?

REAL ESTATE AGENT
Neither one's working right now.

YOUNGER AGENT
Marlene, you'd say they're
motivated, right?

REAL ESTATE AGENT
As much as one can be in this
neighborhood.


68 I/E. SUV - TRAVELLING - DAY 68

SHOTS of the SUV driving them past big houses for sale.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 53.


REAL ESTATE AGENT
House on the left might be
motivated...That is another quasi-
motivated seller...They're probably
teensy-weensy bit motivated...In
her case I'd say possibly almost
motivated.

Danny and Porter exchange a look. The market's in trouble.

MARK
A lot of homeowners seem pretty
motivated.

REAL ESTATE AGENT
It's the gully. That's all. Just
nerves.
(faces Mark)
So... where are we?

MARK
Let me talk to my wife.

YOUNGER AGENT
This market won't last.

MARK
Actually, can I talk with a
mortgage broker? Anyone you like?

69 OMIT 69
Genres: ["Drama","Comedy"]

Summary Mark tours upscale homes with a real estate agent and a younger agent, who discuss the current downturn in the housing market and the motivations of sellers under financial pressure. As they drive through a neighborhood filled with luxurious homes and For Sale signs, Mark expresses curiosity about the market and indicates his interest in consulting a mortgage broker, reflecting his cautious approach to potential opportunities amidst the uncertainty.
Strengths
  • Satirical commentary on the real estate market
  • Engaging dialogue and interactions between characters
  • Insightful observations on market instability
Weaknesses
  • Minimal character development
  • Subtle conflict resolution

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

The scene's primary job is to dramatize the housing bubble's fragility through a house tour, and it lands well with sharp, ironic dialogue and visual details. The biggest limiter is that it feels more like a thematic illustration than a scene with its own dramatic arc or character change, which keeps the overall score from rising higher.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of using a real estate agent's euphemisms to expose the housing market's denial is clever and thematically rich, but it's not entirely novel for this story.

Plot: 6

The plot advances the investigation into the housing market by showing physical evidence of trouble, but it's a passive observation scene with no major plot turn.

Originality: 7.5

The use of a real estate agent's euphemisms as a satirical device is fresh and authentic, avoiding clichéd 'greed is good' portrayals.


Character Development

Characters: 5.5

Mark Baum remains a sharp observer, but his character doesn't change or deepen here; the real estate agent is a one-note caricature of denial.

Character Changes: 1

No character undergoes a meaningful change; Mark's perspective is reinforced, not altered.

Internal Goal: 6

Mark seeks to confirm his suspicion that the housing market is a bubble, driven by a need to validate his worldview and investment thesis.

External Goal: 7

Mark wants to gather information by touring houses and talking to a mortgage broker.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 3

Conflict is minimal—Mark's quiet skepticism vs. the agent's cheerful denial, but no direct confrontation or escalation.

Opposition: 3

The opposition is passive—the agent's denial and the system's inertia—rather than an active antagonist.

High Stakes: 4

Stakes are low in this scene—no immediate danger or decision; the larger stakes of the financial bet are background.

Story Forward: 6

The scene moves the story forward by gathering evidence of the housing crash, but it's a reconnaissance scene, not a turning point.

Unpredictability: 6

This scene is unpredictable because the agent's relentless euphemisms ('teensy-weensy bit motivated') subvert the expected straightforward real estate pitch.

Philosophical Conflict: 7

The clash between the agent's optimistic denial ('just a gully') and Mark's cynical realism about systemic fraud and collapse.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 4

The emotional impact is muted; the scene evokes intellectual unease rather than visceral feeling.

Dialogue: 7.5

The dialogue is crisp and satirical, especially the agent's repeated 'motivated' euphemisms, but it lacks subtext or deeper character revelation.

Engagement: 7

This scene is engaging because the ironic contrast between the agent's cheerful spin and the mounting evidence of trouble creates a compelling, uneasy watch.

Pacing: 7.5

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because the slow, dreamy drive past houses with increasing 'motivation' builds a cumulative sense of dread.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

Formatting is clean and professional, with clear scene headings and action lines that paint vivid pictures.

Structure: 6

The scene follows a classic 'tour' structure with escalating visual evidence, but lacks a clear turning point or climax.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the contrast between the affluent lifestyle of the homeowners and the underlying financial distress indicated by the For Sale signs. This juxtaposition serves to highlight the irony of the housing market's situation, which is a central theme of the screenplay.
  • The dialogue from the real estate agent is somewhat clichéd and lacks depth. Phrases like 'itsy-bitsy little gully' and 'teensy-weensy bit motivated' come off as overly simplistic and could benefit from more nuanced language that reflects the gravity of the situation. This would enhance the realism and emotional weight of the scene.
  • Mark's character is portrayed as observant and contemplative, but his motivations and internal conflict could be more explicitly conveyed. Adding a moment of introspection or a line that reveals his thoughts about the market's state would deepen his character and make the audience more invested in his journey.
  • The use of music, while setting a dreamy tone, may not align with the underlying tension of the scene. A more somber or ironic musical choice could better reflect the contrast between the upbeat samba and the serious implications of the housing market's decline.
  • The pacing of the scene feels a bit slow, particularly in the dialogue exchanges. Tightening the dialogue and reducing repetitive phrases could maintain the audience's engagement and enhance the urgency of the situation.
Suggestions
  • Revise the real estate agent's dialogue to incorporate more sophisticated language that reflects the complexities of the housing market, avoiding clichés.
  • Include a moment where Mark reflects on the implications of the For Sale signs and the homeowners' situations, providing insight into his character and motivations.
  • Consider changing the music to something that contrasts with the visuals, perhaps a more somber or ironic piece that underscores the tension of the housing crisis.
  • Tighten the dialogue to eliminate redundancy and maintain a brisker pace, ensuring that each line adds value to the scene.
  • Add visual elements that emphasize the contrast between the opulence of the homes and the signs of financial distress, such as close-ups of the For Sale signs juxtaposed with the luxurious features of the houses.



Scene 24 -  Lending Laughter: A Casual Chat on Risky Mortgages
70 INT. HOTEL BAR - SOUTH BEACH - DAY 70

BLACK
Bitch better like me, I sent her to
Cabo.

The bar's empty save Mark, Danny and Porter sitting with two
overly-groomed MORTGAGE BROKERS -- their ties match their
shirts: the hip one's in BLACK; his friend, MAROON.

The guy in Maroon has Porter's business card.

MAROON
Is Morgan Stanley recruiting us?

PORTER
The bank owns our hedge fund but
we're not really part of it. We
invest in financial service
companies.
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 53A.

PORTER (CONT'D)
We're here trying to understand
the residential mortgage business.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 54.


The brokers just nod, glad to be part of the conversation.

MARK
How many loans do you write each
month?

BLACK
It's about 60.

Maroon nods. Me, too. Almost.

MARK
What was it four years ago?

BLACK
Ten. Maybe 15.

MAROON
I was a bartender.

DANNY
How many are adjustable rate
mortgages?

BLACK
Most. Ninety percent. The bonuses
on those sky rocketed a few years
ago. Adjustable is our bread and
honey.

MARK
These are people buying a primary
residence?

BLACK
No, they're all cash-out refi's, or
property to flip. A shitload of
condos. A few primaries.

DANNY
Do mortgage applicants ever get
turned down?

They laugh.

BLACK
Dude, if they get rejected I suck
at my job.

DANNY
Even if they have no money?
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 55.


MAROON
Well, my firm offers NINJA loans.
No Income. No Job. I just leave the
income section blank if I want,
corporate doesn't care. And the
people just want a house. So they
go with the flow.

BLACK
We call those loans “Dorothys”
cause they’re magic. No credit, no
income, no problem: just tap your
shoes together three times and say
“There’s nothing like owning a
home.”

MARK
Your companies don't verify?

BLACK
If I write a loan on Friday
afternoon, the big banks buy it by
Monday lunch.

MAROON
Same here.

MARK
Can you two hold on a second?
Genres: ["Drama","Comedy"]

Summary In a South Beach hotel bar, Mark, Danny, and Porter engage with mortgage brokers Black and Maroon about the current mortgage industry. They discuss the rise of adjustable-rate mortgages and risky lending practices, including NINJA loans, revealing the brokers' confidence in securing loans without proper verification. The conversation is casual and humorous, highlighting the ethical implications of their practices while contrasting the upscale setting with the serious nature of their discussion.
Strengths
  • Informative dialogue
  • Humorous tone
  • Revealing unethical practices
Weaknesses
  • Lack of character growth
  • Limited emotional impact

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

This scene's primary job is to deliver a damning exposé of mortgage fraud through a casual, almost comedic conversation, and it lands with sharp, memorable dialogue. The single biggest limiter is the lack of dramatic stakes or character tension within the scene itself—it's purely informational, which caps the overall impact.


Story Content

Concept: 8.5

The concept of having mortgage brokers casually admit to writing NINJA loans and calling them 'Dorothys' is a brilliant, darkly comic way to illustrate the absurdity of the housing bubble. It's a fresh take on the 'investigation' trope, using the perpetrators' own words to condemn the system.

Plot: 6

The plot advances the investigation by providing concrete, damning evidence of fraudulent lending practices, which is the core of the team's thesis. However, the scene is static—it's a Q&A session with no plot twist or reversal, just confirmation of what the audience already suspects.

Originality: 9

The scene is highly original in its use of the brokers' own language ('NINJA loans,' 'Dorothys') to expose corruption. The tone is fresh—darkly comic without being preachy. The actions and dialogue feel authentic to the era.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Mark, Danny, and Porter are well-differentiated: Mark is the sharp, cynical interrogator; Danny is the diligent note-taker; Porter is the straight man. The brokers are vivid caricatures, but they lack depth—they're mouthpieces for the system's corruption rather than fully realized people.

Character Changes: 0.5

No character changes. Mark, Danny, and Porter enter and leave with the same beliefs. The brokers remain unrepentant. The scene is about information gathering, not transformation.

Internal Goal: 7

Mark's internal goal is to confirm his cynical worldview—that the financial system is corrupt and that his bet against it is justified. He seeks validation, not just information.

External Goal: 9

Mark's external goal is to gather evidence of fraudulent lending practices to support his investment thesis.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 3

Conflict is low—the brokers are cooperative, not adversarial. The real conflict is between the team's mission and the system they're investigating, but that's off-screen. There's no pushback or tension in the room.

Opposition: 2

Opposition is minimal—the brokers are cooperative, not obstructive. The real opposition is the system they represent, but it's not personified in the scene.

High Stakes: 3

Stakes are low within the scene—there's no danger, no deadline, no personal risk. The broader stakes of the housing market collapse are implied but not felt here.

Story Forward: 7

The scene moves the story forward by providing the team with concrete evidence of fraud, which will fuel their investment thesis. It's a necessary step in the investigation, but it doesn't create a new obstacle or raise the stakes.

Unpredictability: 7.5

This scene is unpredictable because the brokers are so candid about their fraud—the audience expects evasion, not a full confession. The 'Dorothys' analogy is an unexpected, darkly creative touch.

Philosophical Conflict: 8

The philosophical conflict is between the brokers' amoral pragmatism ('corporate doesn't care') and Mark's moral outrage. It's a clash of value systems: profit at any cost versus integrity and accountability.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 4

The emotional impact is muted—the scene is more intellectually shocking than emotionally stirring. The horror of the revelations is undercut by the brokers' breezy tone, which keeps the audience at a distance.

Dialogue: 9

The dialogue is the scene's strongest asset—crisp, natural, and loaded with subtext. The brokers' casual admissions ('If they get rejected I suck at my job') are both funny and horrifying. The 'Dorothys' metaphor is a standout. No weakness except that Mark's lines are purely interrogative, lacking personal stakes.

Engagement: 8

This scene is engaging because the dialogue is sharp, the revelations are shocking, and the brokers' casual dishonesty is both funny and infuriating. The 'Dorothys' metaphor is a memorable hook.

Pacing: 8

The pacing is brisk and efficient. The questions build from general to specific, and the brokers' answers get more damning. The scene ends on a strong beat with Mark's request to hold on, creating a natural pause.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 10

Formatting is clean and professional. Scene heading, character cues, and dialogue are standard. The use of 'MORE' and 'CONT'D' is correct. No issues.

Structure: 7

The scene follows a classic interview structure: setup (introductions), questions (escalating from general to specific), and a punchline (the 'Dorothys' metaphor). It's effective for an information-gathering scene but lacks a traditional dramatic arc.


Critique
  • The dialogue effectively captures the casual yet alarming tone of the mortgage brokers, showcasing their flippant attitude towards risky lending practices. However, the humor can come off as too light-hearted given the serious implications of their actions, which may undermine the gravity of the situation.
  • The characters of Black and Maroon are somewhat one-dimensional, primarily serving as mouthpieces for exposition rather than fully fleshed-out individuals. Adding more depth to their personalities or motivations could enhance the scene's impact.
  • The scene lacks a strong emotional anchor. While the dialogue is informative, it would benefit from moments that reveal how Mark, Danny, and Porter feel about the brokers' cavalier attitudes. This could create a more engaging contrast between the brokers' nonchalance and the protagonists' growing concern.
  • The pacing of the scene feels uneven. The initial banter is engaging, but as the conversation progresses, it becomes more expository. Balancing the humor with tension could maintain the audience's interest and heighten the stakes.
  • The setting of the hotel bar is underutilized. While it establishes a casual atmosphere, it could be leveraged further to reflect the characters' emotional states or the absurdity of the situation. For example, incorporating visual elements like the bar's decor or the ambiance could enhance the scene's mood.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a moment where Mark visibly reacts to the brokers' comments, showcasing his internal conflict and concern about the implications of their practices. This could help ground the scene emotionally.
  • Introduce a brief backstory or personal anecdote from either Black or Maroon that illustrates their motivations for working in such a risky industry. This could add depth and complexity to their characters.
  • Incorporate more visual storytelling elements that reflect the tension of the scene, such as the contrast between the luxurious bar setting and the grim realities of the mortgage crisis being discussed.
  • Revise the dialogue to include more moments of tension or disagreement between the brokers and Mark, which could create a more dynamic exchange and highlight the stakes involved.
  • Consider ending the scene with a stronger hook or cliffhanger that leaves the audience wanting to know more about the consequences of the brokers' actions, perhaps by hinting at the impending financial crisis.



Scene 25 -  Exposing Exploitation
71 INT. HOTEL LOBBY - SECONDS LATER 71

Eyeing the brokers, Mark whispers with Porter and Danny.

MARK
I don't get it. Why are they
confessing?

DANNY
That's not confessing.

PORTER
They're bragging.


72 INT. HOTEL BAR - DAY 72

Mark takes an ottoman right in front of the brokers.

MARK
Do customers ever know what they're
buying?
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 56.


MAROON
I focus my business on immigrants.
Once you tell them they’re getting
a home they sign where you tell
them to sign, don't ask questions,
don't really understand the rates.

Mark starts to say something, then turns to Black.

MARK
You target immigrants, too?

MAROON
Ha! Their credit isn't bad enough
for him!

BLACK
I'm a yield guy. I make 2,000 on
fixed-rate prime loans. I can make
10,000 on a subprime adjustable.
Trust me, I would not be driving a
Hummer without Strippers. Nobody on
the pole has good credit. And
they're all cash rich.

Porter and Danny watch Mark consider punching this punk. The
last thing they expect is...

MARK
Can you introduce us?


73 INT. ALCOVE - VIP ROOM - STRIP CLUB - NIGHT 73

MUSIC: A sexy pop song like SEXYBACK by JUSTIN TIMBERLAKE

DANCER
I always get option-pay
adjustables. I'm a private
contractor. I need flexibility.

A DANCER does rote gyrations. Mark’s indifferent to the lap
dance, unashamed, occupied by his agenda.

MARK
You tell the mortgage company what
you do?

DANCER
I write therapist.
(and then)
You can touch me.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 57.


MARK
Always?

DANCER
Only in the VIP.

MARK
No, you said you always do
adjustables. You have more than one
loan on a property?

DANCER
Everybody does. At least down here.
That way you only put down like 5
percent.

MARK
But prices have leveled off.

DANCER
Yeah, there's a gully.

MARK
Can you stop moving? I'll still pay
you.

She peeks out of the alcove, sees a BURLY MAN WITH A HARD
FACE and keeps dancing.

DANCER
Sorry, (mouthing it) we're not
alone.

MARK
Okay, look, if home prices don't
rise you won't be able to
refinance. You'll be stuck with
whatever your monthly payment jumps
to after the teaser rate expires.
Plus any payments you missed. Plus
interest on those payments! Your
monthly could go up 200 or 300
percent!

DANCER
Jamie says I can always refinance.

MARK
He's lying. Actually, in this
particular case, Jamie's probably
just wrong.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 57A.


DANCER
Two hundred percent? On all my
loans?
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 58.


MARK
What do you mean all my loans?
We're talking about two loans on
one house, right?

She stops and gives him a look.

DANCER
I have five houses. And a condo.
Genres: ["Drama","Thriller"]

Summary In a tense hotel lobby and bar, Mark confronts brokers Maroon and Black about their unethical financial practices, particularly targeting immigrants and profiting from subprime loans. He seeks to understand their tactics while expressing concern for a dancer at a strip club, who reveals her precarious financial situation with multiple loans and properties. Despite Mark's warnings about the risks of refinancing, the dancer remains skeptical, highlighting the unresolved conflict of the scene.
Strengths
  • Sharp dialogue
  • High-stakes conflict
  • Relevant theme exploration
Weaknesses
  • Limited emotional impact
  • Some dialogue may be too technical for general audiences

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.8

This scene effectively advances Mark's investigation by using an unexpected setting to expose the systemic fraud of the housing market, but its impact is limited by the dancer's dialogue feeling slightly too on-the-nose and expositional, which undercuts the naturalism of the moment.


Story Content

Concept: 7.5

The concept of using a strip club VIP room as a site for financial investigation is fresh and satirically potent, but the execution leans heavily on the dancer's convenient knowledge, straining believability.

Plot: 6.5

The plot moves forward as Mark gathers concrete evidence of multiple-loan fraud, but the scene is largely a static interrogation with no new obstacle or twist.

Originality: 8.5

The scene is highly original in its setting and approach; the strip club as a site of financial investigation is fresh, and the dancer's dialogue feels authentic to the era's delusion.


Character Development

Characters: 6

Mark's obsessive, single-minded pursuit is well-drawn, but the dancer remains a functional archetype (the stripper with a mortgage portfolio) rather than a fully realized person.

Character Changes: 2

Mark does not change—he only confirms his suspicions. The dancer shows a flicker of worry but no real transformation.

Internal Goal: 8

Mark seeks to confirm his belief that the housing market is built on fraud, driven by a need for moral clarity and a desire to expose systemic corruption.

External Goal: 9

Mark wants to gather evidence of predatory lending practices from the dancer.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 4

The conflict is intellectual and investigative (Mark vs. the system) rather than interpersonal; the dancer offers no real resistance, so tension is low.

Opposition: 3

The opposition is passive—the dancer's ignorance and the system's complexity—rather than an active antagonist, so the scene lacks a direct adversarial force.

High Stakes: 5

The stakes are systemic (the coming crash) but not personal in this scene; Mark is not at risk, and the dancer's fate is abstract.

Story Forward: 6.5

The scene provides concrete evidence of multiple-loan fraud, strengthening Mark's thesis and pushing him closer to action, but it's a data-gathering beat, not a turning point.

Unpredictability: 8

This scene is unpredictable because the reader does not expect a stripper to own five houses and a condo, nor for Mark to ignore the dance entirely to pursue financial details.

Philosophical Conflict: 7

The clash is between Mark's rational, ethical worldview and the dancer's willful ignorance and the system's deliberate opacity; he believes in transparency, she believes in trust (misplaced).


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 5

The emotional impact is muted; Mark's cold persistence and the dancer's casual ignorance create a sense of dread about the bubble, but no character feels deeply affected in the moment.

Dialogue: 7

The dialogue is sharp and thematically pointed, especially Mark's breakdown of the payment shock, but the dancer's responses feel too scripted and convenient for the investigation.

Engagement: 7.5

This scene is engaging because the absurdity of a lap dance doubling as a mortgage interrogation creates a darkly comic tension that keeps the reader curious about what the dancer will reveal next.

Pacing: 7.5

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because the quick back-and-forth of questions and answers builds momentum, and the dancer's final reveal lands as a punchline.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 9

Formatting is clean and professional; action lines are concise, dialogue is well-parsed, and the parentheticals are used effectively for subtext.

Structure: 7.5

The scene follows a classic interrogation structure: question, evasion, follow-up, revelation. It fits the investigative genre well, though the setting provides ironic contrast.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the absurdity and moral ambiguity of the mortgage industry through the dialogue between Mark and the brokers. However, the transition from the hotel lobby to the strip club feels abrupt and could benefit from a smoother narrative flow to maintain the audience's engagement.
  • Mark's character is well-established as someone who is both incredulous and determined to uncover the truth about the mortgage practices. However, his sudden willingness to engage with the brokers and later the dancer could use more internal conflict or hesitation to make his motivations clearer.
  • The dialogue is sharp and reflects the characters' personalities, but some lines, particularly from the brokers, come off as overly exaggerated. This could detract from the realism of the scene. Balancing humor with the serious implications of their actions would enhance the impact.
  • The dancer's dialogue introduces an interesting perspective on the mortgage crisis, but her character feels underdeveloped. Providing her with a more distinct personality or backstory could deepen the audience's connection to her plight and the broader themes of the story.
  • The pacing of the scene shifts dramatically between the hotel bar and the strip club, which may confuse the audience. A clearer thematic or narrative link between these two settings would help unify the scene and reinforce its purpose within the larger story.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a brief transition or a line of dialogue that connects Mark's decision to approach the brokers with his subsequent actions in the strip club, enhancing the narrative flow.
  • Introduce more internal conflict for Mark as he navigates these morally ambiguous situations, perhaps through a moment of reflection or hesitation before he engages with the brokers and the dancer.
  • Revise some of the brokers' dialogue to strike a balance between humor and realism, ensuring that their exaggerated claims do not undermine the serious nature of the mortgage crisis.
  • Develop the dancer's character further by giving her a unique perspective or backstory that highlights the impact of the mortgage crisis on her life, making her more relatable to the audience.
  • Ensure that the pacing between the hotel bar and the strip club is consistent, possibly by incorporating a brief moment of reflection or commentary from Mark that ties the two locations together thematically.



Scene 26 -  Navigating Financial Turbulence
74 INT. TICKETING AREA - MIAMI AIRPORT - DAY 74

Full of purpose, Mark strides ahead of Porter and Danny.

MARK
Get the mortgage exposure and
leverage ratio of every bulge
bracket i-bank--
(into his phone)
--Hey, there's a bubble.

VINNY (O.S.)
How do you know?

MARK
Trust me. Call Vennett. Buy 50
million in swaps on the MBS...

Danny holds out the offering doc.

MARK (CONT'D)
...Garabaldi IV. Triple B.

VINNY (O.S.)
You sure, Mark?

MARK
Yeah. It's time to call bullshit.

VINNY (O.S.)
Bullshit on what?

MARK
Everything.


75 INT. GYM - DAY 75

Jared Vennett is running on a treadmill when the phone rings.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 59.


JARED
(on his cell)
Is this America's angriest hedge
fund?

VINNY (O.S.)
How are you, JARED?

Jared steps off the treadmill to take the call.

JARED
Starting to believe my own hype.

VINNY (O.S.)
I've got one last question.


76 INT. TRADING DESK - FRONTPOINT OFFICE - DAY 76

Vinny on the phone.

VINNY
How are you fucking us?

Jared cackles.

VINNY (CONT'D)
I'm serious. We'll buy your swaps.
But only if you say how you're
fucking us.

JARED (O.S.)
Hold on.
Genres: ["Drama","Thriller"]

Summary In a tense scene set in Miami Airport, Mark confidently directs his colleagues, Porter and Danny, to gather financial data, convinced a bubble is forming in the market. He makes a critical call to Vinny, discussing a $50 million investment in low-rated mortgage-backed securities, Garabaldi IV. Meanwhile, at the gym, Jared Vennett humorously reflects on his rising status in the hedge fund world during a call with Vinny, who seeks clarity on their financial strategies. The scene highlights the urgent and uncertain atmosphere surrounding their investment decisions, leaving the audience in suspense about the potential risks.
Strengths
  • Intense dialogue
  • High stakes
  • Character development
Weaknesses
  • Limited physical action
  • Heavy reliance on dialogue

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

This scene's primary job is to transition the team from investigation to action, which it does efficiently through sharp dialogue and a clear call to arms. The single biggest limiter is its brevity and lack of visual or emotional texture, which keeps it functional rather than memorable; adding a moment of hesitation or a physical reaction could lift it.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of betting against the housing market is well-established, but the scene's focus on the team's decisive move and Vennett's playful skepticism keeps it engaging.

Plot: 6.5

The plot advances clearly: Mark gives orders, Vinny confirms with Vennett, and the team commits to the trade. It's a straightforward progression with no complications.

Originality: 5

The scene is not particularly original; it follows a familiar pattern of a team committing to a risky trade. The dialogue has some fresh phrasing ('How are you fucking us?').


Character Development

Characters: 6

Mark's determination and Vinny's caution are evident, but Vennett's brief appearance adds a layer of self-aware humor. The characters are consistent but not deepened.

Character Changes: 1

No character changes; Mark remains resolute, Vinny remains cautious, and Vennett remains playful. The scene confirms existing traits.

Internal Goal: 5

Mark's internal goal is to prove his worldview correct—that the system is corrupt and he can profit from exposing it—driven by a need for vindication and a fear of being wrong.

External Goal: 8

Mark's external goal is to execute the trade: buy swaps on the MBS and call bullshit on the market.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 4

Conflict is mild: Vinny's skepticism versus Mark's certainty, and Vennett's playful evasion. It's more of a check-in than a confrontation.

Opposition: 3

Opposition is minimal: Vinny's skepticism is mild, and Vennett's evasion is playful. No strong antagonist is present.

High Stakes: 5

Stakes are implied (the trade is risky), but not explicitly heightened in this scene; it feels like a routine step.

Story Forward: 8

The story moves forward decisively: the team commits to the trade, setting the next phase of the plot in motion.

Unpredictability: 3

This scene is predictable because it follows logically from the previous setup; the only slight surprise is Vennett's self-aware line about believing his own hype.

Philosophical Conflict: 4

The clash is between Mark's belief that the market is rigged and the conventional wisdom that it's stable, but this is only hinted at in his line 'It's time to call bullshit.'


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 3

The emotional impact is low; the scene is businesslike, with no personal stakes or emotional beats beyond professional determination.

Dialogue: 7

The dialogue is crisp and purposeful, with lines like 'It's time to call bullshit' and 'How are you fucking us?' capturing the tone. However, it's mostly expository and lacks subtext.

Engagement: 6.5

This scene is engaging because the dialogue is sharp and the decision to act creates momentum, but the lack of visual or emotional stakes limits immersion.

Pacing: 7

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because it moves quickly from command to confirmation, maintaining urgency, but the cuts between locations are abrupt.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

Formatting is clean and standard, with clear scene headings and action lines. The phone call transitions are handled well.

Structure: 6.5

The scene uses a classic three-part structure: Mark's command, Vinny's verification call, and Vennett's response. It's efficient but lacks a turning point or surprise.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the urgency and tension of the financial crisis, showcasing Mark's assertive leadership style as he directs his colleagues. However, the transition between locations (from the airport to the gym and then to the trading desk) feels abrupt and could benefit from smoother transitions to maintain narrative flow.
  • Mark's dialogue is strong and conveys his confidence, but it could be enhanced by adding more emotional depth or internal conflict. As he calls for significant financial moves, exploring his motivations or fears could create a more relatable character.
  • The use of off-screen dialogue (VINNY and JARED) is effective in creating a sense of distance and urgency, but it may lead to confusion for viewers unfamiliar with the characters. Providing brief context or visual cues could help clarify who is speaking and their relationship to Mark.
  • The humor in Jared's line about being 'America's angriest hedge fund' adds a light touch to an otherwise tense scene, but it may feel out of place given the gravity of the situation. Balancing humor with the seriousness of the financial crisis is crucial to maintain the scene's tone.
  • The scene ends on a cliffhanger with Vinny's question about how they are being 'fucked,' which is engaging but could benefit from a stronger lead-in to the next scene. Ensuring that the stakes are clear will help maintain viewer interest.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a brief moment of reflection for Mark before he makes the call to buy swaps, allowing the audience to see his internal struggle or confidence in his decision.
  • Enhance the transitions between locations by incorporating visual elements or dialogue that connect the scenes more fluidly, ensuring the audience can follow the narrative without confusion.
  • Clarify the relationships between characters through visual cues or brief dialogue tags, especially for off-screen characters, to help the audience understand the dynamics at play.
  • Maintain the humor but ensure it aligns with the overall tone of the scene. Perhaps have Jared's humor serve as a coping mechanism in the face of the impending crisis, adding depth to his character.
  • Strengthen the cliffhanger by emphasizing the stakes involved in the financial decisions being made, perhaps by showing the immediate consequences of Mark's actions or the reactions of his colleagues.



Scene 27 -  Negotiations and Paranoia
77 INT. GYM - DAY 77

Jared steps away from a few guys working out.

JARED
Swaps are a dark market. That means
I set the price. Whatever price I
want. When you come back for your
pay day I’ll rip your eyes out and
make a fortune. The good news for
you is you’ll make so much you
won’t care. Plus your boss has a
big mouth and I need people to know
about this trade so my superiors
don’t think it’s an esoteric waste
of time and I can keep selling it.

Static.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 59A.


VINNY (O.S.)
Thank you.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 60.


JARED
Anytime.
(then)
What's it gonna be? You want me to
make you a market?

VINNY (O.S.)
Yeah. We'll take 50 million--

He disconnects, punches air. His casual pose evaporates.


78 OMIT 78


A79 EXT. WIDE SHOT OF BOULDER COLORADO - DAY A79

Can be stock footage showing mountains and the town of
Boulder. We hear a phone ringing.


B79 INT. BEN RICKERT’S HOME OFFICE - BOULDER COLORADO - DAY B79

APRIL 2006

2 years 4 months until the collapse

CU on a cell phone ringing on a desk. A hand fumbles for it
and answers.

BEN
Hello?

It’s Ben Rickert. His office has three computer screens
showing the Japanese markets, the Dow, Nasdaq, weather
satellite images and tidal charts.

JAMIE (V.O.)
Hey Ben. It’s Jamie-

BEN
I told you not to call this number.

He hangs up. After a beat a satellite phone rings. Ben
answers.

BEN (CONT’D)
Hey.

JAMIE (V.O.)
I hate when you do that. No one’s
listening to your calls Ben. You’re
a retired trader.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 60A.


BEN
Really? So the NSA has a 52 billion
dollar budget and the ability to
monitor 10’s of millions of calls a
second but they’re not using it?

JAMIE
Okay fine. We’ll call this number
and I’ll stop saying “Ben Rickert”
and “dirty bomb” in the same
conversation.

BEN
Seriously don’t do that. That’s not
funny.

CHARLIE (V.O.)
Did you read what we sent you?!
It’s Charlie! I’m here too!

BEN
Hey guys. Yeah, I checked out what
you sent me... Hold on...

Ben picks up a bootleg copy of Jared’s PRESENTATION.
Genres: ["Drama","Thriller"]

Summary In a gym, Jared confidently discusses his control over the dark market of swaps with Vinny, hinting at a potential 50 million deal. The scene transitions to Ben Rickert's home office in Boulder, where he expresses skepticism about the security of his communications during a call with Jamie and Charlie. The tension between Jared's assertive market manipulation and Ben's concerns about privacy highlights the conflicting dynamics of the trading world.
Strengths
  • Intense dialogue
  • Building suspense
  • Introduction of new character dynamics
Weaknesses
  • Limited character development in this specific scene

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

This scene efficiently advances the financial plot by confirming the swap deal and introducing Ben Rickert's paranoid world, but its primary job—to deepen the trade's stakes—is undercut by the brief, static phone calls that lack visual or emotional texture, limiting the overall impact. A more visceral sense of Jared's gym environment or Ben's isolation would lift it.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of a dark market where the banker sets the price and openly admits to future exploitation is strong, and Ben's paranoid tech setup adds a unique layer. However, the scene doesn't fully explore the implications of either idea.

Plot: 6.5

The plot moves forward: Vinny confirms the 50 million swap, and Jamie/Charlie re-engage Ben with the bootleg presentation. But the transition from Jared's call to Ben's office feels abrupt and the plot progression is thin.

Originality: 7

Jared's admission of predatory pricing and need for publicity is a fresh take on the trader archetype. Ben's paranoid tech setup is a familiar trope but executed with specificity (satellite phone, tidal charts). The scene feels authentic to the world.


Character Development

Characters: 6.5

Jared's smug, predatory confidence is clear; Ben's paranoid, retired-trader persona is introduced effectively. Vinny and Jamie/Charlie are functional but not deepened. The characters are distinct but not complex in this snippet.

Character Changes: 1

No character changes in this scene. Jared remains confident, Ben remains paranoid, Vinny and Jamie/Charlie are static.

Internal Goal: 6

Jared's internal goal is to legitimize his trade within his firm by spreading word, while Ben's internal goal is to maintain isolation and control over his information environment.

External Goal: 7.5

Jared's external goal is to sell the swap; Vinny's is to confirm the purchase; Jamie/Charlie's is to get Ben's attention on the presentation.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 4

Low overt conflict: Jared and Vinny are in agreement; Ben's conflict is with Jamie/Charlie's intrusion, but it's mild. The real conflict is implied (future exploitation, NSA surveillance) but not dramatized.

Opposition: 3

Opposition is minimal: Jared faces no pushback from Vinny; Ben's opposition to Jamie/Charlie is mild annoyance. The real opposition (market forces, banks) is off-screen.

High Stakes: 6

Stakes are moderate: the 50 million swap is a significant bet, and Ben's involvement could be crucial, but the scene doesn't raise the stakes or make them feel urgent.

Story Forward: 6.5

The story moves forward by confirming the swap deal and bringing Ben into the loop, but the scene is mostly setup and confirmation, not a major turning point.

Unpredictability: 5.5

This scene is somewhat unpredictable in Jared's meta-awareness of needing publicity, and in Ben's satellite-phone ritual, but the overall outcome (swap deal confirmed) is expected.

Philosophical Conflict: 5.5

A clash between Jared's cynical market realism ('I'll rip your eyes out') and Ben's paranoid distrust of systems (NSA surveillance), both rejecting naive trust in institutions but from different angles.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 3.5

Minimal emotional impact—Jared's call is businesslike, Ben's paranoia is quirky but not affecting. No character experiences a strong emotion that transfers to the reader.

Dialogue: 7

Jared's dialogue is sharp and revealing ('I'll rip your eyes out'), and Ben's paranoid retorts are characterful. However, the phone-call format limits natural exchange, and Charlie's interjection feels tacked on.

Engagement: 6

This scene is engaging because Jared's blunt, predatory honesty is refreshing and Ben's paranoid setup is intriguing, but the static phone calls and lack of visual action reduce momentum.

Pacing: 5.5

The pacing is brisk but uneven—Jared's call is tight, then the cut to Ben's office slows with the phone-answering ritual and dialogue. The scene feels like two fragments rather than a cohesive rhythm.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

Formatting is standard and clean, with clear scene headings and proper use of (V.O.) and (O.S.). The 'OMIT' and 'A79/B79' numbering is slightly unusual but not incorrect.

Structure: 6

The scene uses a two-part structure: a phone call resolving the swap deal, then a cut to Ben's office introducing a new thread. The structure is functional but the cut feels abrupt and the second part is underdeveloped.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the tension and high stakes of the financial world, particularly through Jared's confident and somewhat menacing dialogue. However, the dialogue could benefit from more subtext; while Jared's words are bold, they could also hint at his own insecurities or the precariousness of the market, adding depth to his character.
  • The transition from the gym to Ben's home office feels abrupt. While it serves to juxtapose the physicality of the gym with the cerebral nature of trading, a smoother transition could enhance the flow. Consider adding a brief moment that connects the two settings, perhaps a visual or auditory cue that links Jared's aggressive tone to Ben's more cautious demeanor.
  • Jared's dialogue is strong but could be more varied in tone. While he is assertive, incorporating moments of vulnerability or doubt could make him more relatable and complex. This would also create a more dynamic interaction with Vinny, who is currently a passive listener in this exchange.
  • The scene lacks a clear emotional arc. While there is tension, it feels somewhat static. Introducing a moment of conflict or a decision point for Vinny could elevate the stakes and provide a more satisfying narrative progression. For instance, if Vinny hesitates or questions Jared's confidence, it could create a more engaging dynamic.
  • Ben's skepticism about the security of his communications is a strong character trait, but it could be more effectively integrated into the scene. Instead of a straightforward conversation, consider using visual cues or actions that reflect his paranoia, such as glancing around or checking his surroundings, to enhance the tension.
Suggestions
  • Add a visual or auditory transition between the gym and Ben's home office to create a smoother flow between the two settings.
  • Incorporate subtext into Jared's dialogue to reveal more about his character and the pressures he faces in the market.
  • Introduce a moment of conflict or hesitation for Vinny to create a more dynamic interaction with Jared, enhancing the emotional stakes of the scene.
  • Use visual cues or actions to reflect Ben's paranoia about his communications, adding depth to his character and the overall tension of the scene.
  • Consider varying the tone of Jared's dialogue to include moments of vulnerability or doubt, making him a more complex character.



Scene 28 -  The Perfect Scam: A Culinary Metaphor for CDOs
79 INT. BROWNFIELD OFFICE - GREENWICH VILLAGE - DAY 79

A brick loft. Jamie and Charlie are gathered around a phone
on speaker. We cut back and forth.

JAMIE
And?

BEN (V.O)
I’ll be honest gentlemen... It
scared the shit out me.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 61.


CHARLIE
So this guy Vennett’s not wrong?

BEN (V.O.)
No... he’s not.

CHARLIE
Yes!

BEN (V.O)
Tell me more about these CDOs... I
feel like I opened the hood of a
car and instead of an engine saw a
monkey on a bike.

Ben holds up a report Jamie and Charlie did on CDOs.

JAMIE
Vennett mentions the CDOs but
they’re way worse than even he
knows. We couldn’t even model them.

CHARLIE
They don’t make any sense! And
they’re a hundred times larger than
the MBS!

BEN (V.O.)
And somehow they’re over 90% AAA
rated. The perfect scam.

FREEZE

JARED VENNETT (V.O.)
I’ll be honest. I don’t love that
these losers are saying I missed
something but the truth is they’re
right. The CDOs were a hundred
times worse than even I imagined.
Let’s go back to Bourdain’s seafood
stew so we’re all on the same page.


A80 INT. KICHEN -- DAY A80

Bourdain stands over the pot of seafood stew.

BOURDAIN
Alright, remember how I said the
CDOs are seafood stew filled with
old fish stamped AAA? Well Jamie
and Charlie found out the CDOs were
even worse than that.
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 61A.

BOURDAIN (CONT'D)
Turns out they were filled with
shitty mortgages from different
bonds that didn’t even operate by
the same laws. And there were also
swaps and all kinds of other junk
just thrown in there. Millions and
millions of this garbage... So
instead of just old fish our
seafood stew also has... wolverine
meat in it...

He puts a weird gray meat in.

BOURDAIN (CONT’D)
Possum... skunk... Kimodo dragon
and then a whole lot of stuff the
no one even knows what it is.

Bourdain reaches into a box marked simply MEAT (?) and throws
a bunch in.

BOURDAIN (CONT’D)
And these CDOs were selling and
selling....

Wee pull out and see dozens of pots of stew all around the
kitchen.

BOURDAIN (CONT’D)
Nuts, right?
Genres: ["Drama","Finance"]

Summary In a Greenwich Village loft, Jamie and Charlie discuss the alarming complexities of CDOs with Ben, who expresses his fear about their implications. They reveal that CDOs are more dangerous than initially perceived, with Ben calling them 'the perfect scam.' The scene shifts to Anthony Bourdain in a kitchen, where he uses a seafood stew metaphor to illustrate the chaotic mix of bad mortgages and financial instruments, emphasizing the absurdity of the situation. The tension builds as the characters grapple with the dire realities of the financial crisis.
Strengths
  • Informative dialogue
  • Shocking revelations about CDOs
  • Engaging character reactions
Weaknesses
  • Limited character development
  • Lack of visual variety in the setting

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

This scene's primary job is to clarify the true horror of CDOs through an extended, absurd culinary metaphor, and it lands with memorable, darkly comic clarity. The single biggest limiter is that the scene is almost entirely exposition delivered via voice-over and a static kitchen demonstration, lacking dramatic action or character conflict to raise the stakes beyond intellectual revelation.


Story Content

Concept: 7.5

The concept of using Bourdain's seafood stew as an extended metaphor for CDOs is inventive and effective, but it's a direct continuation of an earlier analogy, not a new idea.

Plot: 5

The plot advances minimally; it's a moment of revelation and confirmation for Jamie and Charlie, but the scene is primarily explanatory.

Originality: 8

The Bourdain analogy is a fresh and original take on explaining CDOs, using culinary absurdity to convey financial absurdity. The dialogue feels authentic to the film's sardonic tone.


Character Development

Characters: 4

Jamie and Charlie are passive listeners; Ben and Jared provide voice-over; Bourdain is a prop for the metaphor. No character development occurs.

Character Changes: 1

No character changes; they simply receive information they already suspected.

Internal Goal: 5

Jamie and Charlie seek validation that their radical bet against the market is correct and that they have uncovered a truth others missed.

External Goal: 7

To confirm that Jared Vennett's analysis is accurate and that CDOs are even worse than he described.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 1

There is no direct conflict; the scene is a shared realization, not a confrontation.

Opposition: 2

The opposition is the systemic fraud of the financial world, but it is not personified in this scene. The protagonists face no active resistance here.

High Stakes: 6

The stakes are implied (the entire financial system is a scam), but not felt personally by the characters in this moment.

Story Forward: 5

The scene confirms the scale of the CDO problem, solidifying the protagonists' resolve, but does not introduce a new action or obstacle.

Unpredictability: 7.5

This scene is unpredictable because the escalation from 'old fish' to 'wolverine... possum... skunk... Komodo dragon' and 'MEAT (?)' is absurd and surprising, subverting the expected financial explanation.

Philosophical Conflict: 7

The clash is between the perceived order and rationality of the financial system and the revealed reality of chaotic, fraudulent junk. The protagonists' worldview (that markets can be gamed by understanding fundamentals) is validated but also horrified.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 5.5

The emotional impact is intellectual shock and dark amusement, but lacks personal stakes or emotional resonance for the characters.

Dialogue: 6.5

The dialogue is functional and clever, especially Bourdain's list of bizarre meats, but it's mostly voice-over narration rather than interactive conversation.

Engagement: 7

This scene is engaging because the Bourdain metaphor is vivid, funny, and grotesque, making a dry financial concept compelling and memorable.

Pacing: 6

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because the rapid-fire list of bizarre meats creates a comedic rhythm that builds to the punchline, but the static nature of the kitchen scene and voice-over can feel slow.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

Formatting is clean and professional. The use of (V.O.) and the FREEZE/transition to the kitchen is clear. The 'MEAT (?)' box is a nice visual detail.

Structure: 6.5

The scene uses a classic 'confirmation' structure: a hypothesis is presented, then an analogy (Bourdain) is used to illustrate its truth, ending with a punchline ('Nuts, right?'). It's effective for its expository purpose but lacks a traditional dramatic arc.


Critique
  • The scene effectively uses humor and metaphor to explain complex financial concepts, particularly through Bourdain's seafood stew analogy. This approach makes the material more accessible to the audience, which is a strong point.
  • The dialogue between Jamie, Charlie, and Ben is engaging and captures the urgency of their discovery about CDOs. However, the transition between the phone conversation and Bourdain's kitchen could be smoother to maintain narrative flow.
  • The use of a freeze frame with Jared Vennett's voiceover adds a layer of commentary that enhances the scene's depth. However, it might benefit from a more explicit connection to the characters' emotional stakes, as the audience may not fully grasp the gravity of the situation without additional context.
  • Bourdain's character is well-utilized to provide a relatable and entertaining explanation of the financial instruments. However, the scene could explore more of his personality or background to deepen his role and connection to the main characters.
  • The visual imagery of the kitchen filled with various pots of stew is vivid and memorable, but it could be enhanced by incorporating more sensory details (smells, textures) to immerse the audience further in the scene.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a brief moment of reflection from Jamie and Charlie after Ben's revelation to emphasize their emotional response to the gravity of the situation.
  • Enhance the transition between the phone call and Bourdain's kitchen by using a visual cue or a line of dialogue that connects the two settings more seamlessly.
  • Explore Bourdain's character further by including a personal anecdote or a quip that relates to the financial crisis, which could add depth to his role as a narrator.
  • Incorporate more sensory details in Bourdain's kitchen to create a richer atmosphere, allowing the audience to feel the chaos and absurdity of the situation.
  • Consider using a visual metaphor or graphic overlay during the freeze frame to illustrate the complexity of CDOs, reinforcing the audience's understanding of the financial concepts being discussed.



Scene 29 -  The Reluctant Agreement
B80 INT. BROWNFIELD OFFICE - GREENWICH VILLAGE - DAY B80

BEN (V.O.)
I saw the CDOs you want to short.
The’re brilliant. Worthless, total
crap.

CHARLIE
Jamie Shipley, Ladies and
Gentlemen.

JAMIE
I'm good at finding shit. If I can
keep Charlie from trying to sneak
in a little value.

CHARLIE
Sue me, I'm Jewish. We shorted all
double BBs and triple B’s. The risk
is relatively low and the pay off
is 25 to 1.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 61B.


BEN (V.O.)
So why are you calling me? I don’t
do this anymore.

Charlie and Jamie share a careful glance.

CHARLIE
Look, Ben, help us get an ISDA so
we can short this crap. We know you
hate Wall Street but it's not like
you'd be trading, you'd only be
helping us get a place at the
table.

BEN (V.O.)
That’s an ugly table to be seated
at.

JAMIE
The system fucked up in a big, big
way here. And somehow we know
before anyone else.
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 62.

JAMIE (CONT'D)
This is a once in a lifetime trade.
Help us make this deal. Come on,
it’ll be fun.

BEN (V.O.)
Oh this won’t be fun.

Sam’s tone is less than definite, he's clearly tempted.

JAMIE
I didn’t mean fun.

BEN (V.O.)
You said fun.

Beat

BEN (V.O.)
Okay, I'll call Deutsche Bank.

Charlie and Jamie high five.

CHARLIE
Thank you. What about Bear? They
have some reprehensible product.

BEN (V.O.)
Okay. Bear will trade with anybody.

Silent air pumps.

JAMIE
How soon can you be out here?

BEN (V.O.)
I don’t know... I haven’t flown
since they put those Chertoff body
scanners in the airports. I’ve
never been a fan of being strip
searched by radiation.
(takes a breath)
I’ll be there Tuesday.

Jamie and Charlie celebrate more.

MUSIC: An popular alternative hip hop song like FEEL GOOD INC
by GORILLAZ plays us into the next scene.
Genres: ["Drama","Comedy"]

Summary In a Greenwich Village office, Ben expresses skepticism about shorting worthless collateralized debt obligations (CDOs) but is persuaded by Charlie and Jamie to help secure an ISDA agreement for their trading strategy. Despite his disdain for Wall Street, Ben ultimately agrees to assist them, leading to a celebratory moment for Charlie and Jamie as they high five in excitement over their risky financial venture.
Strengths
  • Sharp dialogue
  • Engaging character dynamics
  • High stakes
Weaknesses
  • Limited emotional depth
  • Slightly repetitive banter

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

This scene's primary job is to secure Ben's involvement and advance the protagonists' plan, which it does effectively through a tense phone call and a clear deal. The single biggest limiter is the lack of visual or physical conflict—the entire scene is two characters on a speakerphone, which reduces dramatic immediacy and could benefit from more active staging or a counter-perspective.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of a retired, paranoid trader being coaxed back into the game to help short the housing market is compelling and fits the film's themes. The scene executes this well, but the concept itself is not entirely novel within the genre.

Plot: 6.5

The plot advances clearly: Ben agrees to help, setting up the next phase of the plan. However, the scene is mostly exposition and negotiation, with little action or new information beyond the deal itself.

Originality: 6.5

The scene is original in its use of a phone call to build character dynamics and in the specific details of Ben's paranoia (body scanners). The dialogue feels authentic to the characters and the world.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Jamie and Charlie are well-differentiated—Jamie is the enthusiastic finder, Charlie the pragmatic Jewish humorist. Ben's voice-over conveys his reluctance and paranoia effectively. However, the characters are not deeply challenged or changed in this scene.

Character Changes: 4

Ben changes from refusing to help to agreeing, but his reluctance remains. Jamie and Charlie's determination is reinforced but not transformed. The change is functional but not profound.

Internal Goal: 6

Jamie and Charlie's internal goal is to prove themselves as savvy investors and gain legitimacy in a system that has rejected them. Their need is for validation and success against the odds.

External Goal: 8

Jamie and Charlie's external goal is to convince Ben to help them secure an ISDA agreement so they can short the housing market.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 5

The conflict is internal for Ben (reluctance vs. temptation) and external between his skepticism and Jamie's enthusiasm. It's present but low-key, lacking a direct antagonist or high-pressure confrontation.

Opposition: 4

The opposition is Ben's reluctance and paranoia, which is internal and philosophical rather than active. It's a mild obstacle that is overcome through persuasion.

High Stakes: 6

The stakes are high—the success of their trade depends on Ben's involvement—but the scene doesn't dramatize the consequences of failure beyond the immediate deal.

Story Forward: 7.5

The scene moves the story forward by securing Ben's help, which is a key step in the protagonists' plan. It also sets up the next scene with a musical transition.

Unpredictability: 4

This scene is somewhat predictable—Ben's agreement is expected given the story's trajectory—but the specific reasons for his capitulation (the 'fun' line) add a touch of unpredictability.

Philosophical Conflict: 6.5

The philosophical conflict is between participating in a corrupt system for profit (Jamie and Charlie's pragmatic approach) and rejecting it entirely (Ben's initial stance). Ben's agreement represents a compromise of his principles.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 5.5

The emotional impact is moderate—there's a sense of relief and excitement when Ben agrees, but the scene doesn't aim for deep emotional resonance. The high-five and silent air pumps provide a light, triumphant moment.

Dialogue: 7.5

The dialogue is sharp and character-specific, with lines like 'Sue me, I'm Jewish' and 'That’s an ugly table to be seated at' revealing personality. The back-and-forth feels natural, though the phone call format limits visual subtext.

Engagement: 7

This scene is engaging because of the sharp dialogue and the tension of whether Ben will agree. The characters' distinct voices and the high-five moment provide a satisfying payoff.

Pacing: 7.5

The pacing is brisk, with quick exchanges and a clear arc from refusal to agreement. The silent air pumps and high-five provide a rhythmic beat that keeps the scene moving.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is standard and clear, with proper use of V.O., parentheticals, and scene headings. The inclusion of music cue is appropriate for the transition.

Structure: 7

The scene follows a classic persuasion structure: request, resistance, negotiation, and agreement. It's effective for its genre, though the phone call format limits visual dynamics.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the urgency and excitement of the characters as they navigate the complexities of the financial world. The dialogue is snappy and reflects the characters' personalities well, particularly Charlie's humor and Jamie's determination.
  • However, the scene could benefit from more visual elements to enhance the storytelling. Currently, it relies heavily on dialogue and voiceover, which can make it feel static. Incorporating more action or visual cues that show the characters' environment and their reactions could create a more dynamic scene.
  • The use of voiceover for Ben is effective in conveying his thoughts without needing to show him physically present, but it may create a disconnect for the audience. Consider integrating more direct interactions or visual representations of Ben's character to ground his presence in the scene.
  • The humor in the dialogue, particularly Charlie's quip about being Jewish, could be perceived as insensitive or out of place in the context of the serious financial discussions. While humor can lighten the tone, it should be carefully balanced to avoid alienating the audience.
  • The transition from the previous scene, which features Anthony Bourdain's metaphorical cooking, to this scene feels abrupt. A smoother transition that connects the themes of complexity and chaos in both scenes could enhance the narrative flow.
Suggestions
  • Add visual descriptions of the Brownfield office environment to create a more immersive setting. For example, describe the cluttered desks, financial charts on the walls, or the expressions on the characters' faces as they discuss their plans.
  • Consider including a brief moment of physical action, such as Jamie and Charlie pacing or interacting with their surroundings, to break up the dialogue and add energy to the scene.
  • Introduce a visual representation of Ben's character, such as a quick cut to him in his home office, to reinforce his involvement in the conversation and create a stronger connection with the audience.
  • Reevaluate the humor in Charlie's line about being Jewish to ensure it aligns with the overall tone of the scene and does not detract from the seriousness of the financial crisis being discussed.
  • Create a more seamless transition from the previous scene by incorporating a thematic link, such as a visual metaphor that ties Bourdain's cooking to the financial chaos, perhaps showing the characters reflecting on the 'ingredients' of the financial crisis.



Scene 30 -  The Calm Before the Storm
C80 INT. KENNEDY AIRPORT TERMINAL - DAY C80

Ben rides the long airport escalator wearing a flu mask. And
holding a duffle bag.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 62A.


He passes an Asian man also wearing a flu mask, salutes his
comrade-in-fear. The man stares back confused.

At the bottom of the escalator Charlie and Jamie wait with a
sign reading “Ben Rickert”

Ben walks past them with out breaking stride and crumples up
the sign.


D80 EXT. DEUTSCHE BANK - TWO HOURS LATER D80

Establishing


80 INT. LOBBY - DEUTSCHE BANK - DAY 80

Charlie and Jamie sign an ISDA CONTRACT in the lobby.

Ben waits over them. NOAH, 26, Vennett’s assistant takes the
contract.

NOAH
All right. I'll see if I can push
it through.

BEN
Thanks, Noah. And thank Jared for
us.

Charlie and Jamie stand. Noah goes. The boys exchange an
unsure look. What now? Ben gestures to the exit.

JAMIE
You know, just once in my life, I'd
like to see the inside of an
investment bank.

CHARLIE
So that’s it Ben? We’re done?

BEN
That’s it. Between Bear and
Duetsche, you now officially own 12
million dollars of credit default
swaps on the BBB- tranches of
subprime ABS’.

CHARLIE
Somehow I thought it would be more
dramatic.

JAMIE
So what’d we do now?
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 62B.


Ben doesn’t break stride.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 63.


BEN
Now we wait for the world to blow
up.

CUT TO:


81 QUOTE COMES UP OVER BLACK: 81

“THE TRUTH WILL SET YOU FREE. BUT NOT UNTIL IT IS DONE WITH
YOU.” -DAVID FOSTER WALLACE, INFINITE JEST

CUT TO:
Genres: ["Drama","Thriller"]

Summary Ben arrives at Kennedy Airport in a flu mask, meeting Charlie and Jamie who are eager yet anxious about their investment. At Deutsche Bank, they sign an ISDA contract, marking their acquisition of $12 million in credit default swaps. While Charlie and Jamie seek excitement, Ben reassures them of their successful investment, emphasizing the need to wait for the impending financial crisis. The scene captures a tense yet matter-of-fact atmosphere, culminating in a thought-provoking quote from David Foster Wallace.
Strengths
  • Building tension
  • Foreshadowing
  • Character dynamics
Weaknesses
  • Limited character development in this specific scene

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

This scene's primary job is to deliver the payoff of the characters finally securing their ISDA, and it lands with a deliberately flat, realistic tone that undercuts dramatic expectations. The single biggest limiter is the lack of any internal or external conflict during the signing itself, which makes the scene feel procedural rather than tense; adding a moment of friction or a last-minute hitch would lift the stakes and engagement.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of signing a contract that represents a massive bet against the housing market is inherently dramatic, but the scene focuses on the anticlimax rather than the tension of the moment.

Plot: 5.5

The plot advances the characters' goal of securing the ISDA, but the scene lacks any plot twist or obstacle, making it a straightforward procedural step.

Originality: 6

The scene is original in its choice to focus on the anticlimax of a major financial deal, but the execution is straightforward and lacks fresh dialogue or action.


Character Development

Characters: 6

Ben is stoic and efficient, Charlie and Jamie are uncertain and slightly deflated, but their personalities don't deepen here; they react to the moment rather than drive it.

Character Changes: 1

No significant character change occurs; Charlie and Jamie remain in the same state of uncertainty, and Ben remains detached.

Internal Goal: 5

Charlie and Jamie seek validation and a sense of accomplishment after a long struggle, but they are left feeling uncertain and deflated.

External Goal: 9

To sign the ISDA contract and officially own the credit default swaps.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 2

There is no direct conflict in the scene; the signing proceeds smoothly, and the only tension is the characters' internal uncertainty about what comes next.

Opposition: 1

There is no opposition in this scene; the signing proceeds without resistance, which reduces tension.

High Stakes: 6

The stakes are high in context (a $12 million bet on a market collapse), but the scene downplays them, making the stakes feel abstract rather than immediate.

Story Forward: 7

The story moves forward by completing the ISDA signing, a key plot milestone, but the scene itself is a brief procedural step.

Unpredictability: 4

This scene is unpredictable because it subverts expectations by making the signing anticlimactic, but the lack of any twist or obstacle reduces surprise.

Philosophical Conflict: 4

The clash between the characters' belief in the system's corruption and their participation in it is present but not foregrounded; Ben's resignation suggests a philosophical acceptance of the absurdity.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 4

The emotional impact is muted; the characters feel a mix of relief and anticlimax, but the scene doesn't generate strong emotion in the reader.

Dialogue: 5.5

The dialogue is functional and realistic, with Ben's curt lines and the boys' tentative questions, but it lacks wit or subtext that would elevate the exchange.

Engagement: 5

This scene is engaging because it delivers a long-awaited payoff, but the lack of conflict or surprise makes it feel flat.

Pacing: 6

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because the quick, matter-of-fact rhythm mirrors the characters' deflated mood, but it may feel too rushed for some readers.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

Formatting is clean and professional, with clear scene headings and action lines. The use of 'CUT TO:' and the quote card is standard.

Structure: 5

The scene follows a simple structure: arrival, signing, departure. It lacks a clear turning point or escalation, which is appropriate for its anticlimactic intent but limits dramatic impact.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the tension and absurdity of the financial world, particularly through Ben's flu mask and the crumpled sign, which symbolize both paranoia and the often overlooked human element in high-stakes finance. However, the humor in Ben's interaction with the Asian man could be perceived as insensitive or out of place, potentially detracting from the overall tone.
  • The dialogue is functional but lacks emotional depth. While it conveys the necessary information about the ISDA contract and the characters' feelings of uncertainty, it could benefit from more subtext or personal stakes. For instance, exploring Ben's reluctance or Charlie and Jamie's excitement could add layers to their interactions.
  • The pacing feels rushed, particularly in the transition from the airport to Deutsche Bank. The abrupt cut from Ben's arrival to the signing of the contract could be smoothed out with additional context or a brief moment of reflection from the characters, allowing the audience to absorb the significance of the moment.
  • The scene ends rather abruptly with Ben's line about waiting for the world to blow up. While this line is impactful, it could be enhanced by a visual or emotional reaction from Charlie and Jamie, emphasizing their apprehension or excitement about the impending crisis. This would create a stronger emotional resonance and a more satisfying conclusion to the scene.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a brief moment of interaction between Ben and Charlie and Jamie before they sign the contract, allowing for a more personal connection and showcasing their differing attitudes towards the deal.
  • Enhance the dialogue to include more character-driven moments, such as Ben expressing his concerns about the risks involved or Charlie and Jamie sharing their hopes for the investment, which would deepen the audience's investment in their journey.
  • Introduce a visual element that symbolizes the gravity of their decision, such as a close-up of the contract being signed or a shot of the bustling bank lobby, to emphasize the contrast between the mundane setting and the monumental financial implications.
  • Extend the scene slightly to include a moment of reflection after the signing, where the characters discuss their feelings about the deal and the potential fallout, allowing for a more nuanced exploration of their motivations and fears.



Scene 31 -  Rising Defaults, Confounding Markets
82 EXT. MIDTOWN - MORGAN STANLEY BUILDING - DAY 82

An electronic scroll on the side of Morgan Stanley reads:

Mortgage Delinquencies Hit New High

January 11, 2007

1 year 7 months until the collapse

We hear snippets of business news audio:

SNIPPETS OF BUSINESS NEWS
Ben Bernanke calls the news a
momentary market fluctuation....
Despite the disappointing housing
news all other market indicators
are very strong....

Mark Baum is running down the street while dialing his phone
and trying to hail a cab.

MARK
Hello! Vinny Daniel please!

A CAB STOPS, he gets in.

MARK (CONT’D)
The Morgan Stanley building. Fast.

VINNY
(feint voice on the cell)
Hello? Mark is that you?

MARK
Vinny! Did you see?
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 64.


83 INT. FRONTPOINT PARTNERS OFFICE - DAY 83

Vinny is walking through the FrontPoint offices. Danny,
Porter and the rest of the staff are on the phones.

MARK (V.O.)
Mortgage defaults just went through
the roof! Is anybody jumping off
buildings?

VINNY
Why would they? Subprime mortgage
bond prices are up.

We see emails on Vinny’s screen from Duetsche notifying that
the bond’s value is up. “Garabaldi IV: BBB tranche”

MARK (V.O.)
What?!

Porter turns over his shoulder from his desk.

PORTER
Vennett is asking for more
collateral on our swaps!

MARK (V.O.)
What the hell's going on?!

VINNY
We don't know. But Deutsche is on
the phone demanding payment.

MARK (V.O.)
Somebody call Vennett.
(Porter does so)
Subprime loans go bad... but
subprime bonds get more valuable?!

VINNY
They want another 2 million by
market close.

MARK (V.O.)
What about the rating’s agencies?
Are Moody’s and S&P downgrading
CDOs or mortgage bonds?

VINNY
Nope. They’re all still triple A.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 64A.
Genres: ["Drama","Thriller"]

Summary In a tense scene set in Midtown New York City, Mark Baum rushes to gather information about the alarming rise in mortgage delinquencies. Despite the surge in defaults, Vinny Daniel reveals that subprime mortgage bond prices are inexplicably increasing, creating confusion among financial analysts. As they discuss the situation, they learn that Deutsche Bank is demanding more collateral and rating agencies have yet to downgrade any bonds. The scene captures the urgency and anxiety surrounding the impending financial crisis, leaving the characters grappling with the bizarre market dynamics.
Strengths
  • Effective tension-building
  • Realistic character reactions
  • Engaging plot progression
Weaknesses
  • Limited character development
  • Some dialogue may be confusing for audiences not familiar with financial terms

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

This scene effectively advances the plot by introducing a critical paradox that deepens the mystery and raises stakes, but it is limited by a lack of visual or emotional texture that could heighten the urgency and make the confusion more visceral.


Story Content

Concept: 7.5

The concept of subprime bonds rising in value despite rising defaults is a strong, intriguing twist that drives the narrative forward, but it relies heavily on financial jargon that may alienate some viewers.

Plot: 6.5

The plot moves forward by introducing a new obstacle—the paradoxical market behavior—that forces the characters to reassess their strategy, but the scene is mostly exposition and lacks a clear turning point or action.

Originality: 6

The scene's originality lies in its focus on a counterintuitive financial phenomenon, but the execution (characters on phones, reacting to data) is a familiar trope in financial dramas.


Character Development

Characters: 5.5

Mark's frustration and Vinny's confusion are conveyed through dialogue, but the characters are not deeply explored here; they react to information rather than revealing new facets of their personalities.

Character Changes: 2

No character undergoes a significant change; they remain in a state of confusion and determination, consistent with their previous portrayals.

Internal Goal: 6

Mark's internal goal is to understand why the market is defying logic, driven by a need to validate his worldview that the system is corrupt and a fear that he might be wrong.

External Goal: 7

Mark's external goal is to get his team to investigate the paradox and contact Vennett for answers.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 5

The conflict is intellectual—between the characters' expectations and the market's behavior—but lacks a direct interpersonal or high-stakes confrontation, making it feel abstract.

Opposition: 5

The opposition is the market itself, which is behaving irrationally, and the financial system that seems to be rigged; this is a formidable but abstract antagonist.

High Stakes: 7

The stakes are high (potential financial loss and the collapse of their strategy), but they are communicated through dialogue rather than felt in the moment, reducing their immediacy.

Story Forward: 7

The scene moves the story forward by introducing a key plot complication—the rising bond prices—that will drive the next phase of investigation, but it does so through static conversation.

Unpredictability: 7.5

This scene is unpredictable because the rising bond prices in the face of rising defaults is a surprising twist that defies conventional logic, keeping the audience off-balance.

Philosophical Conflict: 6

The philosophical conflict is between the belief in market rationality (that defaults should lower bond prices) and the reality of a manipulated or irrational system, challenging Mark's worldview that he can predict and profit from the market's mistakes.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 4.5

The emotional impact is muted; the confusion and frustration are present but not deeply felt due to the rapid-fire exposition and lack of personal stakes in the moment.

Dialogue: 6

The dialogue is functional and conveys the confusion and urgency, but it is somewhat repetitive and lacks the sharp, distinctive voice seen in other scenes; it serves the plot more than character.

Engagement: 6.5

This scene is engaging because the paradox is intellectually intriguing and raises questions about the market's integrity, but the static office setting and lack of visual action may reduce engagement for some viewers.

Pacing: 6.5

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because the rapid-fire dialogue and quick cuts between characters create a sense of urgency, but the lack of a breather or emotional beat makes it feel rushed.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

Formatting is standard and professional, with clear scene headings and action lines, though the use of 'feint voice' is a minor typo (should be 'faint').

Structure: 5.5

The structure is a classic 'complication' beat: a problem is introduced (rising bond prices) that contradicts expectations, but the scene lacks a clear three-act shape or a decisive moment of change.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the urgency and chaos of the financial world as Mark Baum races to understand the implications of rising mortgage delinquencies. The use of snippets from business news adds a layer of realism and context, grounding the audience in the economic climate of the time.
  • However, the dialogue could benefit from more specificity and emotional weight. While Mark's frantic tone conveys urgency, the lines feel somewhat generic. Adding personal stakes or emotional reactions could enhance the tension and make the audience more invested in the characters' plight.
  • The transition between the exterior and interior settings is smooth, but the scene could use more visual detail to enhance the atmosphere. Describing the bustling streets of Midtown or the tense environment in the FrontPoint office could create a more immersive experience for the audience.
  • The conflict presented in the scene is compelling, particularly the contradiction between rising mortgage defaults and increasing bond prices. However, the characters' reactions to this contradiction could be more pronounced. Exploring their disbelief or frustration in greater depth would heighten the stakes and engage the audience further.
  • The pacing of the scene is brisk, which suits the urgency of the situation. However, it may benefit from a moment of pause or reflection, allowing characters to process the shocking news before diving back into action. This could create a more dynamic rhythm and give the audience a moment to absorb the gravity of the situation.
Suggestions
  • Incorporate more specific and emotionally charged dialogue to deepen the characters' reactions to the news. For example, Mark could express personal stakes or fears related to the financial crisis, making his urgency more relatable.
  • Enhance the visual descriptions of both the Midtown setting and the FrontPoint office to create a more vivid atmosphere. Consider adding sensory details, such as the sounds of the city or the frantic energy of the office, to immerse the audience in the scene.
  • Explore the characters' emotional responses to the contradictory news more thoroughly. Allowing them to express disbelief, anger, or confusion could heighten the tension and make the stakes feel more immediate.
  • Consider adding a brief moment of reflection or pause in the dialogue to allow characters and the audience to process the shocking news before moving forward. This could create a more dynamic pacing and emphasize the gravity of the situation.
  • Introduce a visual motif or recurring element that symbolizes the impending crisis, such as a clock ticking down or a news ticker, to reinforce the urgency and foreshadow the collapse.



Scene 32 -  Frustration on Two Fronts
84 INT. CAB - SAME TIME 84

MARK
Motherfuckers!
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 65.


The West African CAB DRIVER looks over his shoulder.

CAB DRIVER
Is everything okay sir?

MARK
Yeah, other than the fact America
is a cesspool of corruption and
greed.

CAB DRIVER
That is very true sir! But I never
hear Americans say it! Haha!

VINNY (V.O.)
That’s not all Mark...


85 INT. TINY SIDE OFFICE - FRONTPOINT - DAY 85

Vinny peers into their Conference Room, where there are THREE
RISK MANAGERS. Standing at the head of the table is a very
pregnant, Kathy Tao.

VINNY
The Frontpoint risk guys are here.
They called in Kathy Tao. They're
trying to convince her to make us
to sell our swaps.
Apparently, tying up 6
years of insurance payments in
hopes of housing Armageddon is not
good investing.

MARK (O.S.)
What'd Kathy say?

VINNY
Nothing, yet. She keeps asking if
this is one of your crusades.


86 INT. CAB - DAY 86

Mark on the phone.

MARK
When she leaves, go back in and
very calmly, very politely, tell
the risk assessors to fuck off.
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 66.

MARK (CONT'D)
Then meet me over at Standard and
Poors. Let’s go talk to Georgia
Hale.

He hangs up.

CAB DRIVER
In my country they just show up and
steal your children for their army.
In America they are very sneaky.
They take your house, your money
and you still think they are your
friends!

MARK
You want a job?

CAB DRIVER
No way brother! I am just the
ferryman! Haha!

He drives crazy fast through traffic.


87 INT. CONFERENCE ROOM - FRONTPOINT PARTNERS - DAY 87

Vinny enters. The risk managers go silent.

VINNY
(calmly, politely)
Mark said to fuck off.

The Risk Managers wait for nuance. None will be coming.

CUT TO:


88 INT. SCION OFFICES - DAY 88

Michael Burry writes on the big white board the quarterly
returns: -11.3%. There are now only five working analysts.
The rest of the desks are empty.

Michael walks into his office closes the door and yells.

MICHAEL BURRY
Fuuuuuuuck!!!!!

Everyone in the office looks up and then after a beat, go
back to working.

WIFE (V.O.)
Michael?
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 67.
Genres: ["Drama","Thriller"]

Summary In this scene, Mark vents his frustrations about America's corruption to a cab driver, who humorously agrees but declines a job offer. Meanwhile, Vinny observes a tense meeting with risk managers trying to persuade Kathy Tao to sell their swaps. Mark instructs Vinny to bluntly dismiss their proposal when Kathy leaves. The scene shifts to Michael Burry, who expresses his own frustration over disappointing quarterly returns, highlighting the overall tension and discontent with the financial system.
Strengths
  • Effective tension-building
  • Realistic character reactions
  • Engaging dialogue
Weaknesses
  • Some scenes may feel rushed
  • Limited character development in certain instances

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

This scene's primary job is to escalate the tension around the financial crisis and reinforce Mark's crusade against corruption, which it does effectively through sharp dialogue and a memorable cab driver. The biggest limiter is that it feels like a transitional beat rather than a fully developed scene, with the emotional impact and character change being minimal, and a higher rating would require deeper stakes or a more significant turning point.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of a furious financier venting to a cab driver who offers a global perspective on corruption is strong and thematically resonant, but it's not a new idea and the scene doesn't fully explore its potential.

Plot: 6

The plot advances the subplot of Mark's fight against the risk managers and his investigation into the housing market, but the scene itself is mostly a setup for the next action (going to Standard and Poors) rather than a major plot event.

Originality: 7.5

The scene is original in its use of the cab driver as a philosophical commentator, offering a perspective rarely seen in financial dramas. The dialogue feels authentic to the characters and the era.


Character Development

Characters: 6.5

Mark's character is consistent—angry, crusading, and blunt—but doesn't deepen here. The cab driver is a one-note but effective foil. No significant character development occurs.

Character Changes: 1

No character changes in this scene; Mark remains in the same emotional state, and the cab driver is a static character.

Internal Goal: 7

Mark's internal goal is to validate his worldview that the system is corrupt and to fight against it, driven by a need for justice and a fear of being complicit in the fraud.

External Goal: 8

Mark's external goal is to get to Standard and Poors to confront Georgia Hale and to instruct Vinny to tell the risk managers to back off.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 6

The conflict is external (Mark vs. the system, Mark vs. the risk managers) and internal (his frustration), but it's low-intensity here, mostly expressed through dialogue rather than action.

Opposition: 6

The opposition is systemic (the risk managers, the rating agencies, the corrupt system) rather than a single antagonist, which makes it feel diffuse but still present.

High Stakes: 6

The stakes are present (the financial crisis, Mark's fund's position) but not heightened in this scene; they are more implied than felt.

Story Forward: 6

The scene moves the story forward by setting up the next location (Standard and Poors) and reinforcing Mark's determination, but it's a transitional scene with little new information.

Unpredictability: 7.5

This scene is unpredictable because the cab driver's commentary is a surprising and authentic voice that subverts the typical 'angry financier' trope, offering a global critique that feels both fresh and earned.

Philosophical Conflict: 7

The clash is between Mark's belief in exposing corruption and the system's inertia (risk managers, rating agencies). The cab driver's perspective adds a philosophical layer: that American corruption is insidious because it's hidden, unlike overt violence elsewhere.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6

The emotional impact is moderate—Mark's anger is palpable, and the cab driver's lines add a layer of dark humor, but the scene doesn't aim for deep emotional resonance.

Dialogue: 7.5

The dialogue is sharp and thematically pointed, especially the cab driver's lines, which are both funny and insightful. However, Mark's dialogue is mostly reactive and doesn't reveal new layers.

Engagement: 7

This scene is engaging because the cab driver's unexpected perspective and dark humor break the tension and offer a fresh angle on the financial crisis, while Mark's raw anger keeps the energy high.

Pacing: 8

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because the quick cuts between the cab and the office create a sense of urgency, and the cab driver's lines provide a rhythmic counterpoint to Mark's frustration.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 9

Formatting is clean and professional, with clear scene headings and proper use of (V.O.) and (O.S.). The dialogue is well-parsed, and the action lines are concise.

Structure: 7

The scene uses a classic 'scene and sequel' structure: Mark reacts to news (the rising bond prices), then plans his next move. The cross-cutting to Vinny and the risk managers adds tension, but the cab sequence is a brief interlude.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the frustration and urgency of Mark Baum as he navigates the chaotic financial landscape. The dialogue between Mark and the cab driver adds a layer of dark humor while also highlighting the broader themes of corruption and greed in America. However, the transition between the cab and the conference room could be smoother to maintain the scene's momentum.
  • Vinny's line about Mark's crusade is a clever way to introduce the tension in the conference room, but it could benefit from more context or emotional weight. The risk managers' reaction to Vinny's message feels somewhat flat; adding a moment of disbelief or confusion could enhance the stakes and the absurdity of the situation.
  • The cab driver's commentary serves as a humorous yet poignant commentary on the American financial system, but it risks overshadowing Mark's urgency. Balancing the humor with the gravity of the situation is crucial to maintain the scene's tone.
  • Michael Burry's outburst at the end of the scene serves as a strong emotional anchor, but it feels disconnected from the preceding events. A clearer connection between Mark's frustrations and Burry's situation could create a more cohesive narrative thread.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a brief moment of reflection from Mark after the cab driver's comments, allowing him to articulate his feelings about the corruption in a more personal way. This could deepen the audience's understanding of his character.
  • Enhance the tension in the conference room by showing the risk managers' reactions to Vinny's message. Perhaps include a moment of awkward silence or disbelief before they respond, which could heighten the absurdity of the situation.
  • Maintain a balance between humor and seriousness by ensuring that the cab driver's jokes do not detract from the urgency of Mark's mission. You might consider having Mark respond with a more serious comment after the driver's humorous remarks.
  • To create a stronger connection between the two storylines, consider adding a line or two that links Mark's frustrations with the risk managers to Burry's situation. This could be a thematic line about the consequences of ignoring the signs of impending disaster.



Scene 33 -  A Moment of Distraction
89 INT. MICHAEL BURRY’S HOME - LIVING ROOM - DUSK 89


Michael is watching Business News on the TV while his WIFE,
pretty and direct, tries to talk to him.


SOMEONE FROM THE TREASURY OR THE FED BEING INTERVIEWED.

GOVERNMENT OFFICIAL(SOT)
Yes, there’s been an up tick in
defaults but it’s well within our
models.

WIFE
Michael.

GOVERNMENT OFFICIAL (SOT)
So despite these temporary aberrant
numbers we’re quite pleased.

WIFE
Michael!

She turns off the TV.

WIFE (CONT’D)
I’m trying to talk to you.

MICHAEL BURRY
I’m sorry. I was listening. Go on.

WIFE
The school says Nicholas has been
having issues. He’s not
socializing. He isolates and
doesn’t communicate with the other
kids.

NICHOLAS his six year old son is playing with a toy crane on
the floor.

ALEX
(listing parts of the
crane)
Hoist rope, lattice boom, upper
sheave, gantry, harnass...

MICHAEL BURRY
Well I was never the most social of
kids... Is that such a bad thing?
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 68.


WIFE
They think we should take him to a
specialist to get an evaluation.

MICHAEL BURRY
Then yes, of course, let’s do
that.

NICHOLAS
Mom, Dad...

Nicholas has walked over to them holding his toy crane.

NICHOLAS (CONT’D)
The crane is rotating 260 degrees.
It just needed a circular base and
a catch for the string.

MICHAEL BURRY
That’s great Nicholas! Good job!


90 OMIT 90
Genres: ["Drama"]

Summary In a tense yet tender scene, Michael Burry is absorbed in business news about rising defaults, causing frustration for his wife as she tries to discuss their son Nicholas's social issues. Despite his initial distraction, Michael acknowledges the need for an evaluation for Nicholas, who is creatively engaged with his toy crane. The scene highlights the strain in their communication but ends on a positive note as Michael praises Nicholas's intelligence, fostering a moment of connection between father and son.
Strengths
  • Authentic dialogue
  • Emotional depth
  • Character development
Weaknesses
  • Limited plot progression
  • Low external conflict

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

This scene's primary job is to humanize Michael Burry by showing the strain his single-mindedness places on his family, and it lands effectively through the wife's direct confrontation and Nicholas's autistic-like recitation. The single biggest limiter is that the scene feels self-contained and lacks a clear narrative turn or escalation, which prevents it from feeling essential to the plot's forward momentum.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of showing a financial genius's home life as a parallel to his market obsession is strong, but the scene doesn't fully exploit the tension between his professional and personal worlds.

Plot: 4

The plot barely advances; it's a character moment that reveals Burry's distraction but doesn't change his trajectory or introduce new obstacles.

Originality: 6

The scene is original in showing a financial genius's home life with an autistic-like child, but the execution is familiar—a distracted husband and concerned wife.


Character Development

Characters: 6.5

Burry is consistent—distracted and analytical—but his wife and son are thinly drawn; Nicholas's recitation feels authentic but the wife's role is limited to exposition.

Character Changes: 2

Burry shows no change; he agrees to the evaluation but remains absorbed in the TV, suggesting no real shift.

Internal Goal: 7

Burry's internal goal is to remain absorbed in the financial data and avoid emotional engagement with his family, driven by a need for control and fear of distraction.

External Goal: 6

Burry's external goal is to watch the business news and process the market data, but he is interrupted by his wife.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 4

The conflict is mild: a wife trying to get her husband's attention about their son, but Burry's resistance is passive, not active.

Opposition: 3

The opposition is mild: the wife's insistence vs. Burry's distraction, but there is no strong antagonist or obstacle.

High Stakes: 4

The stakes are personal and low—a child's potential diagnosis—but they feel disconnected from the high financial stakes of the rest of the script.

Story Forward: 2

The scene does not move the financial plot forward; it's a pause for character development that could be cut without affecting the main story.

Unpredictability: 4

This scene is unpredictable because the focus on Burry's son's behavior is a departure from the financial focus, but the outcome (agreeing to an evaluation) is predictable.

Philosophical Conflict: 6

The clash between Burry's value of rational analysis and his wife's value of emotional connection and family responsibility, reflecting his worldview that numbers are more reliable than people.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 5.5

The emotional impact is moderate; the son's behavior is poignant, but the scene lacks a cathartic moment or deeper emotional payoff.

Dialogue: 5.5

The dialogue is functional but not sharp; the wife's lines are direct but lack subtext, and Burry's responses are defensive and brief.

Engagement: 5.5

This scene is engaging because it offers a rare glimpse into Burry's personal life, but the lack of dramatic tension or plot progression reduces its pull.

Pacing: 5

The pacing of the scene is slow and deliberate, matching the domestic setting, but it feels static without a clear rhythm or escalation.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

Formatting is standard and clean, with proper scene heading, character cues, and action lines, though the TV interview dialogue is formatted as (SOT) which is acceptable for a shooting script.

Structure: 6

The scene follows a classic interruption structure: Burry is focused on TV, wife interrupts with a concern, he responds minimally, and the son's behavior provides a visual coda. It's competent but lacks a strong turning point.


Critique
  • The scene effectively juxtaposes Michael Burry's intense focus on the financial crisis with his personal life, highlighting the tension between his professional and familial responsibilities. However, the dialogue could be more dynamic to reflect the urgency of the situation. The wife's attempts to engage Michael feel somewhat flat and could benefit from more emotional weight.
  • The use of the TV news segment as a backdrop is a clever device to convey the broader context of the financial crisis, but it could be more integrated into the dialogue. For instance, Michael's responses could directly reference the news, showing how it affects his thoughts and feelings about his family situation.
  • Nicholas's character is introduced in a way that showcases his intelligence and creativity, which is a nice touch. However, the scene could delve deeper into the emotional implications of his social struggles. The contrast between his technical knowledge and his father's social difficulties could be explored further to enhance the thematic depth.
  • The pacing of the scene feels a bit uneven. The transition from the news segment to the personal conversation could be smoother. Consider using more visual cues or actions to bridge these moments, allowing the audience to feel the shift in focus more organically.
  • The dialogue lacks a sense of urgency or emotional stakes. While Michael's initial distraction is clear, his eventual agreement to seek help for Nicholas feels too easy. Adding more internal conflict or hesitation could make his decision more impactful.
Suggestions
  • Enhance the emotional stakes by giving the wife more compelling reasons for her concerns about Nicholas. Perhaps she could share a specific incident that illustrates his social struggles, making the audience empathize with her perspective.
  • Incorporate more of Michael's internal conflict regarding his son's issues. Show his struggle between his focus on the financial crisis and his responsibilities as a father, perhaps through his body language or facial expressions.
  • Consider having Michael respond to the news segment in a way that reflects his growing anxiety about both the market and his family. This could create a more cohesive narrative thread throughout the scene.
  • Use visual storytelling to enhance the emotional impact. For example, show Michael's attention drifting from the TV to his son, emphasizing the pull between his work and family life.
  • Add a moment of tension where Michael's frustration with the financial crisis spills over into his conversation with his wife, creating a more dramatic conflict that needs resolution.



Scene 34 -  The Ratings Dilemma
91 INT. SMALL OFFICE - RATING AGENCY SURVEILLANCE DEPT - DAY 91

GEORGIA
I can't see a damn thing.

GEORGIA HALE (55) is a pleasant, middle-class woman wearing
EYE EXAM SUNSHADES and fussing with her blinds.

GEORGIA (CONT’D)
My eye doctor's always busy. I end
up taking any appointment they'll
give me and then the whole morning
gets shot to hell.

She goes to her desk... where Mark and Vinny wait.

GEORGIA (CONT’D)
Alrighty. So. FrontPoint Partners.
How can Standard and Poors help
you?

VINNY
We don't understand why the ratings
agencies aren't downgrading
subprime bonds, since the
underlying loans are deteriorating.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 69.


GEORGIA
Well, delinquency rates have people
worried, but they're actually
within our models.

MARK
Models that you share with the
banks. Couldn’t they be gaming
them?

GEORGIA
I highly doubt it. These are very
large banks that care a great deal
about their reputations.

MARK
They care a lot more about their
bonuses.

GEORGIA
I'm sure the world's banks have
more nuanced incentives than abject
greed, Mr. Baum.

MARK
You're wrong.

GEORGIA
Then they'll go bankrupt. The
marketplace is ruthlessly
efficient.

Mark considers this old saw a moment.

MARK
Your convinced the underlying
mortgages in these bonds are solid
loans?

GEORGIA
That's our opinion, yes.

MARK
Here's what I don't understand: if
these mortgage bonds are so solid
why are all the stocks for the
mortgage brokerage companies down?
These are companies issuing the
loans that make up the bonds and
they’re tanking.

She's inscrutable behind her sunshades. But the fact she
doesn't argue tells us he's shaken her confidence.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 70.


GEORGIA
We believe our ratings will prove
accurate.

MARK
Have you ever refused to rate any
of these bonds upper tranches AAA?
Can we see the paper work on those
deals?

GEORGIA
I’m not under any obligation to
share that information with you.

MARK
Just answer me Georgia. Can you
name one time in the past year
where you checked the tape and
didn’t give the banks the triple
AAA percentage they wanted?

Half beat.

GEORGIA
If we deny them the rating they'll
go to Moody's.

A stunned beat. She's not supposed to say this.

GEORGIA (CONT’D)
If we don't work with them, they'll
go to our competitors.

VINNY
Holy shit. They’re selling ratings
for fees.

Silence. Mark didn't know it was that simple, that cynical.

MARK
You can afford to make less. Make
less.

GEORGIA
It’s not my decision. I have a
boss.

MARK
Really? That’s the angle you’re
taking? So anyone who has a boss
can’t be held responsible for doing
shitty and illegal things? What are
you, nine years old?
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 70A.


She takes her glasses off. Her eyes are watery, dilated.

GEORGIA
And what, pray tell, are your
incentives?! Why are you in my
office?! Is it maybe in
your interest to have the ratings
change?! How many credit default
swaps do you own?!

She's nailed him.

MARK
(quietly)
That doesn't make me wrong.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 71.


GEORGIA
No, it just makes you a hypocrite.
Genres: ["Drama"]

Summary In a tense office confrontation, Georgia Hale from a rating agency defends her agency's ratings of subprime bonds against probing questions from Mark and Vinny of FrontPoint Partners. As they challenge her assertions about the integrity of the ratings process, Georgia reveals the cynical reality that banks can simply seek ratings from competitors if denied. The discussion escalates into accusations of hypocrisy, leaving the moral complexities of the financial industry unresolved.
Strengths
  • Intense dialogue
  • Revealing character interactions
  • High stakes
Weaknesses
  • Limited physical action
  • Heavy exposition

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7.2

This scene's primary job is to expose the corruption of the rating agencies and deepen Mark's investigation, which it does effectively through sharp dialogue and a revealing confession. The single biggest limiter is the slightly on-the-nose exchange about bosses and responsibility, which risks feeling preachy and could be more subtly dramatized.


Story Content

Concept: 8

The concept of confronting a rating agency employee about their complicity in the housing bubble is strong and central to the film's thesis. The scene delivers a clear, damning revelation that agencies sell ratings for fees, but the execution is somewhat straightforward.

Plot: 7.5

The plot advances Mark's investigation significantly, moving from suspicion to concrete evidence of corruption. The scene provides a key piece of the puzzle, but it is largely expository and does not introduce new complications.

Originality: 7

The scene offers a fresh take on the familiar 'confronting the system' trope by focusing on the specific mechanism of rating agency collusion. The dialogue feels authentic to the financial world, though the 'boss' exchange is a bit generic.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Mark is assertive and morally outraged, while Georgia is initially defensive but cracks under pressure, revealing her own compromised position. Vinny's interjection ('Holy shit') is effective but brief. Georgia's character is somewhat one-dimensional as a corporate cog.

Character Changes: 3

Mark's worldview is confirmed and hardened, but he does not undergo a significant change. Georgia is shaken but not transformed. The scene solidifies existing positions rather than altering them.

Internal Goal: 8

Mark's internal goal is to validate his cynical worldview and prove that the system is corrupt, driven by a need for moral clarity and a desire to expose hypocrisy.

External Goal: 9

Mark's external goal is to get Georgia to admit that the rating agencies are complicit in inflating ratings for fees.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 8

The conflict is direct and escalating: Mark presses Georgia for the truth, she deflects, and the tension peaks when she accidentally admits the agencies compete for fees. The conflict is intellectual and moral, not physical.

Opposition: 7

Georgia initially presents a polite but firm opposition, deflecting with bureaucratic language. Her accidental admission weakens her position, but she recovers by turning the tables on Mark, creating a strong final opposition.

High Stakes: 8

The stakes are high: the integrity of the financial system and the validity of Mark's multi-million-dollar bet. Georgia's admission confirms the systemic rot, making the eventual collapse more inevitable and the personal risks greater.

Story Forward: 8

The scene moves the story forward by providing a crucial piece of evidence: the rating agencies are knowingly complicit. This justifies Mark's continued shorting and raises the stakes for the entire investigation.

Unpredictability: 7.5

This scene is unpredictable because Georgia's admission ('If we deny them the rating they'll go to Moody's') is a genuine surprise, revealing a level of cynicism the audience may not have anticipated. The final counter-accusation also subverts expectations.

Philosophical Conflict: 8

The clash is between the ideal of a ruthlessly efficient marketplace (Georgia's initial stance) and the reality of systemic corruption driven by greed (Mark's view). Mark's own hypocrisy (his financial interest in a crash) complicates his moral high ground.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6.5

The emotional impact comes from the frustration of discovering institutional corruption and the brief moment of vulnerability when Georgia removes her glasses. However, the scene is more intellectual than emotionally resonant.

Dialogue: 7.5

The dialogue is sharp and confrontational, with Mark's pointed questions and Georgia's reluctant admissions driving the scene. The exchange about bosses and responsibility is a bit heavy-handed, but the final line ('No, it just makes you a hypocrite') lands well.

Engagement: 8

This scene is engaging because the dialogue is sharp and the stakes are clear: Mark is peeling back the layers of a conspiracy. The moment Georgia accidentally admits the truth is a satisfying payoff.

Pacing: 8

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because it starts slowly with Georgia's mundane complaint, then accelerates as Mark's questions become more pointed, culminating in the rapid-fire exchange of the climax. The rhythm mirrors the mounting tension.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 9

The formatting is clean and professional, with clear scene headings, character cues, and parentheticals. The use of half-beats and ellipses is effective for pacing. No formatting errors.

Structure: 8

The scene follows a classic interrogation structure: setup (Georgia's mundane complaint), confrontation (Mark's questions), revelation (the admission), and a final twist (Georgia's counter-accusation). The structure serves the genre well, building tension to a climax.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the tension between Mark and Georgia, showcasing the conflicting interests of the rating agencies and the hedge fund. However, the dialogue can feel a bit expository at times, particularly when Georgia explains the rationale behind the ratings. This could be streamlined to maintain a more natural flow.
  • Mark's character is well-defined as confrontational and skeptical, but the scene could benefit from more emotional depth. While he challenges Georgia's views, adding a personal stake or backstory could enhance his motivations and make the audience more invested in his perspective.
  • Georgia's character is introduced as a pleasant, middle-class woman, but her motivations and the pressures she faces could be explored further. This would add complexity to her character and make her more relatable, rather than just a mouthpiece for the rating agency's stance.
  • The use of Georgia's eye exam sunglasses is a clever visual metaphor for her inability to see the truth of the situation. However, this could be emphasized more throughout the scene, perhaps by having her struggle with them in a way that parallels her struggle to see the reality of the financial crisis.
  • The dialogue towards the end, particularly Mark's retort about being a hypocrite, feels a bit abrupt. A more gradual build-up to this confrontation could enhance the tension and make the exchange feel more impactful.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a moment where Mark reflects on his own motivations before confronting Georgia, which could provide a deeper emotional context for his aggressive questioning.
  • Introduce a brief backstory for Georgia that hints at her struggles within the rating agency, perhaps through a line of dialogue or a flashback, to create empathy for her character.
  • Revise the dialogue to reduce exposition and instead show the stakes through subtext. For example, instead of directly stating the ratings are influenced by fees, have Georgia imply it through her defensiveness.
  • Enhance the visual metaphor of Georgia's sunglasses by incorporating more physicality into her actions, such as her adjusting them nervously as the conversation escalates, to symbolize her discomfort with the truth.
  • Consider ending the scene with a more ambiguous note, leaving the audience questioning the integrity of both Mark and Georgia, which could set up further conflict in subsequent scenes.



Scene 35 -  Tensions in the Financial Crisis
92 INT. CAB - DAY 92

Vinny watches Mark as they ride back uptown in a
crowd. He’s rattled.

VINNY
(checks his blackberry)
Vennett’s coming to the office at
3.
(then)
You okay?

Mark nods.

MARK
Short the rating agencies. All of
them.


93 INT. BROWNFIELD OFFICE - NYC LOFT - DAY 93

Charlie and Jamie are climbing the walls. Ben is on speaker
phone.

BEN (V.O.)
Mortgage delinquencies went up and
the CDOs got more valuable!? You
gotta be kidding me!

JAMIE
We know. It’s completely backwards.
It’s like 2 plus 2 equals 73.


A94 INT. BEN RICKERT’S OFFICE - SAME TIME A94

Ben sits at his desk reading the Sixth Great Extinction. We
cut back and forth.

BEN
I just called an old friend at Bear
and he didn’t even know what a CDO
is.

JAMIE (V.O.)
I had to transfer Bear and Duetsche
78 thousand dollars. It’s like I
bought a suit and paid for it with
two suits.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 71A.


CHARLIE (V.O.)
It’s rigged. We bought into a
rigged game. We’re going to lose
hundreds of thousands a year until
it’s all gone and I have to move
back in with my mom.

BEN
Having fun yet?

Beat as Charlie catches a thought.

CHARLIE
Wait a minute... We know the CDOs
are taking losses and yet the price
is frozen or going up. Maybe
they’re frozen because the banks
have no idea how to value them? I
bet they’re so toxic the banks are
just guessing!
(half beat)
I think we should buy more swaps.

JAMIE
What?! No way! No.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 72.
Genres: ["Drama","Thriller"]

Summary In a tense cab ride, Vinny worries about an upcoming meeting with Vennett while Mark proposes a bold strategy to short the rating agencies. Meanwhile, in the chaotic Brownfield office, Charlie and Jamie grapple with the irrational rise in CDO values amidst rising mortgage delinquencies. Charlie suggests buying more swaps to counter the banks' guessing game on CDO values, but Jamie strongly opposes the idea, leaving their conflict unresolved as frustration mounts.
Strengths
  • Compelling concept
  • High stakes
  • Sharp dialogue
Weaknesses
  • Some dialogue may be too technical for general audiences

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

This scene's primary job is to escalate the protagonists' crisis of confidence as the market defies logic, and it lands effectively through sharp dialogue and mounting dread. The biggest limiter is that the scene is largely expository and reactive—Charlie and Jamie voice their fears but don't take new action, which slightly stalls momentum; a more decisive turn or a new piece of information from Ben would lift it.


Story Content

Concept: 7.5

The concept of CDOs becoming more valuable as mortgages default is a powerful, counterintuitive idea that drives the scene's tension. It's well-executed but not new to the story at this point.

Plot: 6

The plot advances the characters' realization that the system is rigged, but it's a moment of paralysis rather than action. The scene sets up a decision (buy more swaps) but doesn't resolve it.

Originality: 7.5

The scene offers a fresh take on the financial thriller genre by using absurdist metaphors (2+2=73) and focusing on the psychological impact of market irrationality. The dialogue feels authentic to the characters' frustration.


Character Development

Characters: 6.5

Charlie and Jamie are distinct in their reactions—Charlie is analytical and defiant, Jamie is panicked. Ben's dry humor adds a layer. However, their voices are somewhat similar in this scene, and Ben is only on speakerphone, reducing his presence.

Character Changes: 4

Charlie shifts from despair to a bold idea (buy more swaps), showing a glimmer of strategic thinking. Jamie remains stuck in fear. The change is small but present.

Internal Goal: 7

Charlie and Jamie seek to understand why the market is defying logic and to find a way to survive financially. Their need is for clarity and control in an irrational system.

External Goal: 6

To decide whether to buy more swaps or cut losses.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 6.5

The conflict is internal (fear of losing everything) and external (the market's illogical behavior). It's palpable but not confrontational—no direct antagonist appears.

Opposition: 5

The opposition is systemic—the irrational market and the banks' manipulation—rather than a specific antagonist. This makes the conflict feel diffuse and intellectual.

High Stakes: 7

The stakes are high—hundreds of thousands of dollars lost per year, potential ruin—but they are discussed rather than dramatized. The scene lacks a ticking clock or immediate threat.

Story Forward: 6

The scene moves the story forward by deepening the crisis and setting up a potential next move (buying more swaps), but it's largely a beat of realization rather than action.

Unpredictability: 7

This scene is unpredictable because Charlie's suggestion to buy more swaps is a counterintuitive move that defies conventional logic, surprising both Jamie and the reader.

Philosophical Conflict: 7.5

The clash is between the belief in rational markets and the reality of a rigged system. Charlie and Jamie's worldview is shaken as they realize the game is fixed against them.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6

The scene generates anxiety and frustration through the characters' helplessness. The emotional impact is moderate—it's more intellectual than visceral.

Dialogue: 7.5

The dialogue is sharp and thematically rich, with memorable lines like '2 plus 2 equals 73' and 'I bought a suit and paid for it with two suits.' It effectively conveys frustration and absurdity, though some exchanges feel a bit on-the-nose.

Engagement: 7

This scene is engaging because the dialogue is sharp and the central paradox (CDOs gaining value on bad news) is intellectually provocative, keeping the reader curious about how the characters will respond.

Pacing: 6.5

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because the rapid-fire dialogue and quick cuts between locations create a sense of urgency and mounting anxiety, though the lack of action slows it slightly.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 9

Formatting is clean and professional, with clear scene headings, proper use of V.O., and logical cuts between locations. No issues.

Structure: 7

The scene follows a classic three-beat structure: problem (CDOs rising on bad news), reaction (panic and frustration), and a tentative solution (buy more swaps). It's effective for a financial thriller, though the beats are a bit talky.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the tension and confusion surrounding the financial crisis, particularly the disconnect between rising mortgage delinquencies and the increasing value of CDOs. However, the dialogue could benefit from more specificity to enhance clarity and impact. For instance, instead of vague phrases like 'it’s completely backwards,' characters could articulate their thoughts with more precise language that reflects their expertise and frustration.
  • The pacing of the scene feels rushed, particularly in the transition between the cab and the office. While the quick cuts can convey urgency, they may also disorient the audience. A more gradual transition or a brief moment of reflection from the characters could help ground the viewer in the emotional stakes of the situation.
  • The use of humor, particularly through Charlie's line about moving back in with his mom, adds levity to an otherwise tense scene. However, this humor could be better integrated into the dialogue to avoid feeling like a jarring shift in tone. Ensuring that the humor arises naturally from the characters' frustrations would enhance the authenticity of their interactions.
  • Ben's character is introduced in a way that feels somewhat disconnected from the main action. While he is on speakerphone, the scene could benefit from visual cues or reactions from the characters in the office to emphasize his presence and the impact of his words. This would create a stronger sense of connection between the characters and their dialogue.
  • The scene ends on a cliffhanger with Charlie suggesting they buy more swaps, which is a strong choice. However, it would be more effective if this moment were built up with a clearer sense of stakes. Adding a line that highlights the potential consequences of this decision could heighten the tension and leave the audience eager to see how the characters will proceed.
Suggestions
  • Revise the dialogue to include more specific language that reflects the characters' expertise and frustrations, enhancing clarity and emotional impact.
  • Consider slowing down the pacing of the scene to allow for a more gradual transition between locations, giving the audience time to absorb the emotional stakes.
  • Integrate humor more naturally into the dialogue to maintain the scene's tone and ensure it feels authentic to the characters' experiences.
  • Enhance Ben's presence in the scene by including visual reactions from the characters in the office, creating a stronger connection to his dialogue.
  • Build up the stakes surrounding Charlie's suggestion to buy more swaps by adding a line that emphasizes the potential consequences of this decision, increasing tension and engagement.



Scene 36 -  Confrontation in the Conference Room
94 INT. FRONTPOINT PARTNERS - SAME TIME 94

Jared Vennett is seated in the conference room. Mark, Vinny,
Danny and Porter are SCREAMING AT HIM. He is amazingly calm
and even CHECKS HIS PHONE at one point.

ALL
You fucked us! I knew you’d fuck
us!... What game are you running!
I’m calling the goddamn justice
department! Don’t check your phone!
Don’t you check your fucking
phone!!

Finally the group is exhausted from yelling and they run out
of gas.

JARED
You guys done?

DANNY
Yeah. I think so.

PORTER
(holding his side)
Jesus. I think I pulled a muscle in
my back from yelling.

VINNY
Mortgage defaults are way up. Yet
you quote us a higher price on the
bonds. Tell me why we shouldn’t
pull out of this trade right now?

JARED
Listen, I told you when we did this
deal the ratings agencies, the SEC
and the big banks are clueless. So
now their foot’s on fire and they
think their steak is done and
you’re surprised?

MARK
This isn’t stupidity, this is
fraud.

JARED
Hey, if you can tell me the
difference between stupid and
illegal I’ll have my wife’s brother
arrested.

Danny laughs. Everyone glares at him.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 72A.


DANNY
I’m sorry. That was funny.

JARED
I just don’t think you guys realize
how clueless the system is.
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 73.

JARED (CONT'D)
Yeah, there’s shady shit happening
but trust me, it’s all fueled by
stupidity. Face it, as cynical as
you all are I think you still have
a shred of respect left for the
powers that be.

VINNY
Not me.

JARED
Okay, except Vinny.


95 INT. BROWNFIELD OFFICE - NYC LOFT - SAME TIME 95

Charlie is pleading to his case.

CHARLIE
Look, either we’re wrong or we’re
right in a giant, giant way! If
we’re right I want to go all in. If
we’re wrong I want someone to tell
us.

JAMIE
I’m not feeling remotely confident
that we’re right. And if we’re
wrong, who’s going to tell us?

BEN (V.O.)
Sounds like we need to go to Vegas.

JAMIE
Vegas?


96 INT. FRONTPOINT PARTNERS - SAME TIME 96

JARED VENNETT
Yeah, Vegas. The American
Securitization Forum. It’s next
week. Every bond and CDO salesman,
subprime lender and swap trader in
the country will be there. I’m
telling you, your bet is against
dumb money. I think it’s time you
meet that dumb money.

PORTER
I hate Vegas.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 74.


DANNY
I hear the restaurants in Vegas
have gotten really good. They have
a Nobu.

PORTER
Fucking stop it.

CUT TO:
Genres: ["Drama","Thriller"]

Summary In a tense conference room at Frontpoint Partners, Jared Vennett faces an angry group—Mark, Vinny, Danny, and Porter—who accuse him of ruining their investment and threaten to report him. Despite their fury, Jared remains calm, suggesting that the financial crisis stems from ignorance rather than fraud. He proposes they attend the American Securitization Forum in Vegas to confront the 'dumb money' in the market, leaving the group with mixed feelings about the trip.
Strengths
  • Intense confrontation
  • Sharp dialogue
  • Character development
  • Plot progression
Weaknesses
  • Potential for confusion with financial terminology

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

This scene effectively serves as a cathartic confrontation that crystallizes the protagonists' frustration and Jared's counterintuitive defense of the system's stupidity, but its impact is limited by the lack of new information or character change—the characters end up exactly where they started, making it feel like a reiteration rather than a progression.


Story Content

Concept: 7.5

The concept of a trader defending systemic failure as stupidity rather than fraud is fresh and provocative, but the scene doesn't fully explore its implications, relying on a single punchline.

Plot: 5.5

The plot advances minimally—the group vents but gains no new leverage or decision; the Vegas idea is introduced but feels tacked on.

Originality: 7

The 'stupid vs. illegal' distinction is a fresh take on financial corruption, but the screaming-confrontation setup is familiar; the dialogue feels authentic to the characters' cynicism.


Character Development

Characters: 6.5

Mark's rage and Jared's calm are well-drawn, but Danny's laugh and Porter's muscle pull are one-note; the group dynamic is clear but static.

Character Changes: 1

No character changes; Mark remains furious, Jared remains smug, and the group is no wiser or more resolved.

Internal Goal: 7

Mark's internal goal is to validate his worldview that the system is corrupt and to force Jared to admit fraud, driven by a need for moral clarity in an amoral system.

External Goal: 8

Mark's external goal is to confront Jared about the rising bond prices and demand an explanation or exit from the trade.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 8

The conflict is high-intensity but one-sided; Jared absorbs the attack without changing his position, so the tension dissipates without resolution.

Opposition: 6

Jared is a strong opposition—calm, logical, and unshakable—but his passivity makes him more a foil than an active antagonist; the real opposition is the system itself, which is absent.

High Stakes: 7

The stakes are high (financial ruin, fraud accusations) but feel abstract because the scene is about yelling, not decision-making.

Story Forward: 4

The scene stalls the plot—it's a recap of known tensions—until the very end when Vegas is mentioned, which is a weak hook.

Unpredictability: 6

This scene is unpredictable because Jared's calm deflection and the 'stupid vs. illegal' line subvert the expected angry resolution, though the overall outcome (no change) is predictable.

Philosophical Conflict: 7

The clash is between Mark's belief in intentional fraud vs. Jared's assertion of systemic stupidity—a debate about whether evil or incompetence drives the market.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 5.5

The anger is palpable but doesn't land emotionally because it's all release and no consequence—the characters are frustrated but not transformed.

Dialogue: 7.5

The dialogue is sharp and rhythmic, with a strong payoff in Jared's 'stupid vs. illegal' line, but the opening screaming is repetitive and lacks subtext.

Engagement: 7

This scene is engaging because the rapid-fire accusations and Jared's unflappable response create a tense, theatrical rhythm that holds attention.

Pacing: 7.5

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because the initial screaming creates a frantic energy that slows into a thoughtful, cynical beat, mirroring the emotional arc.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

Formatting is clean and professional; the parentheticals and line breaks are standard, though the ALL CAPS screaming is a bit on the nose.

Structure: 6.5

The scene follows a classic 'group confrontation' structure: build-up (screaming), release (exhaustion), and twist (Jared's calm rebuttal), but the twist is a speech, not an action, weakening the dramatic arc.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the tension and frustration among the characters, particularly Mark, Vinny, Danny, and Porter, as they confront Jared Vennett. The use of shouting and physicality conveys their emotional state, but it risks overwhelming the audience with noise rather than allowing for nuanced dialogue. The balance between chaos and clarity could be improved.
  • Jared's calm demeanor amidst the chaos is a strong character choice, showcasing his confidence and detachment from the situation. However, his responses could benefit from more depth. Instead of merely dismissing the accusations, he could provide more insight into his perspective, which would enhance the conflict and give the audience a clearer understanding of his motivations.
  • The dialogue is sharp and reflects the characters' personalities well, but it occasionally veers into cliché territory with phrases like 'You fucked us!' and 'I’m calling the goddamn justice department!' These could be replaced with more original expressions that better reflect the characters' unique voices.
  • The transition to the Brownfield office feels abrupt. While it serves to juxtapose the two groups' reactions, a smoother transition could enhance the flow of the scene. Perhaps a visual or auditory cue could bridge the two locations more effectively.
  • The humor introduced through Danny's laughter and Jared's quip about his wife’s brother adds levity to an otherwise tense scene. However, it may undermine the gravity of the situation. The balance between humor and tension needs careful handling to maintain the scene's stakes.
Suggestions
  • Consider incorporating more varied reactions from the characters during the confrontation. Instead of all shouting, allow for moments of silence or hesitation that can heighten the tension and make the dialogue more impactful.
  • Deepen Jared's character by giving him a more substantial rationale for his actions. This could involve him acknowledging the flaws in the system while still defending his position, which would create a more complex antagonist.
  • Revise some of the dialogue to avoid clichés and make it feel fresher. Focus on how each character would uniquely express their frustration or disbelief, reflecting their backgrounds and personalities.
  • Create a more seamless transition between the FrontPoint Partners and Brownfield offices. This could involve a visual motif or a shared line of dialogue that connects the two scenes, enhancing the narrative flow.
  • Evaluate the placement of humor within the scene. Ensure that it serves to enhance the tension rather than diffuse it. Consider using humor strategically to provide relief at critical moments without undermining the overall stakes.



Scene 37 -  Skepticism in Sin City
97 INT. VENETIAN HOTEL - STATUES - DAY 97

CU The LIVING STATUES AT THE VENETIAN. The white classical
statues are STILL FOR A BEAT and THEN MOVE AND LOOK INTO
CAMERA.

MUSIC: A hip hop or rap song that exudes attitude like TOUCH
IT OR NOT by CAM’RON kicks in as soon as the statues move.


98 INT. MAIN CASINO FLOOR OF CAESAR’S PALACE - DAY 98

QUICK SERIES OF IMAGES: 1) Cash being exchanged for chips 2)
A SEXY WAITRESS serving drinks with a tattoo of her baby
daughter on her calf 3) A MARINE is playing two slot machines
smoking and drinking. 4) A poster showing happy good looking
people gambling and winning.


99 INT. TRADE SHOW FLOOR - CAESAR’S PALACE - DAY 99

A sea of sponsored booths. Familiar banks. Lots and lots of
White people. A BANNER tells us it's the:

American Securitization Forum

Ben gives Charlie and Jamie the tour. Jamie takes photos with
his cell. Charlie gets schooled.

BEN
And what's "midprime"?

CHARLIE
A loan that's between prime and
subprime?

JAMIE
Midprime's exactly the same as
subprime.

CHARLIE
That doesn't make sense.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 75.


BEN
And if a bond is “rich” it is...?

CHARLIE
Loaded with assets?

JAMIE
Overpriced and you probably lose
all your money.
(how did he know this?)
I can’t sleep on planes so I did my
homework.

Ben stops, turns to his proteges.

BEN
Let’s focus up. Now what's our goal
here?

CHARLIE
To figure out if this is the deal
of a lifetime, or if everybody
knows something we don’t and we’re
about to get royally screwed.

BEN
Good. Now don’t lose sight of that
when you’re with the guys from Bear
tomorrow morning. I set you up with
a face-to-face.

JAMIE
Great!

CHARLIE
Where’s the meeting?

Mark, Vinny, Danny and Porter enter and cross past the
Brownfield Guys.

MARK BAUM
Five years ago securitization was a
loser convention. 100, maybe 200
people would show. 500 billion
dollars a year later and you get
this.

PORTER
A lot of smug looks in this place.

VINNY
It’s like someone hit a pinata
filled with white people who suck
at golf. Who are all these clowns?
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 76.


MARK BAUM
According to Vennett, this is who
we’re betting against.

Vennett approaches the group with his young ASSISTANT, who
hands out room keys.

JARED
Hello gentlemen. My assistant Chris
has your room keys. I trust your
travel was uneventful?

MARK
So when do we get face time with
these charming folks?

JARED
They’ll be plenty of face time. But
remember, we’re here to gather
info, not advertise our short
position. We don’t want to spook
anyone. Got it?

Mark nods. The group still checking out the crowded lobby.

JARED (CONT’D)
Seriously. Mark, you’ve got a very
loud mouth. Can you muzzle it for a
few days?

MARK
So you don’t want me warning people
that the entire conference is put
on to normalize the buying and
selling of worthless shit?

JARED
Yes.

VINNY
Don’t worry. We’ll be good little
boys.
Genres: ["Drama","Comedy"]

Summary In a vibrant scene set in Las Vegas, living statues at the Venetian Hotel come to life as hip hop music plays, transitioning to the bustling casino floor of Caesar's Palace. Ben guides Charlie and Jamie through the American Securitization Forum, discussing complex financial terms while Jamie showcases his research. Mark Baum and his team express skepticism about the conference attendees and their motives, with humorous commentary from Vinny. Jared Vennett advises the group to remain discreet about their short position, highlighting the tension and superficiality of the environment as they gather information.
Strengths
  • Sharp dialogue
  • Strong character interactions
  • High tension and conflict
Weaknesses
  • Limited emotional depth
  • Some characters may come across as one-dimensional

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.2

This scene effectively establishes the setting and the protagonists' mission to gather intelligence without revealing their short position, but its primary job—introducing the conference as a symbol of systemic rot—is undercut by a lack of dramatic tension or conflict, leaving it feeling more like exposition than a turning point. The biggest limiter is the absence of a clear obstacle or confrontation, which would raise the stakes and make the scene more than a setup.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of a trade show for securitization is a strong satirical device, but the scene doesn't fully exploit its potential for dark comedy or revelation.

Plot: 5.5

The plot advances the group's strategy but lacks a clear incident or decision point; it's mostly setup.

Originality: 5.5

The scene offers a fresh take on the financial conference as a circus, but the dialogue and character dynamics are familiar from earlier scenes; no truly original moment.


Character Development

Characters: 6

Mark's loudmouth persona and Jared's cautious control are clear, but the group dynamic is flat; no individual character arc or change occurs.

Character Changes: 1

No character undergoes a meaningful change; they enter and exit with the same attitudes.

Internal Goal: 6

Mark's internal goal is to maintain his moral outrage and expose the fraud he sees, while also restraining himself to gather information—a tension between his desire to confront and his strategic need to observe.

External Goal: 7

Mark's external goal is to gather intelligence on the market without revealing his short position, as instructed by Jared.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 4

Conflict is minimal—only a mild tension between Mark's desire to speak out and Jared's request for discretion; no direct opposition.

Opposition: 3

Opposition is weak—the only resistance is Jared's request for discretion, which is mild; the real opposition (the industry) is not present in the scene.

High Stakes: 4

Stakes are implied (the success of their short position) but not felt in the scene; no immediate threat or consequence.

Story Forward: 5.5

The scene moves the story forward by establishing the conference setting and the group's mission, but it's a transitional scene with no major plot advancement.

Unpredictability: 3

This scene is predictable in its setup—the conference is exactly what one expects from the film's tone; no twist or unexpected revelation occurs.

Philosophical Conflict: 6.5

The clash is between Mark's belief in transparency and accountability versus the industry's willful ignorance and self-deception, embodied by the conference's normalization of worthless assets.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 4.5

The scene generates mild cynicism and amusement but no strong emotional engagement; it's more intellectual than visceral.

Dialogue: 6.5

Dialogue is sharp and functional, with Mark's sarcasm and Jared's warnings, but it's mostly expository and lacks subtext or emotional depth.

Engagement: 6

This scene is engaging because of its vivid setting and the satirical contrast between the conference's facade and the protagonists' mission, but the lack of conflict or surprise reduces momentum.

Pacing: 5.5

The pacing of the scene is steady but slow; the quick series of images at Caesar's Palace provides energy, but the trade show dialogue is static and expository.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8.5

Formatting is professional and clear, with proper scene headings, character cues, and action lines; the use of CU and MUSIC cues is effective.

Structure: 6

The scene follows a classic 'arrival and briefing' structure for a heist or investigation genre, but it lacks a midpoint turn or escalation.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the chaotic and superficial atmosphere of the American Securitization Forum, using vivid imagery and a lively soundtrack to set the tone. However, the transition from the Venetian Hotel to the casino floor feels abrupt. A smoother transition could enhance the flow and maintain the audience's engagement.
  • The dialogue between Ben, Charlie, and Jamie is informative but could benefit from more subtext. While they discuss financial terms, the stakes of their investigation could be heightened by incorporating personal motivations or fears, making their dialogue feel more urgent and relatable.
  • Mark's entrance with his team adds a layer of tension, but the dialogue lacks a strong emotional punch. Mark's sarcastic remarks about the conference could be more biting or insightful, reflecting his character's frustration with the financial system. This would deepen the audience's understanding of his motivations.
  • The humor in Vinny's line about the conference attendees is effective, but it could be enhanced by showing more of the characters' reactions to the absurdity around them. This would create a stronger connection between the characters and the audience, allowing viewers to share in their disdain.
  • Jared's warning to Mark about keeping a low profile is a crucial moment, but it could be more impactful if it included a specific example of what could go wrong if Mark doesn't comply. This would raise the stakes and create a sense of urgency that is currently lacking.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a brief moment of reflection or internal monologue for Mark as he observes the conference attendees, which could provide insight into his character and the broader implications of the event.
  • Incorporate more visual storytelling elements, such as close-ups of the attendees' expressions or reactions to the discussions, to enhance the emotional weight of the scene.
  • Strengthen the dialogue by infusing it with more character-specific language or jargon that reflects each character's personality and background, making their interactions feel more distinct.
  • Explore the dynamics between the characters further, perhaps by introducing a moment of conflict or disagreement among them that highlights their differing perspectives on the financial crisis.
  • End the scene with a stronger hook or cliffhanger that leaves the audience eager to see what happens next, perhaps by foreshadowing a significant revelation or confrontation at the conference.



Scene 38 -  Guns and CDOs: A Misfire in Vegas
100 INT. SHOOTING RANGE - THE GUN STORE - LAS VEGAS - DAY 100

RICH GUY and Reps from Bear Stearns in business casual shoot
guns.

Bullets rip into politically incorrect targets...a black kid
attacking a sexy white woman, an Asian gangster, a big photo
of Osama bin Laden.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 76A.


Charlie and Jamie shoot Uzi's, surprised by how much fun
they're having. Clips spent, they remove headgear.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 77.


CHARLIE
The Beretta's great, but the Uzi...
awesome!

BEAR REP #2
Nice shooting, Brown Holers.

JAMIE
Brownfield. The name of the company
is Brownfield.

BEAR REP #2
Yeah, I know. But it’s more fun to
call you Brown Hole.

CHARLIE
I get it, wow that’s really clever.

Another Bear Rep #1 is about to shoot.

CHARLIE (CONT’D)
Hey, Matt right?

BEAR REP #1
(removes head phones)
What’s going on?

CHARLIE
We were hoping we could get a
little more insight on the CDO’s
from you we’ve got swaps on.

JAMIE
SO, what do you think’s gonna
happen to CDO’s in seven years?

BEAR REP #1
7 years? I just need this CDO
machine to keep going for another 2
years. By then I’ll be rich enough
to get a place in Aspen.

CHARLIE
Do you have any concerns about the
performance of the underlying
securitizations? It’s easy to see
delinquencies and even default
rates on the rise.

BEAR REP #1
Don’t be a buzzkill, dude. We
didn’t bring you guys out here to
talk work, OK?
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 77A.


JAMIE
Then why did you?

BEAR REP #1
We need a client along so we can
expense the ammo.

Aims machine gun at a poster of thug, and fires.

RICH BEAR REP
Woooo!!

CHARLIE
(to Jamie)
Holy shit. These are the guys on
the other side of our trade. They
only care about their fees and
bonuses. And they’re morons. We
need to buy more shorts.

Jamie checks his cell.

JAMIE
You hit the main floor and price
some more swaps. My Brother’s ex
girlfriend works at the SEC and
she’s in town. If we’re missing
something she can tell me.
Genres: ["Drama","Comedy"]

Summary At a Las Vegas shooting range, Charlie and Jamie from Brownfield engage in shooting alongside Bear Stearns representatives. While Charlie expresses serious concerns about the performance of CDOs, the Bear Reps dismiss his worries, prioritizing fun and profit instead. Amidst the casual atmosphere and politically incorrect targets, Jamie checks his phone for insights from his brother's ex-girlfriend at the SEC, hinting at a strategic pivot back to business. The scene highlights the tension between the lighthearted outing and the serious financial implications of their work.
Strengths
  • Sharp dialogue
  • Character dynamics
  • Blend of humor and seriousness
Weaknesses
  • Limited character development in this specific scene

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

This scene effectively advances the plot by crystallizing Charlie and Jamie's understanding that the other side of their trade is composed of morons who only care about fees, leading to a decisive action. The single biggest limiter is the heavy-handed, on-the-nose dialogue from the Bear Reps, which sacrifices subtlety for explicitness and slightly undermines the realism.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of using a shooting range as a setting for a financial discussion is fresh and visually potent, but the execution leans on broad stereotypes rather than nuanced character work.

Plot: 6.5

The plot moves forward clearly: Charlie and Jamie gather intel, realize the Bear reps are clueless, and decide to buy more shorts. The scene is a functional plot beat but lacks a twist or deeper complication.

Originality: 5.5

The setting is original, but the dialogue and character types (oblivious, greedy bankers) are familiar. The scene doesn't break new ground in terms of character or situation.


Character Development

Characters: 5.5

Charlie and Jamie are consistent—curious, analytical, and increasingly cynical. The Bear Reps are one-dimensional caricatures, which serves the scene's purpose but limits depth.

Character Changes: 3

Charlie and Jamie's understanding deepens—they now see the other side as morons—but this is a shift in knowledge, not a fundamental character change.

Internal Goal: 6

Charlie and Jamie seek validation of their short thesis and confirmation that the system is broken, driven by a desire to be right and to profit from the impending collapse.

External Goal: 7

To extract information from the Bear Stearns reps about the CDO market and the sustainability of the machine.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 4

The conflict is mild—Charlie and Jamie push for information against the Bear Reps' resistance—but it lacks high stakes or personal tension.

Opposition: 3

The opposition is weak—the Bear Reps are not actively opposing Charlie and Jamie; they are simply indifferent and dismissive, which lowers the dramatic tension.

High Stakes: 5

The stakes are high in the abstract (financial collapse), but the scene itself feels low-stakes—a casual conversation at a shooting range.

Story Forward: 7.5

The scene moves the story forward by providing the protagonists with crucial market intelligence and motivating their next action (buying more shorts).

Unpredictability: 6

This scene is unpredictable because the setting (shooting range) is an unexpected venue for a financial discussion, and the Bear reps' blatant disregard for the underlying risks is surprising.

Philosophical Conflict: 6.5

The clash between Charlie and Jamie's analytical, long-term view of the market and the Bear Reps' short-term, fee-driven hedonism, highlighting the protagonist's growing disillusionment with the system.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 4.5

The emotional impact is muted; the scene is more intellectual than visceral, with the main feeling being cynical amusement rather than deep engagement.

Dialogue: 5.5

The dialogue is functional and reveals character and intent, but the Bear Reps' lines are too on-the-nose ('I just need this CDO machine to keep going for another 2 years'), lacking subtext.

Engagement: 6.5

This scene is engaging because the shooting range setting is visually interesting and the dialogue reveals the shocking cluelessness of the Bear reps, creating a sense of dramatic irony.

Pacing: 7

The pacing is brisk, moving from shooting to conversation to decision efficiently, though the dialogue feels a bit rushed and lacks breathing room.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

Formatting is standard and clean, with clear action lines and dialogue attribution. The description of the targets is vivid but could be seen as gratuitous.

Structure: 7

The scene follows a classic setup (arrival, shooting), confrontation (questioning), and resolution (realization and decision), which is effective for a dramatic scene.


Critique
  • The scene effectively juxtaposes the lightheartedness of shooting guns with the serious implications of the financial crisis, creating a stark contrast that highlights the characters' detachment from the consequences of their actions. However, the humor can come off as insensitive given the politically incorrect targets, which may alienate some viewers and detract from the overall message.
  • The dialogue is snappy and captures the banter between the characters, but it risks trivializing the gravity of the financial situation they are discussing. The Bear Rep's dismissive attitude towards the concerns about CDOs feels too casual, which could undermine the tension that should be present given the context of the impending financial collapse.
  • The characters of Charlie and Jamie are somewhat underdeveloped in this scene. While they express concern about the CDOs, their motivations and emotional stakes could be more clearly articulated. This would help the audience connect with them on a deeper level and understand why they are so invested in the outcome of these financial instruments.
  • The setting of a shooting range is an interesting choice, but it may distract from the main conversation about CDOs. The action of shooting could overshadow the dialogue, making it difficult for the audience to focus on the critical financial discussions. A more subdued environment might allow for a more serious tone and deeper exploration of the characters' thoughts.
  • The scene ends with a somewhat abrupt transition to Jamie checking his cell phone, which feels like a missed opportunity to build tension or foreshadow future events. A more deliberate conclusion could enhance the impact of the scene and leave the audience wanting to know more about the implications of their conversation.
Suggestions
  • Consider toning down the politically incorrect targets or replacing them with more neutral options to avoid alienating viewers and to maintain focus on the financial themes.
  • Enhance the emotional stakes for Charlie and Jamie by incorporating more personal motivations or backstory that explains their investment in the CDOs and their concerns about the market.
  • Shift the setting to a more subdued environment, such as a bar or a private meeting room, to allow for deeper conversations and a more serious tone that reflects the gravity of the financial crisis.
  • Add a moment of reflection or realization for Charlie and Jamie at the end of the scene, perhaps as they discuss the implications of what they've just learned, to create a stronger emotional impact and set up the next scene.
  • Incorporate more tension in the dialogue by having Charlie and Jamie push back harder against the Bear Reps' dismissive attitudes, emphasizing the stakes involved in their financial dealings.



Scene 39 -  Confronting Optimism: A Clash in the Ballroom
101 INT. GIANT BALLROOM - SAME TIME 101

TWO HUNDRED OR SO BANKERS AND BOND TRADERS TAKE THEIR SEATS
in a large ball room with a podium at the front. A sign reads
“Option One CEO Paul Dantone: The Mortgage Market is Strong
and Getting Stronger”

DANNY
Option One is the mortgage company
last year that took a big loss in
their subprime department.

PORTER
I don’t get it. They sell the
mortgages they make. How did they
take losses?
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 78.


DANNY
There’s a provision that if the
owner misses the very first payment
the loan goes back to Option One.

VINNY
Who takes a mortgage if they can’t
make the first payment?

MARK
The real question is: what company
gives a mortgage to someone who
can’t make the first payment?

LATER: THE CEO OF OPTION ONE is speaking to the room.

OPTION ONE CEO
...Business is good. Profits are
strong and the mortgage continues
to be the bedrock on which this
economy is built. Yes, we did take
some losses in our subprime
department last year. But those
losses will be contained at 5%.

Mark raises his hand.

VINNY
(whispers)
Hey Mark, this isn’t a Q and A...

Mark juts his hand up even higher.

OPTION ONE CEO
Uh, yes... There’s a question?

MARK
Would you say it’s a possibility or
a probability that subprime losses
stop at 5%?!

OPTION ONE CEO
Well... I would say it’s a very
strong probability.

Mark raises his hand again. But his hand is in the shape of a
ZERO.

MARK
Zero! There is a zero percent
chance your subprime losses stop at
5%!

His phone rings.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 79.


MARK (CONT’D)
Excuse me, I have to take this!

He gets up and leaves while answering his phone.

MARK (CONT’D)
Hey honey... You’re just calling to
say hi? Well that’s so sweet. How
are the kids?

Mark walks past Vennett, patting him on the shoulder. JARED
flips him off and then looks to camera.

JARED VENNETT
The fucker really did this.

CUT TO:


102 INT. SCION OFFICE - SAN JOSE - DAY 102

CU OF EMAILS:

“Withdrawing money end of the month”

“I trusted you. And you betrayed that trust. I am done with
Scion”

“Will be severing ties with Scion next month”

“When my two year period is over next month I withdraw all my
money from your fund”

Mike Burry is looking at his emails at his desk. He looks
pale and unhealthy. He now has only THREE EMPLOYEES -- the
other desks have the abandoned look of people laid off
quickly.

Mike comes out and goes to the company white board. He writes
the latest quarterly returns...-19.3%.

On his way out, he stops at a ladder where his Assistant is
putting up Valentine’s decorations.

MIKE
Can you come in early tomorrow? As
you know, we also have big shorts
in AIG and Countrywide, Frauddie
Mac and I need to unload those
positions to ensure we can afford
the insurance premiums on our core
mortgage short.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 79A.


ASSISTANT
Sure Dr. Burry.

Mike starts to leave.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 80.


ASSISTANT (CONT’D)
Dr. Burry? What’s going to happen?
If the investors withdraw, are we
done?

MIKE
Honestly? I don’t know. The bonds
aren’t going down. They won’t move.
It’s possible we are in a
completely fraudulent system.

ASSISTANT
Or you’re wrong.

Silence.

ASSISTANT (CONT’D)
I’m sorry. I just meant...

MIKE
That’s okay Lewis. Yes, it’s
possible I’m wrong. I don’t know
how. But I guess when someone’s
wrong they never know how.

He leaves.
Genres: ["Drama","Finance"]

Summary In a tense ballroom setting, the CEO of Option One addresses bankers about the mortgage market's resilience despite subprime losses. Mark challenges the CEO's optimistic claims, asserting there's a zero percent chance of losses being contained at 5%, before leaving for a phone call. Meanwhile, Mike Burry grapples with investor withdrawals and doubts about the market's integrity, highlighting the conflict between corporate optimism and financial reality.
Strengths
  • Intense dialogue
  • Strong character dynamics
  • High-stakes conflict
Weaknesses
  • Some scenes may be too technical for general audiences

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

This scene effectively dramatizes the protagonist's growing certainty that the housing market is a fraud, using a public Q&A as a stage for his defiance. The biggest limiter is the abrupt tonal shift when Mark takes a casual phone call, which undercuts the tension and feels jarring rather than clever.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of a protagonist publicly debunking a CEO's rosy projections in a conference setting is strong, but the execution leans on a familiar 'lone truth-teller' trope without fresh nuance.

Plot: 6.5

The scene advances the plot by showing Mark's active opposition to the financial establishment, but the phone call interruption dilutes the forward momentum.

Originality: 6.5

The public Q&A challenge is a familiar trope, but the zero hand gesture and phone call add a fresh, irreverent twist, though the phone call feels slightly forced.


Character Development

Characters: 6

Mark's boldness and irreverence are clear, but the phone call makes him seem less focused; the CEO is a flat antagonist. Vinny and Porter provide minimal character depth.

Character Changes: 3

Mark's conviction is reinforced, but he does not undergo significant change; the CEO remains unchanged.

Internal Goal: 7

Mark seeks to validate his belief that the system is corrupt and to assert his moral and intellectual superiority over the complacent industry.

External Goal: 8

Mark wants to publicly expose the CEO's lies and force a reckoning with the truth about subprime losses.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 7

The conflict is direct and public between Mark and the CEO, but the phone call diffuses it, and the CEO's weak rebuttal reduces tension.

Opposition: 4

The CEO offers weak opposition, failing to push back effectively, which reduces the dramatic tension.

High Stakes: 7.5

The stakes are high—Mark risks professional credibility and the fund's position—but the phone call trivializes them momentarily.

Story Forward: 7

The scene moves the story forward by escalating Mark's public challenge, but the phone call and cut to Burry's office slow momentum.

Unpredictability: 6.5

This scene is unpredictable because Mark's public challenge and zero hand gesture are surprising, but the phone call is a predictable 'character quirk' beat.

Philosophical Conflict: 7

The clash between blind faith in market models (CEO) and skeptical empiricism (Mark) is clear, but the phone call muddles the philosophical weight.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6

The scene generates frustration and defiance, but the phone call undercuts emotional investment, making the impact moderate.

Dialogue: 7

The dialogue is sharp and confrontational, especially Mark's 'Zero!' line, but the phone call dialogue feels trivial and mismatched with the scene's stakes.

Engagement: 7

This scene is engaging because of the direct confrontation and Mark's bold 'zero' gesture, but the phone call and cut to Burry reduce momentum.

Pacing: 6.5

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because the confrontation builds quickly, but the phone call and cut to Burry create a jarring deceleration.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

Formatting is standard and professional, with clear scene headings and action lines, though the phone call transition could be smoother.

Structure: 6.5

The scene follows a classic setup-confrontation-payoff structure, but the phone call and cut to Burry disrupt the arc.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the tension and skepticism surrounding the mortgage market, particularly through Mark's confrontational questioning of the Option One CEO. This dynamic creates a strong sense of conflict and highlights the absurdity of the situation, which is a key theme in the screenplay.
  • The dialogue is sharp and engaging, particularly Mark's bold assertion that there is a 'zero percent chance' of subprime losses being contained at 5%. This moment serves as a powerful statement against the complacency of the financial industry, but it could benefit from further exploration of the emotional stakes for Mark and his team.
  • The transition from the ballroom to Mike Burry's office is effective in contrasting the public facade of confidence in the mortgage market with the private turmoil Burry is experiencing. However, the emotional weight of Burry's situation could be enhanced by providing more context about his mental state and the impact of investor withdrawals on him personally.
  • The use of humor, particularly through Vinny's whisper and Mark's exaggerated hand gesture, adds a layer of levity to an otherwise serious scene. However, the humor should not undermine the gravity of the financial crisis; it should serve to enhance the tension rather than distract from it.
  • The scene could benefit from more visual descriptions to enhance the atmosphere. For example, describing the reactions of the audience during the CEO's speech or the physical setting of the ballroom could help ground the viewer in the moment and amplify the stakes.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a brief moment of silence or a reaction shot from the audience after Mark's bold statement to emphasize the shock and tension in the room.
  • Explore Mark's internal conflict further by including a moment of reflection or doubt after he confronts the CEO, which could add depth to his character and highlight the risks he is taking.
  • Incorporate more sensory details in the ballroom setting, such as the sounds of murmurs or the atmosphere of tension, to create a more immersive experience for the audience.
  • Strengthen the transition to Mike Burry's office by including a visual or auditory cue that connects the two scenes, such as the sound of the CEO's voice fading out as we cut to Burry's silence.
  • Consider adding a line or two from Burry's assistant that reflects the growing anxiety in the office, which could serve to heighten the stakes and foreshadow the impending crisis.



Scene 40 -  Rhythms of Frustration
A103 INT. BURRY’S BASEMENT - LATER A103

MUSIC: BY DEMONS BE DRIVEN

Michael sits behind drums and furiously plays double kick
drum heavy metal drums to Pantera. Finally he breaks the
sticks from playing so hard.

MIKE
AAAHHHHH!!!!

We hear his wife from upstairs.

WIFE (O.C.)
Michael! Is everything okay?

MIKE
Yes honey!
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 81.


103 INT. TRADE SHOW FLOOR - LATER 103

MERRILL REP
We can maybe sell you BBB level
swaps at five-hundred basis points.
Maybe.

Ben and Charlie are testing the waters for a deal with the
MERRILL REP at the Merrill Lynch Booth.

CHARLIE
Five-hundred? You want us to pay a
5% premium on a swap? We paid 2% on
the ones we got two months ago!

MERRILL REP
Good for you. That was two months
ago. Trust me, you’re not gonna do
any better anywhere else.

CHARLIE
So you’re pricing the swaps like
the bond is going to collapse but
the bond value has gone up? Really?
How are you not in jail? Or at
least-

BEN
Charlie, let’s go. Thanks guys!
We’ll consider it.

He takes Charlie firmly by the arm, marches him away.

CHARLIE
What the hell is going on?

BEN
People are starting to wake up. Not
enough for them to adjust the
values on the bonds but enough to
stop giving the swaps away. Cheap
bets are over.

The Rich Bear Rep passes them.

BEAR REP #1
Hey! It’s Brown hole!

CHARLIE
Fuck off!

BEN
You have to calm down.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 81A.


104 EXT. CASINO HOTEL - POOL SIDE - SAME TIME 104

Jamie in polo shirt and shorts is talking to a bookish but
pretty college friend who works at the SEC, EVIE, 30.

EVIE
I can’t believe you got into
finance Jamie. I always thought
you’d... I don’t know. Be living
off canned beans on your sailboat
or mooching off older women at the
yachtclub or something...

JAMIE
Thanks. Actually we’ve been
investing in housing bonds and I
wanted to ask, is the SEC worried
about them? I mean, I know you
can’t tell me specifics.. Just
generally.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 82.


EVIE
Oh we don’t investigate mortgage
bonds. Truth is since we had our
budget cut we don’t investigate
much.

JAMIE
Really? Then why are you here? I
thought-

EVIE
I’m not here for the SEC. I’m here
on my own dime.
(she leans in)
I’m floating my resume to some big
banks. How’s your brother by the
way?

JAMIE
He’s good.
(back to business)
How are you floating your resume to
big banks when you’re supposed to
be the ones policing them?

EVIE
Grow up Jamie. 90% of the people at
the SEC are just there to get
better jobs.
(she sees someone)
Hey Doug!
(then to Jamie)
He’s at Goldman.

She gets up and leaves. The guy she’s approaching grabs her.

DOUG
Look everyone! It’s regulatory
capture!

He pulls Evie and himself into the pool. A whole group of
bankers laugh while dance music plays. Jamie looks sickened.
Genres: ["Drama","Thriller"]

Summary In a dynamic scene, Michael passionately plays heavy metal drums in his basement, losing himself in the music until he breaks his drumsticks, while his wife checks on him from upstairs. Meanwhile, at a trade show, Ben and Charlie express frustration over high swap pricing during negotiations with a Merrill representative, highlighting the shifting market. Concurrently, Jamie discusses housing bond concerns with her college friend Evie, who reveals the SEC's budget cuts and her disillusionment with the agency. The scene culminates with Evie being playfully pulled into the pool by a banker, leaving Jamie feeling disturbed by the carefree attitude surrounding serious financial issues.
Strengths
  • Intense atmosphere
  • Realistic character interactions
  • Relevant and timely theme
Weaknesses
  • Some dialogue may be too technical for general audiences

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

The scene's primary job is to show the protagonists' growing awareness of the market's corruption and the personal toll it takes, which it does effectively through sharp dialogue and a revealing SEC encounter. However, the scene is somewhat fragmented, shifting between multiple locations and characters without a clear central focus, which dilutes its impact and prevents it from reaching a higher rating.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of exposing the SEC's complicity and the rising cost of swaps is strong, but it's not fully explored in this scene, feeling more like a setup than a payoff.

Plot: 6

The plot advances by showing the increasing difficulty of shorting the market and the moral decay of regulatory bodies, but the scene lacks a clear narrative arc, jumping between subplots.

Originality: 7

The scene offers a fresh take on the financial drama by focusing on the SEC's complicity and the rising cost of swaps, but the poolside confession feels like a familiar trope.


Character Development

Characters: 6.5

Charlie's frustration and Ben's weary pragmatism are well-drawn, but Jamie's encounter with Evie feels underdeveloped, and the characters' reactions are somewhat predictable.

Character Changes: 4

Charlie and Jamie's disillusionment deepens, but the change is incremental and not fully realized in this scene.

Internal Goal: 6

Charlie and Jamie seek validation that their short is correct and that the system is rigged, driven by a desire for justice and financial gain.

External Goal: 6

To secure better swap terms and gather intelligence on the market's true state.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 5

Conflict is present but mostly internal or verbal, with no direct confrontation; the tension is more about the characters' frustration with the system than with each other.

Opposition: 6

The opposition is systemic—the market, the banks, and the SEC—rather than a single antagonist, which is fitting but less dramatic.

High Stakes: 6

The stakes are high—the characters' investments and moral integrity are on the line—but the scene doesn't amplify them dramatically.

Story Forward: 6

The scene moves the story forward by showing the rising cost of swaps and the SEC's complicity, but it feels more like a series of vignettes than a cohesive step.

Unpredictability: 7

This scene is unpredictable because of the unexpected poolside confession from Evie, which subverts expectations about regulatory oversight.

Philosophical Conflict: 7

The clash between the characters' belief in market integrity and the reality of systemic corruption, as embodied by Evie's casual admission of regulatory capture.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 5.5

The scene evokes frustration and disillusionment, but the emotional impact is muted by the rapid shifts in location and the lack of a single emotional throughline.

Dialogue: 7

The dialogue is sharp and cynical, especially in the Merrill Rep exchange and Evie's confession, but some lines feel on-the-nose, and the scene lacks a memorable verbal sparring match.

Engagement: 6.5

This scene is engaging because of its sharp dialogue and the revelation about the SEC, but the fragmented structure and lack of a central conflict reduce its pull.

Pacing: 6

The pacing is brisk, with quick cuts between scenes, but the lack of a sustained beat makes it feel rushed and less impactful.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

Formatting is standard and clear, with proper scene headings and action lines, though the rapid cuts between locations could be confusing without clear transitions.

Structure: 6

The scene is structured as a series of short vignettes, which suits the ensemble nature but lacks a clear dramatic spine, making it feel episodic.


Critique
  • The scene effectively contrasts the intense, chaotic energy of Michael Burry's drumming with the more subdued, cynical conversations happening at the trade show and poolside. This juxtaposition highlights Burry's emotional state and the growing tension in the financial world, but it could benefit from clearer thematic connections between the two settings.
  • The dialogue in the trade show scene feels realistic and captures the frustration of the characters, particularly Charlie's incredulity at the Merrill Rep's pricing. However, the transition from Burry's intense drumming to the trade show could be smoother to maintain narrative flow. The abrupt shift may disorient the audience.
  • Jamie's conversation with Evie introduces important commentary on regulatory capture and the SEC's ineffectiveness, which is a crucial theme in the story. However, the dialogue could be more impactful if it included a stronger emotional resonance or personal stakes for Jamie, making the audience feel the weight of the situation.
  • The humor in the Bear Rep's interaction with Charlie adds a layer of levity, but it risks undermining the seriousness of the financial crisis. Balancing humor with the gravity of the situation is essential to maintain the scene's tension and urgency.
  • The scene ends with Jamie feeling sickened by the situation, which is a strong emotional note. However, it could be enhanced by showing more of Jamie's internal conflict or reaction to Evie's actions, deepening the audience's connection to his character.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a brief moment of reflection for Michael Burry after his intense drumming session, perhaps showing how the music serves as an outlet for his frustrations about the financial world, creating a stronger thematic link between the two scenes.
  • Smooth the transition between Burry's basement and the trade show by using a visual or auditory cue, such as fading out the music and fading in the sounds of the trade show, to create a more cohesive narrative flow.
  • Enhance Jamie's dialogue with Evie by incorporating a personal anecdote or emotional reaction that illustrates his disillusionment with the financial industry, making the stakes feel more immediate and relatable.
  • Maintain the humor in the Bear Rep's interaction but ensure it serves to highlight the absurdity of the situation rather than detracting from the seriousness of the financial crisis. This can be achieved by contrasting the humor with more serious dialogue from Charlie.
  • Deepen Jamie's emotional response at the end of the scene by showing a physical reaction, such as him stepping back or looking away, to emphasize his discomfort with the reality of the financial world and the implications of Evie's actions.



Scene 41 -  The High Stakes of Morality
105 INT. CASINO RESTAURANT - LUNCH 105

Jamie, Ben and Charlie are eating chopped salads.

CHARLIE
Even Bear’s doubled their prices.
And they keep calling us Brown
Hole.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 82A.


BEN
Don’t take it personally. You just
don’t have the money or the
reputation.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 83.


CHARLIE
So I’m a broke loser with a bad
reputation but don’t take it
personally?

BEN
They’re assholes. Let it go.
(to Jamie)
Did your friend from the SEC give
any perspective?

JAMIE
The SEC isn’t even paying
attention. Their budget has been
gutted and they know zip about the
housing market. It was actually
depressing.

BEN
People wanted small government,
they got it.

They eat for a beat, defeated.

CHARLIE
Wait a minute... We need a deal
that we can afford and they can’t
refuse, right? What if we bet
against the AA rated tranches of
the CDOs? What’s cheaper than AA?

BEN
Come on Charlie. AA is so safe they
barely even show up on the risk
sheets for the banks.

CHARLIE
Are they really though? We know if
the bottom tranches fail at over 8%
the double AA tranches are worth
zero. We also know the ratings
agencies and the SEC are asleep at
the wheel. I bet those AAs are more
like Bs.

Jamie fishes some paper work out of his bag and points to
some numbers.

JAMIE
Charlie’s right. The pay off is 200
to 1. But they don’t see it so
they’re charging pennies on the
dollar to bet against the
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 83A.

JAMIE (CONT'D)
AAs. With that kind of risk/reward
we’d be fools not to do it.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 84.


Ben looks at the returns on AA swaps.

BEN
Just when I start thinking you guys
are clowns... No one on the planet
is betting against AA. The banks’ll
think we’re high or having a
stroke... And they’ll take every
dime we have.

Charlie LOOKS TO CAMERA

CHARLIE
This is the thing we did that no
one else did. Even Burry and Baum
didn’t imagine the AAs could fail.

MUSIC: A song with a beat like US v THEM by LCD SOUND SYSTEM


106 MONTAGE OF CHARLIE, JAMIE AND BEN MEETING DIFFERENT BANKS 106
OVER DRINKS, LUNCH, BLACKJACK TABLE, POOL SIDE.

GOLDMAN REP
I don’t understand, you want to bet
against AA?

BEAR REP #1
Brother, I will sell you as much as
you want. And you can shoot with us
anytime you want.

MERRIL REP
What’s the angle here?

BEN
No angle. We want 10 million
against a AA housing CDO.

LEHMAN BROTHERS REP
Yes. Of course yes. Wow. I thought
this trip might be a waste of time.
Wow.

MORGAN STANLEY REP
Yes. Yes and yes.


107 INT. CASINO - DAY 107

As they get AROUND A CORNER, Charlie AND Jamie SILENTLY
CELEBRATE AND EVEN DANCE A BIT. But Ben tells them to cool
it.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 85.


BEN
Do you even know what you just did?

CHARLIE
Yeah, we made the deal of our
careers.

BEN
You just bet against the American
economy. If we’re right it means
people lose homes, jobs, retirement
savings, pensions. These aren’t
just numbers. For every point
unemployment goes up, 40 thousand
people die. Did you know that?

CHARLIE
No...

Jamie and Charlie look like kids who have been caught teasing
an old person.

JAMIE
We were just excited...

BEN
Just don’t fucking dance. Okay?

He walks off. Exiting through double doors.

JAMIE
Where are you going?

BEN
Home! I’ll call you when things get
bad.

CHARLIE
Alright Ben! Talk soon!
(then to Jamie)
Jesus. I didn’t know it could be
that bad for the country. I guess
this hasn’t really hit me yet. I
just got scared. Are you scared?

JAMIE
I’m always scared.
Genres: ["Drama","Finance"]

Summary In a casino restaurant, Jamie, Ben, and Charlie discuss the rising prices at Bear's and the SEC's inattention to the housing market. Charlie proposes a risky investment strategy to bet against AA-rated tranches of CDOs, which Jamie supports, excited by the potential payoff. They meet with bank representatives who surprisingly agree to their proposal, leading to a moment of celebration. However, Ben warns them about the moral implications and potential human cost of their actions, creating tension among the trio. The scene shifts from light-hearted banter to a serious reflection on their decisions, ending with Ben leaving, concerned about the consequences, while Jamie and Charlie are left to grapple with the reality of their choices.
Strengths
  • Strong emotional impact
  • Compelling dialogue
  • High stakes
Weaknesses
  • Potential lack of resolution for the characters' moral dilemma

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7.5

This scene effectively advances the plot by introducing a novel, risky trading strategy and securing deals with multiple banks, while also delivering a powerful thematic punch about the human cost of financial collapse. The single biggest limiter is that Ben's moral lecture, though important, feels slightly on-the-nose and could be more subtly integrated to avoid dampening the celebratory momentum.


Story Content

Concept: 8.5

The concept of betting against AA-rated tranches is fresh and clever, setting this team apart from other characters. It's a smart, logical extension of the film's central idea.

Plot: 8

The plot moves forward decisively: the team identifies a new target, pitches it to multiple banks, and secures deals. The montage efficiently shows success, and the scene ends with a clear next step (Ben going home to wait).

Originality: 7.5

The AA strategy is a fresh take on the short-selling premise, and the moral lecture is an authentic, if slightly heavy-handed, response to the situation. The montage of bankers' reactions is amusing and true to life.


Character Development

Characters: 7.5

Charlie shows initiative and insight, Jamie provides research support, and Ben serves as the moral compass. Their dynamic is clear, though Ben's shift from mentor to scold feels a bit abrupt.

Character Changes: 6

Charlie and Jamie shift from pure excitement to a sobered understanding of consequences. Ben's change is less visible; he reasserts his existing worldview.

Internal Goal: 7

Charlie and Jamie seek validation and success in a system that dismisses them; Ben seeks to maintain his moral integrity while profiting from the collapse.

External Goal: 9

To secure affordable credit default swaps on AA-rated CDO tranches from multiple banks.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 6

Conflict is present but subdued: internal conflict within the team (Ben's guilt vs. Charlie/Jamie's excitement) and external conflict with the system (banks' ignorance). It's more philosophical than dramatic.

Opposition: 5

The opposition is systemic: the banks' ignorance and greed, which makes them willing to sell cheap swaps on AA tranches. There's no direct antagonist in the scene.

High Stakes: 8

Stakes are high: the team is betting against the American economy, and Ben's speech raises the stakes to life-and-death (40,000 deaths per unemployment point). The personal financial risk is also clear.

Story Forward: 9

The scene significantly advances the story: the team executes their new strategy, secures deals, and Ben exits to wait for the crisis. The plot moves from planning to action.

Unpredictability: 7

This scene is unpredictable because the AA strategy is a novel idea not seen before in the film, and Ben's harsh moral lecture subverts the expected celebratory tone.

Philosophical Conflict: 8

The clash between the pursuit of profit and the awareness of human suffering. Ben's worldview (markets have real human consequences) confronts the team's initial excitement about their financial coup.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 7

The emotional impact comes from the whiplash between celebration and guilt. Charlie's 'I just got scared' lands well, but the scene could deepen the emotional resonance of the moral stakes.

Dialogue: 7

Dialogue is functional and reveals character: Charlie's defensive 'broke loser' line, Ben's sharp 'Don't take it personally,' and the moral punchline about 40,000 deaths. Some lines feel slightly expository.

Engagement: 8

This scene is engaging because it combines a clever financial twist with a sudden moral gut-punch, keeping the audience intellectually and emotionally invested.

Pacing: 8

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because it starts with defeat, builds to a clever solution, accelerates through a montage of success, then slows for a sobering reflection, creating a satisfying emotional arc.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 9

Formatting is professional and clear. Scene headings are correct, dialogue is well-spaced, and the montage is properly indicated. Minor note: the 'BUFF REVISED' page numbers are a bit distracting.

Structure: 8

The scene follows a classic three-beat structure: problem (prices too high, banks dismissive), solution (bet on AA), and consequence (deals secured, then moral reckoning). The montage efficiently shows execution.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the tension between the characters' excitement over their financial strategy and the moral implications of their actions. However, the dialogue could benefit from more subtext to enhance the emotional weight of their decisions. For instance, while Ben's warning about the human cost of their actions is impactful, it could be further emphasized through more visceral imagery or personal anecdotes.
  • The pacing of the scene is generally good, but the transition from the celebratory mood to the sobering realization of the consequences feels slightly abrupt. A more gradual shift in tone could help the audience digest the gravity of their actions before Ben's exit.
  • The use of humor, particularly in Charlie's self-deprecating remarks, adds a layer of relatability to the characters. However, the humor could be balanced with more serious reflections on their situation. This would create a richer emotional landscape and allow the audience to connect more deeply with the characters' internal conflicts.
  • The montage sequence is a strong visual element, but it could be enhanced by incorporating more varied reactions from the bank representatives. This would provide a clearer picture of the differing attitudes towards their risky proposal and heighten the tension as they navigate the financial landscape.
  • The dialogue is generally sharp and engaging, but some lines could be tightened for clarity and impact. For example, Ben's warning about the consequences of their actions could be more concise while still retaining its emotional weight.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a moment of reflection for Charlie and Jamie after Ben's warning, allowing them to process the implications of their actions before celebrating. This could involve a brief exchange where they express their concerns or doubts.
  • Incorporate more visual cues during the montage to show the varying reactions of the bank representatives, such as facial expressions or body language, to emphasize the risks they are taking.
  • Enhance the emotional stakes by including a personal story or statistic from Ben that illustrates the real-world impact of their financial decisions, making the consequences feel more immediate and relatable.
  • Tighten the dialogue to ensure that each line serves a purpose, either advancing the plot or deepening character development. This will help maintain the scene's momentum and keep the audience engaged.
  • Consider using a more gradual tonal shift from excitement to realization, perhaps by interspersing moments of doubt or concern among the celebratory dialogue, to create a more nuanced emotional arc.



Scene 42 -  The Unraveling Truth
108 INT. TABEMASU ASIAN RESTAURANT - HOTEL - NIGHT 108

MUSIC: Traditional Japanese string version of something like
LIONEL RITCHIE’S EASY
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 85A.


A tranquil waterfall out of plate glass windows. Jared walks
in with Mark and his team.

JARED VENNETT
Alight Mark Baum from Frontpoint
Partners... You’re nervous you and
your swaps are being played? Now
you get to meet who you’re betting
against. Try not to get too
righteous and listen for once.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 86.


MARK
Okay, okay. So who is this guy?

FLASH CUT: Mark sits at a table. His dining partner is MR.
CHAU (50), Chinese-American, an expensive suit.

MR. CHAU
I'm a CDO manager. At Harding
Advisors.

MARK
I didn't know there was anything to
manage.

MR. CHAU
We select the securities that go
into the CDO portfolio, and monitor
the assets. I do most of Merrill
Lynch's CDOs.

Mark glances through hibachi steam to see Jared... raising
his beer. Meet your counter-party. Meet the sucker.

MARK
And you represent investors or the
bank?

MR. CHAU
The investors.

MARK
But Merrill's only going to send
you buyers if you put Merrill’s
bonds in your CDOs.

MR. CHAU
Let’s just say Merrill and I have a
good relationship.

Mark can't tell if Mr. Chau is being naive or just arch.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 87.


MARK
Are you worried about rising
default rates?

MR. CHAU
I assume no risk for these products
myself.

MARK
Let me get this straight. The bank
calls you up. Gives you bonds they
want to sell. Gives you the
clients. Gives you the money to run
your business. Gives you fat fees
for doing so. But you represent the
investors?

Mr. Chau finally chuckles -- he’s actually being defiant.

MR. CHAU
Yes. But my office is not in the
Merrill Lynch building. We’re in
New Jersey.

MARK
20 minutes away.

MR. CHAU
5 if we use a helicopter.

MOMENTS LATER: Vinny, Jared and Danny nervously watch Mark
huddle with Mr. Chau. Mark’s animated, speaking too loudly.

MARK
Say that again! Say that again!

JARED
Uh-oh. Your boss is about to
explode.

VINNY
No. He’s too curious to explode.

Ignoring his food, Mark scribbles furiously on a napkin.

MARK
CDO A has parts of CDO B and CDO B
has parts CDO A, but then both get
put inside CDO C?
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 88-89.


MR. CHAU
That one's called a CDO Squared.
And then there are CDOs made up of
the opposite side of the bet you
made with your swaps. We call them
synthetic CDOs.

MARK
“Synthetic CDOs?”

LATER: Mark’s completely disheveled now, tie off. Mr. Chau is
as decorous as ever, enjoying his dessert.

Another paper napkin slaps the counter.

MARK (CONT’D)
Okay. This is a pool of, say, 50
million in subprime loans. How much
money could be out there betting on
it through these synthetic CDOs and
swaps?! Right now?! Tonight?!

MR. CHAU
A billion dollars.

MARK
What?!

Mr. Chau shrugs.

MARK (CONT'D)
How much bigger is the market for
insuring mortgage bonds than actual
mortgages?!

MR. CHAU
Twenty times?

We FREEZE on his disoriented expression. *

JARED VENNETT (V.O.) *
If the flawed mortgage bonds that *
Michael Burry discovered were the *
match. And the CDOs Jamie and *
Charlie bet against were the *
kerosene soaked rags... Then the *
synthetic CDO was the atomic bomb *
with a drunk President holding his *
finger over the button. At that *
moment Mark Baum realized the whole *
world economy might collapse. *
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 88-89A.

JARED VENNETT (V.O.) (CONT'D)
But I’m sure you’re wondering one *
thing: what the hell is a *
“synthetic CDO?” Well here is Dr. *
Richard Thaler, the father of *
Behavioral Economics and *
international pop star Selena Gomez *
to explain. *
Genres: ["Drama","Thriller"]

Summary In a tense meeting at a Japanese restaurant, Mark Baum confronts Mr. Chau, a CDO manager, about the complexities and risks of collateralized debt obligations (CDOs) and synthetic CDOs. As Mark's agitation grows, he uncovers the alarming reality that the market for insuring mortgage bonds far exceeds the actual mortgages, leading him to a shocking realization about the impending collapse of the financial system. The scene captures Mark's disheveled appearance and urgent demeanor against Mr. Chau's calmness, culminating in a freeze frame of Mark's disoriented expression.
Strengths
  • Sharp dialogue
  • Informative content
  • Tense atmosphere
Weaknesses
  • Limited emotional depth
  • Lack of character development

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

This scene's primary job is to deliver a devastating revelation about the scale of synthetic CDOs, and it lands with clarity and mounting horror through Mark's interrogation and Mr. Chau's calm answers. The single biggest limiter is the voice-over explanation that follows, which, while clarifying, undercuts the scene's own dramatic power by telling what the freeze-frame already shows.


Story Content

Concept: 7.5

The concept of revealing the synthetic CDO through a dinner with a CDO manager is strong, turning abstract finance into a concrete, unsettling conversation. The 'atomic bomb' metaphor is apt but the voice-over spoon-feeds it.

Plot: 7

The plot advances by revealing the true scale of the financial weapon (synthetic CDOs) and deepening Mark's understanding of the systemic risk. The scene is a key turning point in the investigation.

Originality: 7

The scene is original in its use of a dinner conversation to explain a complex financial instrument, with the napkin diagrams and the freeze-frame. The dialogue feels authentic to the world of finance.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Mark's disheveled curiosity and Mr. Chau's calm, defiant professionalism create a strong dynamic. Jared's brief appearance as the orchestrator adds a layer. The characters are distinct and serve the scene's purpose.

Character Changes: 5

Mark's understanding shifts from suspicion to horrified clarity. He doesn't change as a person, but his worldview is fundamentally challenged by the scale of the synthetic market.

Internal Goal: 7

Mark's internal goal is to understand the true nature of the financial system he's betting against, driven by a need for moral clarity and a fear of being complicit in a scam.

External Goal: 8

Mark's external goal is to extract information from Mr. Chau about the size and structure of synthetic CDOs.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 7

The conflict is intellectual and moral: Mark vs. Mr. Chau's comfortable complicity, and Mark vs. the system itself. The tension builds as the scale of the deception becomes clear.

Opposition: 7

The opposition is not a single antagonist but the entire system of financial engineering, personified by Mr. Chau's polite, unflappable demeanor. Mark faces the opposition of comfortable ignorance and willful denial.

High Stakes: 9

The stakes are revealed to be catastrophic: not just a housing crash, but a potential collapse of the entire world economy. The 'atomic bomb' metaphor makes this explicit.

Story Forward: 8

The scene moves the story forward by providing the crucial piece of information (synthetic CDOs are 20x the size of the underlying market) that justifies the protagonists' bet and raises the stakes to a global collapse.

Unpredictability: 8

This scene is unpredictable because the audience, like Mark, expects a certain scale of fraud, but the revelation that the synthetic market is 20 times larger than the actual mortgages is a genuine surprise that redefines the stakes.

Philosophical Conflict: 8

The clash is between Mark's belief in a rational, transparent market and the reality of a system built on self-dealing and hidden risk. Mr. Chau's calm acceptance of the conflict embodies the philosophical divide.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 7

The emotional impact comes from the slow dawning horror as Mark (and the audience) realizes the market is 20 times larger than the actual mortgages. The freeze-frame captures his disorientation effectively.

Dialogue: 7

The dialogue is sharp and efficient, with Mark's rapid-fire questions and Mr. Chau's revealing answers. The exchange about the helicopter is a nice character beat. The voice-over is less effective.

Engagement: 8

This scene is engaging because it turns a complex financial concept into a dramatic, personal revelation. The back-and-forth between Mark and Mr. Chau is riveting, and the scale of the answer is shocking.

Pacing: 8

The pacing is excellent: the initial calm of the restaurant, the quickening of Mark's questions, the frantic napkin scribbling, and the final freeze-frame. The voice-over slightly slows the momentum at the end.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

Formatting is professional and clear. The use of FLASH CUT, MOMENTS LATER, and the freeze-frame with voice-over are effective cinematic choices. The napkin slapping the counter is a strong visual beat.

Structure: 7

The scene follows a classic interrogation structure: setup (Jared's introduction), escalation (Mark's questions), revelation (the napkin diagrams), and climax (the '20 times' reveal). The voice-over coda is a structural choice that breaks the diegetic tension.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the tension and complexity of the financial world, particularly through Mark's interaction with Mr. Chau. However, the dialogue can feel a bit expository at times, as it heavily relies on characters explaining financial concepts. This could alienate viewers who are not familiar with the terminology.
  • Mark's character is portrayed as increasingly animated and desperate for understanding, which is compelling. However, the transition from his initial skepticism to a state of shock could be more gradual to enhance the emotional impact. The moment of realization about the potential collapse of the economy feels rushed.
  • The use of humor, particularly through Mark's sarcastic remarks, adds levity to an otherwise serious topic. However, the balance between humor and the gravity of the situation could be refined. At times, the humor undermines the tension that should be building as Mark uncovers the truth about synthetic CDOs.
  • The visual elements, such as Mark scribbling on a napkin, effectively convey his frantic thought process. However, the scene could benefit from more varied visual cues to emphasize the contrast between the calm restaurant setting and the chaotic implications of their conversation.
  • The voiceover from Jared at the end serves as a powerful narrative device, but it could be more integrated into the scene. Instead of feeling like an afterthought, it should feel like a natural extension of Mark's realization, enhancing the emotional weight of the moment.
Suggestions
  • Consider breaking up the exposition with more visual storytelling. Instead of having characters explain concepts, show the implications of those concepts through visuals or actions that illustrate the stakes involved.
  • Enhance the emotional arc of Mark's realization by allowing for a moment of reflection or a physical reaction that conveys his shock. This could be achieved through a close-up shot or a brief pause in dialogue.
  • Refine the humor to ensure it complements the tension rather than detracts from it. Consider using humor to highlight Mark's frustration rather than as a distraction from the seriousness of the situation.
  • Incorporate more dynamic camera movements or angles to reflect the escalating tension in the conversation. For example, a slow zoom on Mark's face as he processes the information could heighten the emotional stakes.
  • Integrate Jared's voiceover more seamlessly into the scene. Perhaps have it play during a moment of silence after Mark's realization, allowing the audience to absorb the weight of the information before transitioning to the next scene.



Scene 43 -  The High Stakes of Overconfidence
109 INT. CASINO FLOOR - NIGHT 109 *

SELENA GOMEZ sits at a black jack table with a giant stack of *
chips. She wins another hand and rakes in more chips from the *
PROFESSIONAL DEALER. A crowd cheers her on around the table. *

CROWD *
She can’t lose! That’s seven hands *
in a row! *

SELENA GOMEZ *
So here’s how a synthetic CDO *
works. Let’s say I make a bet of 10 *
million on a black jack hand... *

DR. THALER *
10 million because this hand *
represents a simple mortgage bond. *

She is dealt a Jack and an 8 by the dealer. *

DR. THALER (CONT’D) *
Selena is showing 18 and the dealer *
is showing a seven. So the odds are *
very much in Selena’s favor. 87% to *
be exact. Which are like the great *
odds most perceived the housing *
market to have. *

SELENA GOMEZ *
Did you really create a whole field *
of economic study? *

DR. THALER *
Well is was inspired by the great *
work of others, but yes. *

SELENA GOMEZ *
I have 30 million twitter *
followers. *

DR. THALER *
I have 30,000. *
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 88-89B.


SELENA GOMEZ *
(Trying to be encouraging) *
That’s not bad. *
(back to the explanation) *
So my odds are great. And I am on a *
winning streak. Everyone else here *
wants in on this. I can’t lose, *
right? *

DR. THALER *
We have done countless studies that *
show that people often make this *
error in their thinking. If *
something is happening-- like *
Selena winning seven hands in a row *

SELENA GOMEZ *
Or the housing market going up for *
seven years straight... *

DR. THALER *
Exactly. They think it will go on *
forever. It’s called extrapolation *
bias. People see something *
happening and they extrapolate that *
it will continue to happen. *

SELENA GOMEZ *
So the people who are watching and *
think I can’t lose will make a side *
bet which is the first CDO. *

We see A WOMAN IN GLASSES standing behind SELENA. She turns *
to a BUSINESS MAN. *

WOMAN IN GLASSES *
Wow. I love Selena Gomez. And she’s *
won seven in a row with a seven *
showing for the dealer. I bet you *
50 million she wins and I’ll give *
you three to one odds. *

BUSINESSMAN *
3 to 1 odds? Okay, I’ll take that *
bet. *

DR. THALER *
Then someone behind him decides to *
bet on their bet with someone else. *
That’s synthetic CDO number two. *

There’s a GUY IN A WARRIORS GAME JERSEY talking to a AN OLD *
WOMAN. *
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 88-89C.


GUY IN GAME JERSEY *
Hey I bet you 200 million that lady *
in the glasses wins that bet. *

OLD WOMAN *
She probably will win, she always *
does, so I want a great pay off. *

GUY IN GAME JERSEY *
How about 20 to 1? *

OLD WOMAN *
Deal. *

SELENA GOMEZ *
And this goes on and on and on and *
on.... With more and more CDOs *
betting on the bet on the bet on *
the bet... *

DR. THALER *
This happens all the time. In the *
stock market. In sports. In *
basketball, they call the Hot Hand *
fallacy. A player hits 3 shots in a *
row and everyone thinks he is *
definitely going to make that 4th *
one. We know, from a lot of *
statistical evidence, that there is *
no such thing as hot hands, but *
people refuse to accept that. *

SELENA GOMEZ *
People are cray cray. *

DR. THALER *
I don’t know what that means. *

We see a LONG LINE OF PAIRS OF PEOPLE making bets of *
increasing value and complexity that stretches behind Selena *
and Dr. Thaler at the table down the hall and around the *
corner and out of the doors of the casino. *

SELENA GOMEZ *
And then the dealer plays out his *
hand. *

The dealer turns over a 3, giving him 10 and then turns over *
a King. DEALER WINS. *

SELENA GOMEZ (CONT’D) *
No! How could I lose!? *
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 88-89D.


There is then a long chain reaction of winners and losers’ *
reactions. *

LONG CHAIN OF BETTERS *
Shit! Pay up! Crap! Wait, I lost? I *
want my money! How could Selena *
lose! Nooo!!! *

DR. THALER *
They all should have known the odds *
they could lose. But they got *
overconfident. And because of the *
synthetic CDOs and all the bets on *
bets on bets... The one loss *
becomes thousands of losses. *

SELENA GOMEZ *
And those losers? Pension funds, *
insurance companies. City *
governments all over the world. *
Crazy shit right? *

DR. THALER *
Not crazy, just human. The crazy *
part is assuming people will act *
logically all the time. *

SELENA GOMEZ *
Translation: crazy shit. *
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 90.

SELENA GOMEZ (CONT'D)
*
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 91.
Genres: ["Drama","Comedy"]

Summary In a bustling casino, Selena Gomez captivates a crowd at a blackjack table, winning hand after hand while explaining synthetic CDOs to Dr. Thaler. As her success breeds overconfidence among onlookers, they begin placing complex bets on her continued winning streak. However, when the dealer ultimately wins, shock and disappointment ripple through the crowd, highlighting the dangers of extrapolation bias and the pitfalls of betting on perceived stability.
Strengths
  • Creative analogy using blackjack game
  • Humorous yet informative dialogue
  • Insightful commentary on financial markets
Weaknesses
  • Lack of deep character development
  • Limited emotional impact

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

This scene's primary job is to explain synthetic CDOs in an accessible, entertaining way, and it succeeds brilliantly with a clear analogy and celebrity cameo. The single biggest limiter is that it halts the narrative momentum entirely—no plot progression, no character development for the main cast—making it feel like a standalone educational interlude rather than an integrated scene.


Story Content

Concept: 9

The concept of using Selena Gomez and Dr. Thaler to explain synthetic CDOs via blackjack is fresh, clever, and highly effective for exposition. It's a bold, memorable way to make a dry topic visceral.

Plot: 2

The scene does not advance the plot at all; it's a pure explanatory set-piece. No characters from the main story appear, no decisions are made, no conflicts escalate.

Originality: 9

The scene is highly original in its use of a celebrity and a real economist to explain a financial concept through a casino game. The chain-reaction visual is fresh and effective.


Character Development

Characters: 4

Selena Gomez and Dr. Thaler are archetypes (celebrity, professor) with no arc or depth. They serve the explanation but don't change or reveal personality beyond surface traits.

Internal Goal: 5

Selena's internal goal is to appear knowledgeable and cool while explaining a complex concept; Thaler's is to educate accurately.

External Goal: 9

Selena and Thaler's external goal is to explain how synthetic CDOs work using the blackjack analogy.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 1

There is no conflict; the scene is a cooperative explanation. The only tension is the blackjack outcome, which is resolved quickly.

Opposition: 1

There is no opposition; the scene is a cooperative demonstration. The 'opposition' is the statistical probability of the dealer winning, not a character.

High Stakes: 3

The stakes are purely illustrative—the blackjack hand and the chain of bets—not tied to the protagonists' fates.

Story Forward: 1

The story does not move forward; it pauses for a didactic interlude. The main narrative threads (Mark, Michael, Charlie/Jamie) are absent.

Unpredictability: 8

This scene is unpredictable because using Selena Gomez and a behavioral economist to explain CDOs is an unexpected choice, and the dealer's win subverts the expected 'hot hand' outcome.

Philosophical Conflict: 8

The clash between rational statistical thinking (Thaler) and human overconfidence/irrationality (the bettors, Selena's streak) is the core philosophical conflict, mirroring the film's critique of market irrationality.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 4

The emotional impact is mild—amusement at the analogy and mild frustration when Selena loses, but no deep engagement with the characters.

Dialogue: 8.5

The dialogue is snappy, clear, and perfectly tailored to each speaker—Selena's casual 'cray cray' vs. Thaler's academic precision. It makes the concept stick.

Engagement: 7

This scene is engaging because the blackjack analogy is intuitive, the celebrity cameo is surprising, and the chain-reaction visual is compelling. However, it lacks narrative stakes.

Pacing: 8

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because it moves briskly through the explanation, with each bet escalating quickly, then crashes with the dealer's win and the chain reaction.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 9

Formatting is clean and professional—clear character headings, parentheticals, and action lines. The visual of the long line of bettors is effectively described.

Structure: 7

The scene uses a classic 'explainer' structure: setup (blackjack hand), analogy (CDO layers), demonstration (dealer wins), and consequence (chain reaction). It's well-paced for education but lacks dramatic structure.


Critique
  • The scene effectively uses the casino setting to illustrate the concept of synthetic CDOs through a relatable metaphor. However, the dialogue can feel overly expository at times, which may detract from the natural flow of conversation. While it's important to convey complex financial concepts, the characters should engage in a more dynamic exchange that feels less like a lecture and more like a conversation.
  • Selena Gomez's character is portrayed as both a pop star and a financial educator, which is an interesting juxtaposition. However, her dialogue sometimes lacks depth, making her seem more like a mouthpiece for the information rather than a fully realized character. Adding more personal stakes or emotional reactions could enhance her relatability and engagement with the audience.
  • The use of a crowd cheering for Selena creates a lively atmosphere, but it risks overshadowing the critical discussion about the financial system. The cheering could be toned down or used more strategically to emphasize key moments in the dialogue, ensuring that the audience remains focused on the conversation's significance.
  • The scene's pacing is uneven, particularly during the betting exchanges. While the escalating bets illustrate the concept of synthetic CDOs, the rapid-fire nature of the dialogue can be overwhelming. Slowing down the pace during key explanations or reactions could allow the audience to absorb the information more effectively.
  • The final lines of the scene, where Dr. Thaler and Selena discuss the implications of the betting frenzy, are strong but could benefit from a more impactful conclusion. A more dramatic or poignant closing line could leave the audience with a lasting impression of the dangers of overconfidence in the financial system.
Suggestions
  • Consider breaking up the exposition with more character-driven moments. For example, have Selena share a personal anecdote related to risk-taking or gambling that ties into the financial concepts being discussed.
  • Introduce a conflict or tension within the crowd that reflects the stakes of the betting. Perhaps someone in the crowd has a personal connection to the financial implications of the bets being placed, adding emotional weight to the scene.
  • Use visual storytelling to complement the dialogue. For instance, show close-ups of the crowd's reactions during key moments in the betting process to enhance the emotional impact of the scene.
  • Incorporate humor or light-hearted banter between Selena and Dr. Thaler to balance the serious subject matter. This could make the scene more engaging and relatable for the audience.
  • Revise the ending to include a more dramatic moment that encapsulates the chaos of the betting and its consequences. This could involve a character's emotional breakdown or a stark realization about the financial system's fragility.



Scene 44 -  Confrontation at Tabemasu
110 INT. TABEMASU ASIAN RESTAURANT - CONTINUOUS 110

UNFREEZE BAUM AND MR. CHAU. All Mark can think to do is stand
and collect his things.

MARK
I have to go. Honestly I feel a bit
sick. Be careful, Mr. Chau. You'll
make a lot of money... until you
don't.

MR. CHAU
You think I’m a parasite Mr. Baum?
But apparently, society values me
very much.
(a beat)
In fact, let's do this... I'll tell
you what I'm worth, you tell me
what you're worth.

Mark looks straight in the face of everything he hates.

MARK
I don't think you're a parasite, Mr
Chau.
(sincere)
I think you're an idiot.

Mark walks away and past Jared and the guys.

MARK (CONT’D)
Short everything that guy has
touched.
(he walks away)
I want half a billion more in
swaps!

JARED
The collateral calls could bankrupt
you.

MARK
Yup!
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 92.


DISSOLVE TO:


111 EXT. CAESAR’S PALACE - THE NEXT MORNING 111

SLO MO: Hungover and broke people straggle out of the hotel
in the bright morning Vegas sun dragging luggage. They get
into valet’d cars and cabs.

Charlie and Jamie exit and jump into a Mercedes SUV. They
looked vaguely ashamed and Charlie looks freaked.

Mr. Chau walks out with a smile on his face, designer luggage
and enters a stretch limo.

A short moment later Mark, Porter, Danny and Vinny walk out.
Mark looks particularly far away and haggard.

Three of the Bear Stearns firing range guys leave with two
BEDRAGGLED PARTY GIRLS. They’re still drunk. They get in a
Humvee Limo.

And last, we see Evie, from the SEC and the Goldman Sachs
guy, Doug, leaving together. They kiss and then he gets in a
Range Rover and she gets in a cab.
Genres: ["Drama","Comedy"]

Summary In this tense scene, Mark confronts Mr. Chau at the Tabemasu Asian Restaurant, expressing his disdain for Chau's unethical business practices while grappling with his own moral conflicts. Mark warns Chau about the transient nature of wealth and dismisses him as an idiot before leaving, instructing Jared to undermine Chau's success. The scene transitions to the next morning outside Caesar's Palace, where the aftermath of a night of excess is depicted through the contrasting appearances of the characters, highlighting their differing fortunes.
Strengths
  • Sharp dialogue
  • Engaging character dynamics
  • Effective pacing
Weaknesses
  • Some characters' motivations may need further exploration

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

This scene effectively serves as a thematic capstone for Baum's Vegas journey, delivering a sharp moral verdict through dialogue and a visually symbolic exit montage. Its primary limiter is that the montage, while evocative, dilutes the focused tension of the restaurant confrontation and feels more like a coda than a climactic beat.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of a direct, personal confrontation between a moralistic investor and a smug CDO manager is strong, and the follow-up montage of different characters leaving Vegas is a clever visual summary. However, the concept is not entirely new for this story, and the montage's execution is somewhat conventional.

Plot: 6.5

The plot advances by showing Baum's decisive action (shorting Chau's holdings) and then providing a visual epilogue to the Vegas trip. The scene is a turning point, but the montage slows the narrative momentum rather than building it.

Originality: 6.5

The confrontation is a fresh take on the 'morality vs. market' debate, using a specific, personal challenge ('tell me what you're worth'). The montage is a familiar device but used effectively to show systemic rot.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Baum's character is reinforced through his principled disgust and decisive action. Mr. Chau is a clear foil, smug and self-satisfied. The montage gives brief, telling glimpses of other characters (Charlie's shame, Evie's complicity), but they are too brief for deep development.

Character Changes: 4

Baum's change is a reaffirmation and escalation of his existing worldview, not a transformation. He becomes more resolute and aggressive in his actions. Mr. Chau remains unchanged, which is the point.

Internal Goal: 8

Baum's internal goal is to maintain his moral integrity and prove his worldview correct, driven by a need to expose systemic corruption and a fear of being complicit in it.

External Goal: 8

Baum's external goal is to short the market and profit from the collapse, specifically by shorting everything Mr. Chau has touched.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 7

The central conflict is between Baum's moral outrage and Chau's cynical self-justification. This is resolved by Baum's walkaway and order to short, but the montage shows the systemic conflict continues.

Opposition: 7

Mr. Chau is a strong opposition figure, representing the system Baum hates. He is articulate, self-assured, and unapologetic, making Baum's victory feel earned but also hollow, as the system continues.

High Stakes: 8

The stakes are high: Baum is risking bankruptcy with his 'half a billion more in swaps' order. The montage shows the personal and professional consequences already in motion for others.

Story Forward: 7

The scene moves the story forward by having Baum commit to a massive new short position, raising the stakes for the next act. The montage also closes the Vegas chapter, preparing for the fallout.

Unpredictability: 5

This scene is somewhat predictable in its outcome (Baum will reject Chau), but the specific insult ('I think you're an idiot') and the montage's details (Evie kissing the Goldman guy) add unpredictable texture.

Philosophical Conflict: 9

The clash is between Baum's belief in intrinsic value and moral responsibility versus Chau's belief in market valuation and social utility. This directly challenges Baum's worldview, forcing him to act.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 7

The scene generates a mix of righteous anger (at Chau) and weary resignation (at the system). The montage adds a layer of melancholy and disgust, but the emotional peak is in the restaurant.

Dialogue: 7.5

The dialogue in the restaurant is sharp and thematically potent, especially Chau's challenge and Baum's retort. The montage has no dialogue, relying on visual storytelling, which is effective but a shift in mode.

Engagement: 7

This scene is engaging because of the sharp, confrontational dialogue and the satisfying moral clarity of Baum's retort. The montage maintains interest by showing the fates of various characters.

Pacing: 7.5

The pacing is effective: the restaurant scene is tight and intense, then the montage slows down to a more reflective, observational rhythm, providing a necessary breather and thematic summation.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is professional and clear. The use of 'DISSOLVE TO:' and 'SLO MO' are appropriate for the transition and montage. The action lines are concise and visual.

Structure: 7

The scene uses a classic two-part structure: a tense, dialogue-driven confrontation followed by a montage of consequences. This works for the genre, providing both a thematic climax and a visual denouement.


Critique
  • The emotional stakes in this scene are high, with Mark's confrontation with Mr. Chau encapsulating the moral conflict surrounding the financial crisis. However, the transition from Mark's intense realization to his abrupt exit feels slightly rushed, which could benefit from a more gradual build-up to his emotional breakdown.
  • Mark's line, 'I think you're an idiot,' while impactful, lacks a deeper exploration of his feelings. This could be an opportunity to delve into Mark's internal conflict—his disdain for Chau's practices versus his own complicity in the system. Adding a moment of reflection or an internal monologue could enhance the emotional weight of this confrontation.
  • The dialogue effectively conveys tension and urgency, but the pacing might be improved by interspersing more physical actions or reactions from other characters, such as Jared and the team, to emphasize the collective anxiety surrounding their financial decisions.
  • The visual contrast between Mark's disheveled state and Mr. Chau's composed demeanor is strong, yet it could be further emphasized through additional visual cues. For example, using close-ups of their expressions during the conversation could heighten the emotional stakes and showcase the disparity in their moral compasses.
  • The transition to the next morning at Caesar's Palace serves as a stark juxtaposition to the previous scene, highlighting the consequences of the night before. However, the shift could be more impactful with a stronger thematic connection between Mark's confrontation and the aftermath. Perhaps incorporating a voiceover or reflective dialogue from Mark as they exit could tie the two scenes together more cohesively.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a moment where Mark reflects on his feelings before confronting Mr. Chau, allowing the audience to better understand his emotional turmoil.
  • Incorporate reactions from the supporting characters during the confrontation to enhance the tension and showcase the collective anxiety of the group.
  • Use close-up shots to capture the emotional expressions of Mark and Mr. Chau during their exchange, emphasizing the stakes of their confrontation.
  • Strengthen the thematic connection between Mark's confrontation and the following scene by including a reflective moment or voiceover that ties the two together.
  • Explore the implications of Mark's decision to short everything Chau has touched by providing a brief moment of hesitation or doubt, which could add depth to his character arc.



Scene 45 -  Shared Grief in an Upscale Boutique
112 EXT. UPSCALE CLOTHING BOUTIQUE - "EDIT NEW YORK" - DAY 112

Mark struggles to pull his bag out of a taxi's trunk.

CYNTHIA (PRE-LAP)
Did you eat on the plane?


113 INT. UPSCALE CLOTHING BOUTIQUE - DAY 113

The Baum’s are in an elegant and isolated seating area in
Cynthia’s upscale clothing boutique.

MARK
Yeah.

CYNTHIA
What's wrong? What happened?
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 93.


MARK
Things are worse than I thought. I
honestly think the economy might
collapse.

CYNTHIA
Really?

MARK
Yeah.
(then)
And we could end up making a
fortune.

CYNTHIA
Define fortune.

MARK
The fund could make half a billion,
Cynthia. Maybe a lot more.

She had no idea. A SALES CLERK approaches.

SALES CLERK
Ms. Baum should I- ?

CYNTHIA
Not now Paula. You’re my manager. I
trust you.

They lower their voices, lean closer.

CYNTHIA (CONT’D)
A half a billion on one trade?! How
is that even possible?!

MARK
Group think. Fraud. Legalized
corruption. Stupidity.

CYNTHIA
You’ve been saying the whole system
is broken for years Mark. Why are
you shocked?

MARK
It’s all so much uglier and more
twisted than I ever imagined. And
I’m a banker. I’m a part of this
horrible world.

A silence between them. Cynthia refuses to break it.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 93A.


CYNTHIA
And I keep thinking about my
brother. About Paul. And how he...
When he...

CYNTHIA (CONT’D)
When Paul took his own life.

MARK
...We can talk about it later.
You’re at your store-

CYNTHIA
Mark.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 94.


MARK
Before... my brother... committed
suicide... when he told me he was
having bad thoughts... My first
response was... to offer him some
money. My brother was in pain. Real
pain. And I offered him... money.

CYNTHIA
You tried to help. There’s no
perfect way...

MARK
All this greed in the world. Maybe
I’m not so above it. Maybe I’m part
of it. And it’s changed me. Changed
me into a person who’s not able to
reach out to someone who’s hurting
without money being a part of it.
(beat)
Does it bother you that I feel that
way?

CYNTHIA
No. You can’t name a scenario for
how I could have helped him that
doesn’t play in my head every day.
But it bothers me that you’re so
certain you’re right. Because
you’re not.

His silence means yes.

CYNTHIA (CONT’D)
You love to know more than other
people. To be the virtuous one. You
always have Mark. As though you’re
untainted and we’re al the filthy
masses clawing at Noah’s arch. But
the truth is: you're a banker. A
banker who makes more than he
should. A banker who had a terrible
thing happen to a family member.
And now you’re about to make a lot
of money from another terrible
thing. And even you can’t find a
way to make that virtuous. Because
it’s not. It’s just life. And
sometimes it hurts and it’s sad and
it’s scary. So stop trying to fix
the world and just feel the
feelings like all of us. Because
they’re there.
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 94A.

CYNTHIA (CONT’D)
And when you act like they’re not
it makes me want to scream.

Mark starts to break.

MARK
(tears up)
Paul was always there for me...
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 95.

MARK (CONT'D)
His face was so smashed we
couldn’t even have an open
casket... He just dropped the
phone...

CYNTHIA
He couldn’t hear anyone. That’s why
he’s dead... There’s nothing you
could have done.

They both sit there holding hands.

CYNTHIA (CONT’D)
Nothing.
Genres: ["Drama"]

Summary In an elegant seating area of Cynthia's clothing boutique, Mark expresses his concerns about the economy and the potential for profit amidst collapse, prompting a moral debate with Cynthia. As they discuss guilt and personal loss, Cynthia reveals her brother Paul's suicide, leading to a vulnerable exchange where both confront their shared pain. The scene culminates in a poignant moment as they hold hands, acknowledging their struggles and the weight of their pasts.
Strengths
  • Emotional depth
  • Raw dialogue
  • Character development
  • Intense performances
Weaknesses
  • Heavy emotional content
  • Lack of external conflict

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7.2

The scene's job is to humanize Mark and give the audience a moral and emotional anchor amid the film's financial abstractions; it largely succeeds because Cynthia forces an unflinching emotional accounting that exposes Mark's hypocrisy. The single biggest limiter is that the scene sacrifices plot propulsion for introspection — tightening the link between this confession and an immediate, consequential choice would lift it.


Story Content

Concept: 7.5

Strength: The concept of pairing high-finance windfall talk with a sudden, intimate confession about suicide is fresh and emotionally potent in this scene. Weakness: The general idea of a guilty banker wrestling with complicity is familiar in the genre and leans on recognizable beats.

Plot: 5.5

Strength: The scene gives concrete plot information (the fund could make 'a half a billion') that ties the emotional beat to the larger financial plot. Weakness: It doesn't advance the narrative's external stakes or change the course of the investigation/short — it's mostly interior.

Originality: 7

Strength: The boutique setting as a stage for a banker’s moral crisis is a fresh, evocative juxtaposition. Weakness: The 'guilty banker' trope and the heavy-handed moral speech are familiar touches.


Character Development

Characters: 8

Strength: Cynthia's monologue and Mark's breakdown reveal deep, specific character detail (Mark's shame about offering money to his suicidal brother) that enriches both. Weakness: Cynthia's speech borders on didactic, delivering a lot of backstory and moral judgment in long paragraphs rather than through action.

Character Changes: 5.5

Strength: Mark cracks; we see a momentary shift from moral posturing to shame and tears. Weakness: There's no decisive behavioral change or new choice enacted yet — it's recognition more than transformation.

Internal Goal: 8

Mark's internal goal is confession and absolution — to be seen and excused for his complicity and to reconcile his identity as a banker with his sense of decency; under it is fear of being exposed as morally bankrupt.

External Goal: 6.5

On the surface Mark's external goal is to inform Cynthia about the enormity of the trade and the possibility of huge profit, and to connect with her as his partner amid crisis.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 6.8

Strength: The scene stages sharp interpersonal conflict — Cynthia confronts Mark and forces emotional truth. Weakness: The conflict is almost entirely internal/interpersonal and doesn't create external opposition or immediate consequences in the plot.

Opposition: 6.5

Strength: Cynthia provides robust, moral opposition that unsettles Mark and forces truth. Weakness: Opposition is moral and conversational rather than active; there's no external antagonist pressing an urgent decision.

High Stakes: 6.5

Strength: Personal stakes are high — Mark's guilt about his brother and the moral cost of profiting from collapse are emotionally severe. Weakness: Macro stakes (the economy collapsing) are asserted rather than dramatically felt in immediate consequence within the scene.

Story Forward: 5.8

Strength: The scene clarifies stakes (the money to be made) and deepens character motives that will color future decisions. Weakness: It doesn't alter the immediate trajectory or force a new external decision that moves the main plot forward.

Unpredictability: 6.5

Strength: The sudden pivot from financial talk to an intimate suicide confession is an emotionally unpredictable turn. Weakness: The arc — banker feels guilt, partner scolds, tears fall — follows familiar beats and isn't structurally surprising.

Philosophical Conflict: 8

A clash between pragmatic cynicism (profiting from a broken system, 'it's just life') and humane accountability (Cynthia's insistence on feeling and witness over fixing). This conflict tests Mark's self-image as someone who is 'above' the masses versus the reality of his complicity.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 8.2

Strength: Mark's vulnerability about his brother and Cynthia's fierce, human response produce a real emotional sting and catharsis. Weakness: The scene could push more in the unpredictable, quieter beats; some moments land as expected tears rather than surprising emotional revelations.

Dialogue: 7.8

Strength: The dialogue crackles with accusation and vulnerability — Cynthia's lines feel like a real, painful takedown. Weakness: Occasionally the lines feel a touch on-the-nose (e.g., 'A half a billion on one trade?!') and trade subtlety for clarity.

Engagement: 8

Strength: The emotional rawness and moral showdown hold attention — the audience wants to see how Mark answers Cynthia. Weakness: For readers expecting plot momentum or action, the inward focus may slow immediate forward momentum.

Pacing: 7

Strength: The scene breathes; pauses and beats let the confession land. Weakness: The tempo lingers in the middle and could feel slightly sluggish if the surrounding scenes also stall.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 7

Strength: The scene reads like a polished script with clear slugs and beats; emotional beats are well signaled. Weakness: Metadata artifacts (e.g., 'BUFF REVISED' headers, odd line breaks and a stray 'PRE-LAP') clutter the excerpt and slightly interrupt flow.

Structure: 8

Strength: The scene has a clear three-beat structure — arrival, confession, moral reckoning — that builds to an emotional release. Weakness: It ends in a quiet hold rather than a strong turning-point that forces the next action.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the emotional turmoil of Mark and Cynthia, showcasing their personal struggles against the backdrop of the financial crisis. The dialogue is poignant and reveals deep character insights, particularly Mark's guilt and Cynthia's frustration with his moral superiority.
  • However, the pacing feels uneven at times. The transition from discussing the potential financial gain to the heavy topic of suicide could be smoother. The abrupt shift in tone may leave the audience feeling disoriented. A more gradual build-up to the emotional climax could enhance the impact.
  • Cynthia's character is strong, but her dialogue could benefit from more subtlety. While her points are valid, the delivery feels somewhat didactic at times. Finding a balance between her emotional outburst and the need to convey her perspective could make her character more relatable and nuanced.
  • Mark's internal conflict is compelling, but the scene could delve deeper into his feelings of complicity in the financial system. More internal monologue or visual cues could help convey his struggle without relying solely on dialogue.
  • The setting of an upscale clothing boutique is interesting but could be more thematically tied to the conversation. Exploring how the environment reflects their emotional states or the broader societal issues at play could add depth to the scene.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a brief moment of silence or a visual cue that emphasizes the weight of Mark's realization about the economy collapsing before diving into the personal discussion. This could help set the emotional tone more effectively.
  • Introduce a physical element to the scene that symbolizes their emotional states, such as Mark fidgeting with an item from the boutique or Cynthia arranging clothes, to visually represent their inner turmoil.
  • Incorporate more subtext in Cynthia's dialogue. Instead of directly stating her frustrations, allow her to express them through actions or less explicit language, which can create a more engaging and layered conversation.
  • Explore Mark's internal conflict through flashbacks or brief memories that illustrate his relationship with his brother, providing context for his guilt and enhancing the emotional stakes of the scene.
  • Consider ending the scene with a more ambiguous note, leaving the audience to ponder the implications of their conversation rather than providing a clear resolution. This could enhance the emotional weight and provoke thought about the broader themes of greed and personal responsibility.



Scene 46 -  Navigating Uncertainty
114 INT. WAITING AREA - PEDIATRIC PSYCH CENTER - DUSK 114

Mike's son Nicholas plays alone, talking to himself about the
different parts of a BACKHOE LOADER. Stabilizer
legs...bucket...atriculated arm...

Mike enters. His Wife's been waiting, annoyed, gestures to
her watch. Where were you?

MIKE
I’m sorry I’m late. Everything’s
falling apart at work. People want
to remove their money from the
fund. I don’t know what to do.

His wife doesn’t respond.

MIKE (CONT’D)
What’s wrong. Is Nicholas okay?

MIKE'S WIFE
(upset, quiet)
They think it's Asperger's
Syndrome.

MIKE
No. What? What...what's the
symptomology?


115 INT. LIVING ROOM - BURRY HOUSE - NIGHT 115

Mike has a stack of books: Attwood's The Complete Guide to
Asperger's, Baron-Cohen's Mindblindness, etc.

Sceptical, he chooses A Parent's Guide and reads...
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 96.


MIKE (O.S.)
"The first sign a child is on the
Autism spectrum is often a hobby.
It will be one that is solitary and
idiosyncratic, and it will
completely obsess the child."

Mike's surprised, this actually resonates.

JUMP CUTS: A dizzying whirl of TEXT PASSAGES fly at us...

MIKE (O.S.) (CONT'D)
"...few real peer- to-peer
relationships...less eye contact...
...ability to quickly absorb
complex systems ...love of
computers... math... good with
numbers

Mike stops reading. Sweating. Thunderstruck.

A strange truth settles over his face.


116 INT. HOSPITAL ROOF - SAN JOSE - DAY 116

Mike has sought counsel from a MED SCHOOL FRIEND, a psych
ward doctor currently self-medicating on a joint.

MED SCHOOL FRIEND
This is good, a diagnosis like
this, as an adult, it's all upside.
You don’t have to feel like there’s
something wrong with you anymore.
Now you know. Mystery is solved.

MIKE
What's the upside of having
Aspergers?

MED SCHOOL FRIEND
C'mon, Burry, who else but an Aspie
actually reads entire bond
prospectuses?! Your whole life your
brain's told you one thing and
society another. Now, you get to
stop listening to society. Stop
caring what we think! Don't you get
it? We're normal. We can't keep up.

CLOSE on Mike, taken with the idea, and its implications.

MIKE (O.S.)
"To All Investors"
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 97.


MUSIC: A heavy metal song like METALLICA’S EYE OF THE
BEHOLDER fades in.


117 INT. SCION - MIKE'S OFFICE - DAY 117

Mike types an email. He is alone in the office with empty
desks outside.

MIKE (V.O.)
"As you may know, our agreement
allows me to take extraordinary
measures when markets aren't
functioning properly. I currently
have reason to believe the mortgage
bond market is fraudulent. So in
order to protect investors from
this fraudulent market
I've decided to restrict investors’
withdrawals until further
notice. Sincerely. Dr. Michael
Burry."

Mike breathes deep, and hits SEND.

He sits listening to the quiet hum of office outside his open
door. The distant highway.

A very long beat.

Slowly at first, isolated, then gathering like an angry
storm, the office PHONES begin to RING and his email box
begins to ding.

One email stands out: From Lawrence Fields. The subject: I’M
SUING.

CUT TO:


118 OVER BLACK WE SEE THE QUOTE: 118

“Everyone, deep in their hearts, is waiting for the end of
the world to come.” - Haruki Murakami, 1Q84



We DISSOLVE to TV Channels flipping from one to the next.

1) SOME SORT OF FLUFFY POP ENTERTAINMENT, a sitcom, game
show, reality show.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 98.


2) BARRY BONDS defends himself in a press conference.

3) Footage celebrating Lance Armstrong.
Genres: ["Drama"]

Summary In a pediatric psych center's waiting area, Mike arrives late to find his son Nicholas engrossed in play. His wife expresses concern about Nicholas potentially having Asperger's Syndrome, prompting Mike to research the condition. As he learns more, he consults a med school friend who suggests that a diagnosis could be liberating. Inspired, Mike takes bold action at work to protect investors from fraud, leading to chaos as his email triggers a flurry of responses, including a legal threat from a colleague. The scene captures Mike's internal struggle with his son's future and his own identity amidst rising tensions.
Strengths
  • Emotional depth
  • Character development
  • Pivotal decision-making
Weaknesses
  • Potential lack of clarity in some character motivations

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7.2

The scene's primary job is to deliver a personal revelation that reframes Michael Burry's entire worldview, and it lands with emotional and intellectual force through the parallel between his son's diagnosis and his own traits. The single biggest limiter is the abrupt tonal shift from the intimate psych center to the office email montage, which slightly undercuts the emotional resonance by rushing into plot mechanics.


Story Content

Concept: 8.5

The concept of using a child's Asperger's diagnosis to illuminate the protagonist's own neurodivergence is a fresh, psychologically rich device that deepens character and theme simultaneously.

Plot: 6.5

The plot advances Burry's personal arc and his professional crisis (restricting withdrawals), but the scene is more about internal realization than external action, with the email serving as a plot trigger.

Originality: 8.5

The scene is original in its use of a child's diagnosis as a lens for the protagonist's self-discovery, and the med school friend's speech offers a fresh, non-stigmatizing take on Asperger's.


Character Development

Characters: 7.5

Michael Burry is deepened significantly—his quirks are reframed as part of a condition, adding complexity. His wife is underused, and Nicholas is a prop rather than a character.

Character Changes: 8

Burry undergoes a significant internal change: he gains a new framework for understanding himself, which empowers him to act decisively (restricting withdrawals).

Internal Goal: 8.5

Burry seeks to understand his own difference and find validation for his worldview; his need is to reconcile his outsider perspective with a sense of purpose.

External Goal: 7

Burry's external goal is to protect his fund from investor withdrawals by restricting them, a tactical move to preserve his strategy.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 5

The conflict is internal (Burry vs. his own identity) and external (investors vs. his fund), but the scene focuses more on revelation than active struggle.

Opposition: 5

The opposition is abstract—society's norms, investor panic, and Burry's own self-doubt—rather than a direct antagonist, which fits the internal focus.

High Stakes: 7

The stakes are high—Burry's fund, his reputation, and his family's stability are on the line—but the scene foregrounds personal stakes over financial ones.

Story Forward: 7.5

The scene moves the story forward by triggering Burry's drastic action of restricting withdrawals, which will escalate conflict with investors and the broader financial system.

Unpredictability: 8

This scene is unpredictable because the diagnosis is foreshadowed but the direct application to Burry himself is a surprising, powerful twist that recontextualizes his entire character.

Philosophical Conflict: 8

The clash is between neurotypical society's definition of 'normal' and Burry's Asperger's-driven ability to see systemic fraud—a conflict between conformity and radical insight.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 7.5

The emotional impact is strong in the revelation moment—the montage of text passages and Burry's thunderstruck expression—but the shift to the office email slightly dilutes the intimacy.

Dialogue: 7

The dialogue is sparse but effective; the med school friend's speech is the standout, offering a compelling reframe of Asperger's as 'all upside.' The wife's lines are functional but flat.

Engagement: 8

This scene is engaging because it offers a profound character revelation that reframes everything we've seen, and the montage of text passages creates a visceral 'aha' moment.

Pacing: 8

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because the slow, intimate psych center scene builds tension, the rapid-fire book montage accelerates revelation, and the quiet email send creates a calm before the storm of ringing phones.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

Formatting is clean and professional; the use of JUMP CUTS and text passages is clear and stylistically appropriate for the genre.

Structure: 7.5

The scene uses a three-part structure: diagnosis revelation, intellectual processing (book montage), and decisive action (email). The jump cuts and text passages are effective for a psychological drama.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures Mike's internal conflict regarding his son's potential diagnosis and his own professional turmoil. However, the transition between the waiting area and the living room could be smoother to maintain narrative flow. The abrupt jump cuts may disorient the audience, making it harder to follow Mike's emotional journey.
  • The dialogue between Mike and his wife feels somewhat stilted and lacks emotional depth. While it conveys the necessary information, it could benefit from more subtext or emotional nuance to reflect the weight of their situation. The wife's silence and annoyance could be expanded upon to show her emotional state more vividly.
  • The use of voiceover to convey Mike's thoughts while reading about Asperger's is a strong choice, but the rapid-fire text passages may overwhelm the viewer. Instead of a dizzying whirl, consider using a more gradual reveal of the information to allow the audience to digest the implications of what Mike is learning.
  • The med school friend's dialogue is insightful but could be more grounded. The character feels somewhat archetypal as the 'free-spirited doctor.' Adding more unique traits or quirks could make him feel more real and relatable, enhancing the scene's authenticity.
  • The heavy metal music choice at the end is a bold stylistic choice, but it may clash with the emotional weight of the scene. Consider whether this music enhances or detracts from the gravity of Mike's decision to restrict withdrawals. A more subdued score might better reflect the tension and seriousness of the moment.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding more physicality to the characters' interactions, especially between Mike and his wife. Small gestures or expressions can convey their emotional states more effectively than dialogue alone.
  • To improve the pacing, try to intersperse Mike's reading with brief reactions or flashbacks that illustrate his memories or feelings about his son. This could create a more dynamic visual experience and deepen the emotional impact.
  • Explore the wife's perspective more thoroughly. Perhaps include a line or two that reveals her fears or frustrations about Nicholas's potential diagnosis, which would add depth to her character and their relationship.
  • Instead of a rapid-fire delivery of information about Asperger's, consider using a more narrative approach where Mike reflects on specific traits that resonate with him, allowing the audience to connect with his realization more intimately.
  • Evaluate the music choice at the end of the scene. If the intention is to create a sense of urgency or chaos, ensure that it aligns with the emotional tone of Mike's decision. Alternatively, consider a more somber or reflective piece that underscores the gravity of his actions.



Scene 47 -  Tensions Rise as the Financial Crisis Unfolds
119 INT. BROWNFIELD OFFICE - NYC LOFT - DAY 119

Charlie is the one flipping through the TV channels. Jamie is
on his lap top. They’re restless, tense and killing time.

April 2, 2007

The Crash Begins

JAMIE
Will you stop changing the
channels? You’re driving me crazy.
Just put the business news on.

Charlie turns the channel to business news.

CHARLIE
Fine.

Jamie stops and watches while Charlie rolls over on the
couch.

JAMIE
Holy shit. Did you see that?

CHARLIE
See what?

JAMIE
On the crawl!

He grabs the remote and rewinds and freezes the TV. On the
crawl at the bottom of the financial news show we see:
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 99.


Nation's second-largest mortgage lender bankrupt.

JAMIE (CONT’D)
It’s starting.

CHARLIE
I’m going to call my Mom.


120 INT. FRONTPOINT OFFICE - DAY 120

Vinny, Danny and Porter watch Kathy, thin again, yelling at
Mark in the Conference Room.

ON A WALL TV: The FED CHAIRMAN is speaking to Congress.

The Dow is down 283 points.

BERNANKE (ARCHIVE FOOTAGE)
...We believe the effect of the
troubles in the subprime sector on
the broader housing market will
likely be limited, and we do not
expect significant spillovers from
the subprime market to the rest of
the economy--

VINNY
Turn off all the financial news.
They’re in crazy land. We’re trying
to stay in reality.

An assistant turns off all the TVs in the office.

Danny Moses, on the phone yells over to Vinny.

DANNY MOSES
Duetsche says the CDOs still
haven’t lost any value!

VINNY
The banks are holding the value til
they can dump their position...
They know now.

The DOOR opens. Kathy and her minions storm off... and out.

Mark emerges beaten, yet hardened.

VINNY (CONT’D)
Well?

MARK
Kathy wants us to dump our shorts.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 100.


PORTER
What else is new?

MARK
She says Morgan Stanley will buy
them.

DANNY
What?! Holy shit. Vinny’s right,
they need our shorts. They know.

VINNY
The whole time we were wondering
who’s on the other side of this bet
and it’s the big banks themselves.
They believed their own bullshit.

DANNY
What’d you tell Kathy?

MARK
I told her we’re not selling shit.
If Morgan needs to lose half a
billion cause they screwed up it’s
not my problem.

VINNY
So now what’d we do?

MARK
Hold on.
Genres: ["Drama","Thriller"]

Summary In a New York City loft office, Charlie and Jamie anxiously monitor the news about the financial crisis, learning that the second-largest mortgage lender has gone bankrupt. Jamie urges Charlie to focus on business news, while in another office, Vinny, Danny, and Porter dismiss the reports as delusional. Mark, emerging from a meeting with Kathy, refuses her demand to sell their shorts, asserting that the situation is not their problem. The scene captures the growing tension and uncertainty as the financial market begins to unravel.
Strengths
  • Intense atmosphere
  • Strong character dynamics
  • Compelling plot progression
Weaknesses
  • Limited visual elements
  • Heavy reliance on dialogue

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7.5

This scene effectively delivers the long-awaited payoff of the crash beginning, with strong tension and clear stakes. The main limiter is the somewhat exposition-heavy dialogue in the second half, which could be more dramatically integrated.


Story Content

Concept: 8

The concept of the crash beginning is powerful and well-timed, but the scene relies heavily on the audience's prior knowledge of the financial crisis.

Plot: 7.5

The plot advances significantly with the news of the bankruptcy and the confirmation that banks are trying to dump their positions, but the resolution is somewhat static (they hold on).

Originality: 7

The scene is original in its specific focus on the moment the crash begins from the perspective of the short-sellers, but the structure of a news reveal followed by a confrontation is familiar.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Mark's hardened resolve is clear, and the team's dynamic is well-established, but the scene doesn't deepen any character beyond their established traits.

Character Changes: 2

Mark shows no change; he remains defiant. The team's realization is more informational than transformative.

Internal Goal: 7

Mark's internal goal is to maintain his integrity and conviction against pressure to sell, driven by a need to prove he was right and a fear of being wrong.

External Goal: 8

Mark's external goal is to hold the short positions and resist Kathy's demand to sell.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 8

The conflict is high between Mark and Kathy, and the team's internal tension is palpable, but the resolution is a simple refusal to sell.

Opposition: 8

The opposition is strong—Kathy and the banks are actively trying to force Mark to sell, representing institutional pressure.

High Stakes: 9

The stakes are extremely high—the financial system is collapsing, and the characters' bets are about to pay off or fail.

Story Forward: 9

The story moves forward significantly with the crash beginning and the confirmation of the banks' involvement, setting up the next phase.

Unpredictability: 6

This scene is somewhat predictable given the historical context, but the specific details (the news crawl, Kathy's demand) add a layer of unpredictability.

Philosophical Conflict: 7

The clash is between Mark's belief in reality-based investing and the banks' self-serving manipulation of the market, challenging his worldview that the system is fundamentally broken.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6.5

The emotional impact is moderate—there's a sense of vindication and anxiety, but the scene is more cerebral than visceral.

Dialogue: 7

The dialogue is functional and reveals information, but some lines feel like direct exposition (e.g., 'The banks are holding the value til they can dump their position... They know now.').

Engagement: 8

This scene is engaging because it delivers the long-awaited payoff of the crash, with a news crawl that immediately grabs attention and a tense confrontation that raises the stakes.

Pacing: 8

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because it starts with restless tension, accelerates with the news reveal, and then slows to a tense confrontation, creating a satisfying rhythm.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 9

Formatting is clean and professional, with clear scene headings and action lines. The use of 'ARCHIVE FOOTAGE' is a nice touch.

Structure: 8

The structure follows a classic 'calm before the storm' then 'storm hits' pattern, with a news reveal followed by a confrontation. It's effective for the genre.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the tension and urgency of the financial crisis as it unfolds, showcasing the characters' reactions to breaking news. However, the pacing could be improved; the transition from Charlie flipping channels to the revelation of the mortgage lender's bankruptcy feels abrupt. A more gradual build-up to this moment could enhance the emotional impact.
  • The dialogue is functional but lacks depth in character development. While Jamie and Charlie's banter serves to establish their relationship, it could benefit from more distinct voices or personal stakes that reflect their individual perspectives on the crisis. This would make their reactions feel more personal and relatable.
  • The use of television news as a narrative device is effective in conveying the external chaos of the financial world. However, the scene could incorporate more visual elements or reactions from the characters to enhance the atmosphere. For instance, showing their physical responses to the news (e.g., body language, facial expressions) could heighten the tension.
  • The scene introduces a significant plot point with the mention of the mortgage lender's bankruptcy, but it could be more impactful if the characters had a moment of reflection or realization about the implications of this news. This would allow the audience to grasp the gravity of the situation alongside the characters.
  • The transition between the two offices (Brownfield and Frontpoint) feels somewhat disjointed. A smoother transition or a visual cue could help maintain the flow of the narrative and keep the audience engaged.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a moment of silence or a shared look between Charlie and Jamie after the news breaks to emphasize the weight of the situation and their emotional response.
  • Enhance character differentiation by giving Jamie and Charlie distinct reactions to the news. For example, one could express fear while the other remains analytical, showcasing their differing coping mechanisms.
  • Incorporate more sensory details to immerse the audience in the scene. Describe the sounds of the office, the flickering of the TV, or the tension in the air to create a more vivid atmosphere.
  • Add a brief flashback or internal monologue for one of the characters reflecting on their previous optimism about the market, contrasting it with the current reality. This could deepen the emotional stakes and highlight the theme of disillusionment.
  • Consider ending the scene with a cliffhanger or a more dramatic line from Mark that encapsulates the urgency of their situation, leaving the audience eager to see how they will respond to the crisis.



Scene 48 -  The Reluctant Reporter
121 INT. BROWNFIELD OFFICE - NYC LOFT - SAME TIME 121

Charlie is getting off the phone.

CHARLIE
You need to understand, mom. This
isn’t just a banking thing. It’s
going to affect real people. All
over the world. Like an enormous
tsunami hitting the global economy
all at once... Yeah, OK. I love
you, too.

He hangs up and turns to Jamie who’s at his computer.

CHARLIE (CONT’D)
She told me I should go on lithium.

Jamie shows him an email on his computer.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 100A.


JAMIE
Check it out - from Bear Stearns.
They claim the CDOs still haven’t
moved.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 101.


CHARLIE
That’s insane. They’re crooks. Just
look at the ABX: those CDOs should
be at zero! You know what they’re
doing, right? They’re selling off
their worthless CDOs so they don’t
take the loses. That’s fraud. On a
massive scale.
(looks panicked)
Jeez, I can’t catch my breath. I
think I’m having a panic attack.

JAMIE
We’ve got to tell someone. The
whole world has no idea what’s
about to hit them.

CHARLIE
Who? The SEC is useless. The
ratings agencies are in on it.

JAMIE
Let’s go to the press. This is a
giant story. Who wouldn’t publish
it?


122 INT. NEWS ROOM - WALL STREET JOURNAL - DAY 122

Charlie and Jamie just explained the situation to CASEY, 30
their college friend, and the junior finance reporter.

CASEY
So what am I supposed to do? Write
a piece called “We’re all fucked?”

CHARLIE
Yes! That’s a perfect title.

JAMIE
Casey, right now every bank in town
is unloading these shit bonds on
unsuspecting customers. They won’t
devalue them until they unload
them. This is the biggest fraud in
banking history.

CASEY
It took years to build my
relationships on Wall Street!
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 101A.

CASEY (CONT'D)
No bank or ratings agency is going
to confirm a story like this just
because two guys in a garage-band
hedge-fund thinks it’s the
apocalypse.

JAMIE
Don’t be a dick Casey. We didn’t
say “apocalypse.”
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 102.


CHARLIE
Wow. Wow.

JAMIE
(tries again)
Look, these banks bought most of
the government. They bought the
ratings agencies. There’s no one
left but you. This story is why
journalism exists. If someone like
you blows this off because they’re
worried about access to the banks
this country is fucked.

CASEY
Nice speech Kev. You sound like
Oliver Stone.
(he gets up)
Look, I’ve got work to do. So
thanks for stopping by.

CHARLIE
Wow.

JAMIE
Stop saying Wow.
(back to Casey)
I thought you were for real Casey.
I really did.

CASEY
Yeah, well you try being “for real”
with a three year old and a wife
who’s getting her Master’s degree.
I’m not burning my reputation on
your wild hunch.

CHARLIE
Wow.

He’s holding the door for them. They exit.

CASEY
Thanks for stopping by. Totally
fucking awesome to see you.


123 EXT. HALLWAY - WALL STREET JOURNAL - CONTINUOUS 123

CHARLIE
Disgusting. He won’t do his job
because he wants to keep access to
the banks to keep doing the job he
won’t do?
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 102A.


JAMIE
I just had a horrible thought.

CHARLIE
I’m already juggling five or six
horrible thoughts. Don’t tell me.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 103.


JAMIE
If Bear Stearn is freezing the
value of the CDOs it must mean they
own tons of them.
(a breath)
They could go under. And we bought
80% of our swaps at Bear. We’d lose
everything.

CHARLIE
Stop it. Bear Stearns has been
around for a hundred years. They’re
not going under.

JAMIE
We have to at least consider the
possibility.
Genres: ["Drama","Thriller"]

Summary In a tense scene set in a NYC loft, Charlie expresses his anxiety about the global banking crisis to his mother over the phone. After the call, he and Jamie discuss the alarming situation surrounding Bear Stearns and the fraudulent activities linked to CDOs. They approach their friend Casey, a junior finance reporter, hoping to convince him to expose the issue. However, Casey is hesitant, prioritizing his job security over their urgent concerns. Despite Jamie's impassioned pleas, Casey ultimately refuses to pursue the story, leaving Charlie and Jamie frustrated as they exit the newsroom.
Strengths
  • Tension-building
  • Character depth
  • Relevant theme exploration
Weaknesses
  • Lack of immediate action
  • Limited resolution

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

This scene effectively dramatizes the protagonists' desperate attempt to expose fraud and the frustrating wall of institutional self-interest, but its impact is limited by the somewhat on-the-nose dialogue and the lack of a new revelation beyond what the audience already knows.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of two small-time investors trying to alert a major newspaper to a massive fraud is strong and thematically resonant, but the execution feels familiar and lacks a fresh twist.

Plot: 6.5

The plot moves forward by showing the failure of one avenue (the press), raising the stakes and forcing the characters to consider the collapse of Bear Stearns. However, the scene is largely a single conversation with a predictable outcome.

Originality: 5.5

The scene is not highly original in its structure (the 'whistleblower meets a wall' trope), but the specific context of the 2008 crisis and the focus on the journalist's career calculus feels authentic and grounded.


Character Development

Characters: 6

Charlie and Jamie are well-defined in their panic and determination, but Casey is a one-dimensional obstacle, serving only as a foil without much depth.

Character Changes: 3

Charlie and Jamie don't change significantly; they remain in a state of panic and determination. Casey remains static. The only shift is Jamie's realization about Bear Stearns' risk, which is a plot point, not a character change.

Internal Goal: 7

Charlie and Jamie's internal goal is to be heard and validated, to prove they are not crazy and that their moral outrage is justified. This stems from a fear of being wrong and a desire to prevent catastrophe.

External Goal: 8

To convince Casey to publish their story about the CDO fraud.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 7

The conflict is direct and clear: Charlie and Jamie vs. Casey's self-preservation. It's a strong clash of ideals vs. pragmatism, but it lacks escalation or surprise.

Opposition: 7

Casey is a strong opposition because he is not evil, but self-interested and pragmatic, making him a frustrating and realistic obstacle. His refusal is based on credible fears, not ignorance.

High Stakes: 8

The stakes are high: the global economy and the characters' own investments are at risk. However, the scene focuses more on the failure to communicate this than on the stakes themselves.

Story Forward: 7

The scene moves the story forward by closing off the press as an option and introducing the new threat of Bear Stearns' potential collapse, raising the stakes.

Unpredictability: 6

This scene is unpredictable because the journalist's refusal, while plausible, subverts the expected 'hero journalist' trope. The twist about Bear Stearns' potential collapse also adds a new layer of tension.

Philosophical Conflict: 7

The clash is between the ideal of journalism as a public good (Charlie and Jamie) and the pragmatic reality of journalism as a career (Casey). This reflects the protagonists' growing disillusionment with all institutions.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6

The scene generates frustration and a sense of hopelessness, but the emotional impact is muted by the predictable outcome and the characters' somewhat repetitive panic.

Dialogue: 6.5

The dialogue is sharp and conveys the characters' emotions effectively, but some lines feel overly expository ('This is the biggest fraud in banking history') and lack subtext.

Engagement: 6.5

This scene is engaging because it captures the frustration of being unable to sound the alarm, and the dialogue has a raw, urgent energy. However, the outcome is predictable, which slightly diminishes engagement.

Pacing: 7.5

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because it starts with a personal moment, builds tension through the argument, and ends with a sudden, chilling realization, creating a sense of accelerating dread.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 9

Formatting is standard and professional, with clear scene headings and action lines. No issues.

Structure: 7

The scene follows a classic three-beat structure: setup (phone call), confrontation (pitch to Casey), and a twist/revelation (Jamie's realization about Bear Stearns). It's effective but formulaic.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the urgency and panic surrounding the financial crisis, particularly through Charlie's dialogue about the impending tsunami effect on the global economy. However, the emotional stakes could be heightened by incorporating more visceral reactions from both characters, allowing the audience to feel the weight of their concerns.
  • Charlie's phone call with his mother serves as a good setup for his emotional state, but it feels somewhat disconnected from the main action of the scene. It might be more impactful if the conversation directly tied into the themes of the financial crisis, perhaps by having his mother express disbelief or concern about the situation, which could further illustrate the disconnect between the characters' understanding of the crisis and the general public's perception.
  • The dialogue between Charlie and Jamie is engaging, but it could benefit from more subtext. For instance, while they express frustration with Casey, there could be hints of their own insecurities about their positions and the validity of their concerns. This would add depth to their characters and make their motivations clearer.
  • Casey's reluctance to pursue the story feels realistic, but his character could be fleshed out further. Providing a brief glimpse into his life or motivations could help the audience empathize with his decision, even if they disagree with it. This would create a more nuanced conflict between the idealism of Charlie and Jamie and the pragmatism of Casey.
  • The pacing of the scene is generally good, but the transition from the newsroom back to the hallway could be smoother. A brief moment of reflection or a shared look between Charlie and Jamie could emphasize their disappointment and the weight of the situation they are facing.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a moment where Charlie's mother expresses her disbelief about the financial crisis, which could enhance the emotional connection and highlight the disconnect between the characters and the general public.
  • Incorporate more subtext in the dialogue between Charlie and Jamie to reveal their insecurities and motivations, making their frustrations more relatable and layered.
  • Flesh out Casey's character by providing a glimpse into his personal life or motivations, allowing the audience to empathize with his decision not to pursue the story.
  • Enhance the emotional stakes by including more visceral reactions from Charlie and Jamie, allowing the audience to feel the weight of their concerns about the financial crisis.
  • Smooth the transition between the newsroom and the hallway by adding a moment of reflection or a shared look between Charlie and Jamie to emphasize their disappointment.



Scene 49 -  The Weight of Transparency
124 INT. SCION OFFICES - DAY 124

Mike is at his desk. The headline on the site he’s on is:

Bear Stearns liquidates mortgage backed securities hedge
funds. Losses at 3.6 Billion.

The office is completely empty save two LAWYERS who are
wheeling files out on a hand cart. Michael is on the phone
hearing a voice mail.

WOMAN (SOT)
You’ve reached Lucy Thalia at
Goldman Sachs. I’m not available-

He hangs up.

July 31, 2007

LAWYER
That should do it Dr. Burry.

MICHAEL BURRY
If you need any files from 2005-

LAWYER
Mr. Field’s suit is very specific
to files from the past year.

MICHAEL BURRY
Well then tell Lawrence I said hi.

Burry’s PHONE rings. The caller ID is Thalia/Private.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 104.


MIKE
(answering)
You can't get back to me for a
whole week?

LUCY THALIA (O.S.)
I'm so sorry, Mike. Goldman had a
systems failure. I lost a ton of
messages.

MIKE
B of A said they had a power
outage. And Morgan Stanley said
their server crashed.

LUCY THALIA (O.S.)
Huh. That's weird.

MIKE
I would call it improbable. Where
do you have our position marked?

LUCY THALIA (O.S.)
It could be the same, Mike.

MIKE
Can you explain that to me? How's
the value of an insurance contract
in no way affected by the demise of
the thing it insures?

LUCY THALIA (O.S.)
They’re independent markets.
They’re not always correlated. I
know it sounds odd but these are
very complicated products.

MIKE
They are correlated, and I can
prove it.

LUCY THALIA (O.S.)
How?

MIKE
You'd never claim they're
uncorrelated on a hard line --
those are recorded bank records --
but you'll say it on your cell
phone.

Static.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 104A.


MIKE (CONT'D)
Hello?
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 105.


LUCY THALIA (O.S.)
Mike, I need to call you right
back.

She clicks off. Mike hangs up.

The phone RINGS again almost immediately. Goldman.

MIKE
(answers)
I'm listening.

A DIFFERENT VOICE
Dr. Burry?

MIKE
Yeah.

DEEB
Deeb Winston, Goldman Sachs.
Listen, I've been reviewing your
position. I wanted to discuss your
marks, make sure they're fair.

Mike realizes what's happened.

MIKE
I think you mean you've secured a
net short position yourselves so
you're free to mark my swaps
accurately for once. Because it's
now in your interest to do so.

Static.

DEEB
I'm not sure what you want me to
say.

MIKE
Nothing.

Mike hangs up. There. See. Done.

CUT TO:
Genres: ["Drama","Thriller"]

Summary In a tense scene set in the Scion offices, Mike Burry reviews Bear Stearns' financial troubles while fielding calls from Goldman Sachs representatives. Lucy Thalia explains a systems failure affecting her communications, but her vague responses frustrate Mike, leading her to abruptly hang up. Deeb Winston then calls to discuss Mike's financial positions, but Mike quickly realizes Goldman Sachs' ulterior motives in their net short position, prompting him to dismiss Deeb as well. The scene highlights Mike's skepticism towards the financial system and his isolation in navigating these complex interactions.
Strengths
  • Intense dialogue
  • Complex character dynamics
  • High-stakes conflict
Weaknesses
  • Potential for confusion due to financial jargon

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

This scene's primary job is to deliver a moment of vindication for Mike Burry as the financial system's fraud is exposed through a single phone call. The biggest limiter is that the revelation is somewhat telegraphed and the scene lacks the visceral tension of earlier confrontations, feeling more like a procedural checkbox than a dramatic climax.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of a protagonist realizing the banks have been manipulating marks and are now forced to be honest because they've taken the opposite position is clever and true to the film's themes. However, the execution is a bit on-the-nose and lacks the subtlety of earlier scenes.

Plot: 6.5

The plot advances by confirming Burry's thesis and showing the banks' duplicity, but the scene is largely a single conversation with little physical action or complication. It moves the story forward but in a straightforward, almost expected way.

Originality: 7

The use of a dropped call and a change in bank behavior to signal a shift in the market is a fresh take on the 'aha' moment. The dialogue is authentic to the financial world.


Character Development

Characters: 6

Mike Burry is consistent—intelligent, direct, and socially awkward—but the scene doesn't deepen his character. The lawyers and Lucy are functional. Deeb's brief appearance is a bit too convenient as a plot device.

Character Changes: 2

Burry doesn't change; he simply has his beliefs confirmed. The scene is more about external validation than internal transformation.

Internal Goal: 7

Mike's internal goal is to prove that his analysis was correct and that the system is fraudulent, driven by a need for validation and justice.

External Goal: 8

Mike's external goal is to get Goldman Sachs to mark his swaps accurately.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 5

The conflict is intellectual and procedural—Burry vs. the banks' obfuscation. It's resolved too quickly with the phone call from Deeb, which defuses tension rather than building it.

Opposition: 5

The opposition is the banks' systemic dishonesty, personified by Lucy and Deeb. Deeb's sudden cooperation weakens the opposition, making the victory feel too easy.

High Stakes: 6

The stakes are high—Burry's entire investment and reputation are on the line—but the scene resolves them too easily, reducing the sense of risk.

Story Forward: 7

The scene confirms that the banks are now marking Burry's swaps accurately, which is a key plot point. It moves the story forward by removing a major obstacle.

Unpredictability: 5

This scene is unpredictable because the sudden shift from Lucy's evasion to Deeb's cooperative call is a surprise, though the overall outcome is expected.

Philosophical Conflict: 6

The clash is between Burry's belief in objective truth and the banks' willingness to manipulate reality for profit. The scene shows the banks finally capitulating to truth, but only when it serves their interests.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 5

The emotional impact is muted. Burry's quiet 'Nothing' and hang-up are meant to be triumphant, but the scene lacks the catharsis of a bigger confrontation. The audience feels vindicated but not deeply moved.

Dialogue: 6.5

The dialogue is efficient and carries the exposition, with Burry's logical dismantling of the banks' excuses being a strength. However, the conversation feels a bit stilted and lacks the natural rhythm of real phone calls, especially the static interruptions.

Engagement: 6

This scene is engaging because it delivers a long-awaited payoff—the banks admitting the truth—but the procedural nature and lack of visual action reduce its grip.

Pacing: 6.5

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because it starts slowly with the voicemail and lawyer scene, then accelerates with the phone calls, creating a sense of urgency. However, the static interruptions break the flow.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

Formatting is clean and professional, with clear scene headings and proper use of parentheticals. The static interruptions are well-indicated.

Structure: 6.5

The scene follows a classic three-beat structure: setup (Burry on phone with Lucy), complication (static, call back from Deeb), and resolution (Burry hangs up). It's functional but lacks a strong turning point.


Critique
  • The scene effectively conveys a sense of isolation and urgency, reflecting Mike Burry's precarious position as the financial crisis unfolds. The empty office setting enhances the feeling of abandonment and impending doom, which is a strong visual choice.
  • The dialogue between Mike and Lucy Thalia is sharp and reveals the tension in the financial world, particularly the disconnect between the banks and the reality of the market. However, the conversation could benefit from more emotional stakes; while the technical aspects are well-presented, the personal impact of these financial decisions on Mike could be further explored.
  • The use of phone calls as a narrative device is effective, but the scene could be enhanced by incorporating more visual elements that reflect Mike's emotional state. For instance, showing his physical reactions or expressions during the calls could add depth to his character and the gravity of the situation.
  • The transition between the voicemail and the live phone call is somewhat abrupt. A smoother transition or a brief moment of reflection from Mike after the voicemail could help to build tension and anticipation for the subsequent conversation.
  • The scene ends rather abruptly after Mike hangs up on Deeb. While this reflects his frustration, it might be more impactful to include a brief moment of contemplation or a visual cue that emphasizes the weight of his realization about the market's manipulation.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a brief internal monologue or visual cue that illustrates Mike's emotional state during the phone calls, which would help the audience connect with his character on a deeper level.
  • Enhance the dialogue with more personal stakes by having Mike reflect on how these financial manipulations affect not just the market, but also the lives of everyday people, including his own investors.
  • Introduce a moment of silence or a visual pause after the voicemail to build tension before the next call, allowing the audience to feel the weight of the situation.
  • Explore the possibility of adding a visual element that shows the empty office in more detail, perhaps with lingering shots of the deserted space to emphasize Mike's isolation and the gravity of the financial crisis.
  • Consider concluding the scene with a more impactful line or action from Mike that encapsulates his realization about the market, leaving the audience with a strong emotional takeaway.



Scene 50 -  Market Collapse: A Moment of Realization
125 INT. FRONTPOINT OFFICE - DAY 125

The trading desk is hopping. We see someone on their computer
on Bloomberg.com. The story: Countrywide Financial Warns of
“Difficult Conditions.”

The Dow is down 325 points
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 106.


Mark has a phone full of blinking red lights, about to pull
up a call, as soon Danny finishes prepping him.

DANNY
Subprime bonds went off a cliff.
Rumor is default numbers are huge.

MARK
Who got the remittance data early?
I bet it’s Goldman.

Mark punches a blinking light.

MARK (CONT’D)
Jared, it's chaos over here. Where
are we?


126 INT. DUETSCHE BATHROOM - DEUTSCHE BANK - DAY 126

Jared enters a bathroom, pushes a BANKER OUT THE DOOR.

JARED VENNETT
The gods have spoken. No one’s
buying CDO or mortgage bonds
anymore.
(To the guy he’s pushing
out)
Sorry, important call!
(then back to Mark)
Our secret's out. Swaps are now the
most valuable product on the
street. And I heard from someone
who heard from someone that Bennie
Leibman over at Morgan just took
some heavy losses in Morgan’s bond
department. Your ship might be
taking on water... It might be time
to grab a life jacket.

Mark hangs up. Everyone's looking his direction.

VINNY
And?

MARK
The market's turned.

A long, weird beat. No one speaks. No one celebrates.

For good reason...

RECEPTIONIST
Kathy's office is looking for you.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 107.


127 INT. MORGAN STANLEY HALLWAY - MOMENTS LATER 127

Mark strides for a corner office. A young woman passes in
tears, carrying a personal effects box and crying, newly
fired.
Genres: ["Drama","Thriller"]

Summary In a bustling trading office, Mark receives urgent updates about a financial market downturn, particularly concerning subprime bonds. Danny warns him of significant defaults, while Jared, speaking from a bathroom at Deutsche Bank, reveals that no one is buying CDOs or mortgage bonds anymore. Mark realizes the gravity of the situation as the atmosphere grows tense and somber. The scene culminates with Mark encountering a distraught young woman who has just been fired, underscoring the emotional toll of the impending crisis.
Strengths
  • Building tension
  • Revealing character motivations
  • Advancing the plot
Weaknesses
  • Lack of celebratory moment after the market turns

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

The scene's primary job is to dramatize the moment the market turns and the personal cost of that turn, which it does with efficient, tense dialogue and a powerful final image. The biggest limiter is its brevity—it feels like a fragment rather than a fully realized scene, and the emotional impact of the fired employee is undercut by the lack of context or follow-through.


Story Content

Concept: 6

The concept of the market turning is a classic financial drama beat, but the scene's execution is straightforward and lacks a fresh angle. The idea of the 'secret being out' and swaps becoming valuable is clear, but the scene doesn't offer a new perspective on this familiar moment.

Plot: 6.5

The plot advances the story by confirming the market's collapse and setting up the next phase of the characters' financial maneuvers. However, the scene is more of a transition than a major plot development, and the lack of a clear cause-and-effect chain (e.g., why exactly the market turned) weakens its impact.

Originality: 6

The scene is original in its specific details, such as Jared's bathroom call and the fired employee, but the overall situation—market collapse—is a familiar trope in financial dramas. The dialogue and actions feel authentic to the world of finance.


Character Development

Characters: 5.5

Mark is shown as decisive and in control, but his character is not deeply explored here. Jared's brief appearance reinforces his strategic, detached nature. The fired employee is a poignant but underdeveloped figure, serving more as a symbol than a character.

Character Changes: 2

There is no significant character change in this scene. Mark remains resolute, and the other characters are static. The scene is more about the situation changing than the characters evolving.

Internal Goal: 5

Mark's internal goal is to maintain control and composure in the face of chaos, driven by a need to prove his foresight and avoid the guilt of failure. He fears being wrong and the moral weight of profiting from disaster.

External Goal: 7

Mark's external goal is to navigate the market's turn and secure his position, likely by managing his short positions and responding to Kathy's demands.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 5

The conflict is primarily external—the market's collapse and the pressure from Kathy—but it's not fully realized. The scene lacks a direct confrontation or obstacle that the characters must overcome, making the conflict feel muted.

Opposition: 4

The opposition is primarily the market itself and the pressure from Kathy, but it's not personified or directly confronted. The scene lacks a clear antagonist, making the opposition feel abstract.

High Stakes: 7

The stakes are high—the market's collapse could mean financial ruin or fortune for the characters—but the scene doesn't fully convey the magnitude of these stakes. The focus is on the immediate reaction rather than the long-term consequences.

Story Forward: 7

The scene moves the story forward by confirming the market's turn and setting up the next phase of the characters' financial strategies. It also introduces the personal cost of the crisis, which may have future implications.

Unpredictability: 5.5

This scene is somewhat predictable in that the market's turn is expected, but the specific details—Jared's bathroom call, the fired employee—add a layer of unpredictability. The scene doesn't offer major surprises, but it does deliver a satisfying payoff.

Philosophical Conflict: 4

The scene hints at a clash between the cold logic of the market and the human cost of financial collapse, as seen in the fired employee. Mark's worldview is challenged by the reality of the crisis, but this is not fully explored.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 5.5

The emotional impact is moderate, driven by the image of the crying employee and the tense atmosphere. However, the scene is too brief to build significant emotional resonance, and the characters' reactions are restrained.

Dialogue: 6

The dialogue is functional and tense, with Jared's 'grab a life jacket' line being a standout. However, the exchange between Mark and Danny is brief and lacks the wit or depth seen in other scenes. The dialogue serves the plot but doesn't reveal much about the characters.

Engagement: 7

This scene is engaging because it captures a pivotal moment in the financial crisis with urgency and a sense of impending doom. The contrast between the trading floor chaos and Jared's calm bathroom call is compelling, and the final image of the crying employee is memorable.

Pacing: 7

The pacing is brisk, moving from the trading floor to the bathroom call and back, with a quick resolution. The scene's brevity keeps it tight, but it also prevents the tension from fully building.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 7

The formatting is clean and professional, with clear scene headings and action lines. The use of ellipses and parentheticals is effective, but the scene is short and could benefit from more descriptive detail to set the mood.

Structure: 6.5

The scene follows a classic structure: setup (chaos on the floor), escalation (Jared's call), and a turning point (the market has turned), followed by a visual coda (the fired employee). It's efficient but lacks a clear climax or resolution.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the tension and urgency of the financial crisis, with the trading desk's chaotic atmosphere and Mark's frantic phone calls. However, the dialogue could be more dynamic to reflect the high stakes and emotional weight of the situation. Currently, it feels somewhat flat and lacks the intensity that would heighten the drama.
  • Mark's character is established as a decisive leader, but the scene could benefit from more internal conflict or emotional depth. For instance, showing Mark's reaction to the news of the market turning could add layers to his character, illustrating his fears or doubts about the consequences of their investments.
  • The transition between the two locations (the trading desk and the bathroom) is clear, but the abruptness of the switch could be smoothed out. Adding a brief moment of reflection or a visual cue that connects the two settings could enhance the flow of the scene.
  • The use of the receptionist's line about Kathy looking for Mark serves as a good plot device to indicate the pressure he is under, but it could be more impactful if it were tied to Mark's internal thoughts or concerns. This would create a stronger connection between the external pressures and his internal state.
  • The scene ends on a somber note with the young woman in tears, which is effective in conveying the human cost of the financial crisis. However, it could be more powerful if Mark's reaction to her distress was included, showing his awareness of the broader implications of the market's collapse.
Suggestions
  • Revise the dialogue to include more emotional stakes and urgency, perhaps by incorporating more vivid language or metaphors that reflect the chaos of the financial world.
  • Consider adding a moment of internal reflection for Mark after he receives the news about the market turning. This could be a brief flashback or a thought that reveals his fears about the consequences of their actions.
  • Smooth the transition between the trading desk and the bathroom by including a visual element or a brief moment of silence that emphasizes the gravity of the situation before cutting to Jared.
  • Enhance the receptionist's line by tying it to Mark's internal conflict, perhaps by showing his anxiety about facing Kathy or the implications of the market's downturn.
  • Include a reaction from Mark to the young woman in tears, which would humanize him further and emphasize the emotional toll of the financial crisis on individuals.



Scene 51 -  Financial Reckoning
128 INT. MORGAN STANLEY - KATHY TAO’S OFFICE - DAY 128

A BREAST-PUMP on a credenza.

Mark’s waiting on Kathy. Considering her Spartan office, he
realizes she has no personal effects, save the pump.

Kathy Tao enters, frazzled, scared.

KATHY TAO
Thanks for coming so quickly, Mark.
I’m sure you’ve been hearing
rumblings about some losses Morgan
has suffered.

He nods. She sits.

MARK
Congratulations.

KATHY TAO
What?

He points to the breast pump.

KATHY TAO (CONT'D)
Oh. Thanks. I just wanted you to
know that yes, Morgan has suffered
some losses but our liquidity is
strong and there’s no cause for
concern.

MARK
What about Bennie Leibman? Is he
concerned. Word on the street is he
took some heavy losses.

Half beat.

MARK (CONT’D)
We know each other too well Kathy.
How bad is it?
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 107A.


KATHY TAO
Okay. Two years ago, Bennie Leibman
in Morgan’s bond department also
started shorting subprime housing.
2 billion in triple B’s.

MARK
Bennie's smarter than I thought.

KATHY TAO
Not smart enough. The premiums on
the swaps ate into his desk's
profit.
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 108.

KATHY TAO (CONT'D)
To cover his triple B shorts he
sold a lot of A and double A swaps
as protection. A lot. He believed
there was no way they could be
affected.

MARK
Tell me Morgan Stanley doesn’t hold
those contracts.

Silence. They held them.

MARK (CONT’D)
What’s your exposure. 3 billion?
Don’t tell me it’s over 4.

KATHY TAO
I can’t answer that. And I’m not
sure there’s even a definitive
answer.

MARK
Kathy, you bring me in here to say
everything’s fine and you don’t
mention Bennie’s losses. You’ll
have to pardon me if I don’t
believe a word you’re saying right
now.

Beat.

KATHY TAO
Our long exposure is somewhere
between 12 and 16 billion.

MARK
Jesus Christ... Are you fucking
kidding me?

KATHY TAO
He kept saying defaults over 8
percent were impossible. There'd be
a million homeless.

MARK
And how is that a reason it can’t
happen?!

KATHY TAO
No one thought... Please don’t do
this Mark. Like it or not you’re
part of Morgan.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 108A.


MARK
Kathy, given Morgan's leverage,
what are you doing to prevent a run
on this bank?

We see she’s not just stunned, she’s terrified.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 109.
Genres: ["Drama","Thriller"]

Summary In a tense meeting at Morgan Stanley, Mark confronts Kathy Tao about the company's alarming financial troubles. Despite her attempts to downplay the situation, Kathy reveals the extent of their risky contracts and significant losses, leaving her terrified as Mark questions the potential fallout and the risk of a bank run. The scene captures the high stakes and anxiety surrounding the impending financial crisis.
Strengths
  • Tension-filled dialogue
  • Revealing character interactions
  • High emotional impact
Weaknesses
  • Limited character development in this specific scene

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7.5

This scene's primary job is to escalate the stakes by revealing Morgan Stanley's catastrophic exposure, and it lands with sharp, tense dialogue and a powerful visual symbol. The single biggest limiter is that the exposition-heavy revelation feels slightly rushed, lacking a moment for the emotional weight to fully settle before Mark pivots to strategy.


Story Content

Concept: 7.5

The concept of a senior banker revealing a 12-16 billion dollar exposure in a personal, spartan office is strong, but the scene relies heavily on familiar 'bad news revealed' beats.

Plot: 8

The plot advances significantly by revealing the true scale of Morgan Stanley's losses and setting up the next conflict (preventing a run on the bank).

Originality: 6.5

The breast pump as a symbol is a fresh, authentic detail, but the 'executive reveals catastrophic losses' beat is a familiar trope in financial dramas.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Mark is sharp and confrontational, Kathy is terrified and vulnerable, but their dynamic is somewhat one-note (aggressor vs. defender) without deeper nuance.

Character Changes: 4

Mark's resolve hardens, but neither character undergoes a significant change; Kathy's fear is confirmed, not transformed.

Internal Goal: 7

Mark's internal goal is to maintain his moral clarity and control in the face of systemic corruption, driven by a need to be right and a fear of being complicit.

External Goal: 9

Mark's external goal is to extract the true extent of Morgan Stanley's losses from Kathy.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 8.5

The conflict is direct and high-stakes: Mark demands the truth, Kathy resists, and the revelation creates a new crisis.

Opposition: 7

Kathy is a reluctant opponent, not actively hostile but resistant to revealing the truth, which creates a realistic obstacle for Mark.

High Stakes: 9

The stakes are enormous: the potential collapse of Morgan Stanley and the broader financial system, quantified in billions.

Story Forward: 9

The scene moves the story forward by revealing the true extent of the crisis and setting up the next action (preventing a bank run).

Unpredictability: 6

This scene is somewhat predictable in its structure (bad news revealed), but the specific scale of the exposure (12-16 billion) and the breast pump detail add surprise.

Philosophical Conflict: 7

The clash is between Mark's belief in facing harsh truths and Kathy's (and the bank's) denial and hope that the crisis will be contained, reflecting a broader conflict between realism and wishful thinking.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 7

Kathy's terror and Mark's controlled anger create a palpable tension, but the emotional impact is somewhat muted by the rapid-fire financial details.

Dialogue: 8

The dialogue is crisp and realistic, with Mark's blunt questions and Kathy's reluctant admissions creating tension, though some lines feel slightly on-the-nose.

Engagement: 8

This scene is engaging because the rapid-fire financial revelations and the personal tension between Mark and Kathy create a gripping, high-stakes confrontation.

Pacing: 8

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because the quick back-and-forth dialogue and escalating numbers create a sense of urgency and mounting dread.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 9

Formatting is clean and professional, with clear action lines and dialogue attribution, though the parentheticals are minimal.

Structure: 8

The scene follows a classic reveal structure: setup (Kathy's fear), rising tension (Mark's probing), climax (the exposure number), and a turn (Mark's question about a bank run).


Critique
  • The scene effectively establishes a tense atmosphere, reflecting the gravity of the financial crisis. Mark's confrontation with Kathy Tao reveals the stakes involved and the precarious situation at Morgan Stanley. However, the dialogue could benefit from more subtext; while the characters express their concerns, there are moments where the dialogue feels too on-the-nose, lacking the layered tension that could enhance the stakes.
  • Kathy's character is introduced as frazzled and scared, which is a strong choice, but her motivations and background could be fleshed out further. Providing a glimpse into her past experiences or her relationship with Bennie Leibman could add depth to her character and make her fear more relatable.
  • The use of the breast pump as a visual motif is intriguing, but it could be more effectively integrated into the dialogue or Mark's internal thoughts. As it stands, it feels somewhat disconnected from the main conversation about financial losses. Exploring how her personal life intersects with her professional challenges could create a more compelling narrative.
  • The pacing of the scene is generally good, but there are moments where the tension could be heightened. For instance, after Mark's revelation about the potential losses, a longer pause could amplify the weight of the information. This would allow the audience to absorb the implications of the financial crisis more fully.
  • The emotional stakes are high, but the scene could benefit from a stronger visual contrast between Mark's assertiveness and Kathy's vulnerability. This could be achieved through camera angles or framing that emphasize their power dynamics, making the confrontation feel even more intense.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding more subtext to the dialogue to create tension without explicitly stating the characters' fears. This could involve using metaphors or indirect references to the financial crisis.
  • Develop Kathy's character further by incorporating brief flashbacks or internal monologues that reveal her past experiences and how they inform her current fears and decisions.
  • Integrate the breast pump motif more seamlessly into the dialogue or Mark's thoughts, perhaps by having him reflect on the challenges of balancing personal and professional life in high-stress environments.
  • Experiment with pacing by extending pauses after key revelations to allow the audience to process the gravity of the situation, enhancing the emotional impact.
  • Utilize visual storytelling techniques, such as framing and camera angles, to emphasize the power dynamics between Mark and Kathy, making the confrontation feel more charged and significant.



Scene 52 -  Tensions at Midnight
129 INT. MANHATTAN RESTAURANT - LATE NIGHT 129

At a window table, Mark and Vinny sit across from Porter and
Danny.

PORTER
But we have nothing to do with
Morgan Stanley!

VINNY
Tell the bankruptcy court. Morgan
fails, our accounts go on their
balance sheet.

DANNY
That’s crazy. Morgan makes the
sucker’s bet and we pay their
gambling debts.

Mark’s brooding dangerously.

PORTER
You're saying, we could do
everything right, disciplined,
smart, and still go broke?

VINNY
That’s right.

PORTER
What do we do?

MARK
Short the bank stocks. Then we
wait.

VINNY
Or... we sell our swaps, when the
market opens. We get our bonuses
and our investors get their
profits. We'd get 30 cents on the
dollar. Not bad.

MARK
They're worth three times that.

VINNY
If Morgan goes under it won’t
matter.

MARK
Forget it. I'm not giving away
lifeboats.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 110.


VINNY
Mark, don’t play a game of chicken
on this one.

MARK
Drop it! Christ, Vin. We sell when
I say we sell. Don't pussy out on
me!

VINNY
I get that this is what you’ve
dreamed about but we have a
fiduciary responsibility to-

MARK
No. No we don’t. No one is being
responsible. So fuck
responsibility. We’re going to
shove the knife in to the hilt and
make these assholes at the big
banks-

WAITRESS
(approaching)
--you boys want--

MARK
--we're talking! Excuse us.

The Waitress is wounded. Goes. A brutal beat. No one can look
at Mark.

MARK (CONT’D)
(quiet)
I’ll say when we sell.
Genres: ["Drama","Thriller"]

Summary In a late-night Manhattan restaurant, Mark and Vinny engage in a heated debate with Porter and Danny over the looming bankruptcy of Morgan Stanley. While Porter fears financial ruin and Vinny advocates for caution by suggesting shorting bank stocks, Mark aggressively insists on holding their positions, dismissing any notion of responsibility. The confrontation escalates, revealing a stark divide between Mark's ambition and Vinny's caution, culminating in Mark's firm declaration, 'I’ll say when we sell,' leaving the tension unresolved.
Strengths
  • Intense dialogue
  • Character development
  • High emotional impact
  • Tension-building
Weaknesses
  • Potential for audience confusion due to complex financial terminology

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7.2

This scene's primary job is to dramatize a high-stakes internal team conflict over when to cash out, and it lands with sharp, confrontational dialogue and clear stakes. The single biggest limiter is that Mark's position feels more like stubborn rage than a reasoned strategy, which slightly undercuts the moral complexity the scene reaches for; a line or beat showing his calculation would lift it.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of a team arguing over whether to sell their swaps while the market teeters is strong, but it's a familiar beat in financial dramas—the 'hold or fold' debate. The moral twist (Mark's refusal to 'give away lifeboats') adds originality, though it's not fully explored.

Plot: 6.5

The plot advances the central conflict—whether to take profits or hold for a bigger payoff—and raises the stakes by linking Morgan Stanley's fate to their own. However, the scene is mostly a static argument without new information or a plot twist.

Originality: 7

The scene is a fresh take on the familiar 'team debate' trope by grounding it in specific financial mechanics (swaps, balance sheets) and a morally ambiguous protagonist. The 'lifeboats' metaphor is original and evocative.


Character Development

Characters: 7.5

Mark's brooding, aggressive leadership is vividly drawn, and Vinny's pragmatic caution provides clear contrast. Porter and Danny are less distinct, serving mostly as sounding boards. The scene deepens Mark's character as a man driven by vengeance and principle, but his volatility risks making him unsympathetic.

Character Changes: 2

Mark does not change; he doubles down on his aggressive stance. Vinny is challenged but doesn't visibly shift. The scene reinforces existing character traits rather than transforming them.

Internal Goal: 7.5

Mark's internal goal is to assert control and prove his moral superiority over the system that he despises, driven by a need for vindication and a fear of being seen as weak or complicit.

External Goal: 8

Mark's external goal is to prevent his team from selling their swaps early, insisting they wait for maximum profit and impact.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 8.5

The conflict is intense and personal—Vinny vs. Mark over when to sell, with the fate of their firm and investors at stake. The power dynamic is clear: Mark asserts dominance, but Vinny's challenge is grounded in logic.

Opposition: 7

Vinny provides strong opposition as the voice of reason and fiduciary duty, but he ultimately defers to Mark. The real opposition is the unseen market forces and Morgan Stanley's potential collapse, which loom over the argument.

High Stakes: 8.5

The stakes are high: the potential loss of millions in profits, the survival of their firm, and the moral cost of betting against the market. The 'lifeboats' metaphor underscores the life-or-death financial stakes.

Story Forward: 7.5

The scene moves the story forward by setting a clear decision point (Mark refuses to sell) that will have consequences in subsequent scenes. It raises the stakes and clarifies the team's internal rift.

Unpredictability: 5.5

This scene is somewhat predictable in that the audience expects Mark to resist selling, but the intensity of his anger and the 'lifeboats' metaphor add a fresh edge. The waitress interruption is a minor surprise that reveals character.

Philosophical Conflict: 8

The clash is between fiduciary responsibility (Vinny's 'we have a duty to our investors') and a personal vendetta against the big banks (Mark's 'shove the knife in to the hilt'). Mark's worldview sees the system as so corrupt that conventional ethics no longer apply.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 7

The emotional impact is strong due to the raw anger and tension, but it's somewhat one-note (frustration and defiance). The moment with the waitress adds a layer of social discomfort, but the scene lacks a deeper emotional beat like vulnerability or regret.

Dialogue: 8

The dialogue is sharp and natural, with a strong rhythm of interruption and escalation. Mark's 'Don't pussy out on me!' and 'I’ll say when we sell' are memorable, but the waitress interruption feels slightly forced as a device to show Mark's rudeness.

Engagement: 8

This scene is engaging because the argument is high-stakes and the dialogue crackles with tension. The reader is drawn into the moral dilemma and wants to see who will win the argument.

Pacing: 8.5

The pacing is tight and effective, with quick back-and-forth dialogue that escalates to a peak and then drops into a quiet, ominous resolution. The waitress beat provides a brief pause that heightens the tension.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 9

Formatting is clean and professional, with clear character headings, parentheticals, and action lines. The use of 'brooding dangerously' and 'a brutal beat' effectively conveys tone without over-directing.

Structure: 8

The scene follows a classic dramatic structure: setup (the problem with Morgan Stanley), rising conflict (Vinny's proposal vs. Mark's refusal), climax (Mark's outburst at the waitress and final declaration), and resolution (quiet ultimatum). It's effective for a confrontation scene.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the tension and urgency of the characters' situation, reflecting the high stakes of the financial crisis. The dialogue is sharp and conveys the conflicting perspectives of the characters, particularly Mark's aggressive stance versus Vinny's more cautious approach.
  • Mark's character is well-defined through his dialogue and actions, showcasing his determination and willingness to take risks. However, his aggressive tone may come off as overly harsh, which could alienate the audience from his character. A more nuanced approach to his frustration could add depth to his motivations.
  • The use of the restaurant setting contrasts with the gravity of the conversation, creating an interesting juxtaposition. However, the scene could benefit from more sensory details about the environment to enhance the atmosphere and reflect the characters' emotional states.
  • The waitress's interruption serves as a moment of levity, but it also highlights the tension in the room. The abruptness of her departure could be expanded upon to emphasize the impact of Mark's outburst on those around him, making the scene feel more dynamic.
  • The pacing of the scene is effective, but the transition from the previous scene could be smoother. The emotional weight of Kathy's terror should carry over more distinctly into this scene, perhaps through a brief reflection from Mark or Vinny about the implications of her revelations.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding more descriptive elements to the setting, such as the ambiance of the restaurant, the food, or the reactions of other patrons, to create a richer backdrop for the intense conversation.
  • Explore Mark's internal conflict further. Perhaps include a moment where he reflects on the moral implications of his decisions, which could add complexity to his character and make his aggressive stance more relatable.
  • Enhance the waitress's moment by giving her a line that reflects her discomfort or surprise at the conversation, which could serve to heighten the tension and illustrate the impact of Mark's words on those around him.
  • Incorporate a brief moment of silence or hesitation after Mark's outburst to allow the weight of his words to settle in, giving the audience a moment to absorb the gravity of the situation.
  • Consider using subtext in the dialogue to convey the characters' underlying fears and motivations. This could create a more layered conversation that resonates with the audience on multiple levels.



Scene 53 -  Panic in the Financial Sector
130 EXT. STREETS OF CHELSEA - DAY 130

Jamie is walking down the street on his cell.

August 3, 2007

JAMIE
So not only do two mortgage hedge
funds backed by Bear Stearns go
belly up but now there’s a class
action law suit against Bear.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 110A.


131 INT. SPIN CLASS - SAME TIME 131

A SPIN CLASS IS IN PROGRESS WITH LOUD MUSIC PLAYING and 20
people on bikes. A sweaty Charlie is standing off to the side
on his cell.

CHARLIE
(yelling over the music)
Holy shit! Bear Stearns could
really collapse?

JAMIE (V.O.)
I don’t know if Bear will collapse.
But there’s a risk they might. And
it’s a risk we shouldn’t take.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 111.


CHARLIE
How the hell do we sell these
swaps!? I just realized we bought
them but we don’t know how to sell
them.

JAMIE
We’ll have to get Ben to do it.

CHARLIE
He’s on vacation with his wife’s
family in England!

The Spin Class instructor turns to Charlie.

INSTRUCTOR
Hey brother! Do you mind?

CHARLIE
Sorry!


132 INT. SCION - MIKE'S OFFICE - SAN JOSE - DAY 132

CLOSE on Mike's good eye: he's scanning his monitors.

January 14, 2008

He hovers over his terminal, worried. The numbers are not
good. We see default rates above 12%, Dow down 420 points
etc. He picks up the phone and dials a number by heart.

MIKE
It's Dr. Burry. Looks like the
collapse in the financial sector is
imminent. Let's start to unwind my
position. It's 1.3 Billion.

We hear disappointment in Mike's voice.


133 INT. SCION OFFICE - NIGHT 133

It's been cleared out, even Mike's Assistant is gone. The
light goes off in his inner office.

Leaving, Mike stops off at his WHITE BOARD, erases -19.3%
with his palm and starts to write +...

He stops, turns and considers the room full of abandoned
desks, just a telephone on each, all of them silent.

CUT TO:
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 112.
Genres: ["Drama","Thriller"]

Summary In a tense scene, Jamie discusses Bear Stearns' financial troubles and the risk of collapse with Charlie, who is frantic about their inability to sell their swaps. Meanwhile, Mike, in his office, decides to unwind his $1.3 billion position as he grapples with the impending crisis. The contrasting settings of a lively spin class and a somber office underscore the urgency and anxiety surrounding the financial turmoil.
Strengths
  • Building tension
  • Authentic character reactions
  • Relevant theme exploration
Weaknesses
  • Some dialogue may be too technical for general audiences

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.8

This scene's primary job is to show the beginning of the end for three key characters, and it lands effectively through clear parallel action and emotional weight. The single biggest limiter is that the spin-class interruption feels slightly comedic and undercuts the tension, and a tighter integration of the three threads would lift the overall impact.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of showing simultaneous exit strategies across different characters is strong, but the execution is somewhat fragmented and the spin-class setting feels mismatched with the gravity of the moment.

Plot: 6.5

The plot advances the story by showing the first concrete steps toward unwinding positions, but the transitions between locations are abrupt and the spin-class scene feels like a tonal detour.

Originality: 7

The scene is original in its use of a spin class as a backdrop for a financial crisis call, and in Mike's silent erasure of the loss percentage. The dialogue is functional but not particularly fresh.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Jamie and Charlie are shown in character-consistent panic and improvisation, and Mike's quiet resignation is powerful. However, the spin-class instructor's interruption briefly pulls focus from Charlie's urgency.

Character Changes: 6

Mike shows a clear change from active manager to someone beginning to exit, marked by his phone call and the erasure of the loss percentage. Jamie and Charlie show less change—more of a continuation of their established anxiety.

Internal Goal: 7

Mike's internal goal is to accept the end of his long bet and begin the process of exiting with integrity, despite his disappointment. Jamie and Charlie's internal goal is to find a way to act on their conviction without losing everything.

External Goal: 8

Mike's external goal is to unwind his 1.3 billion position. Jamie and Charlie's external goal is to figure out how to sell their swaps.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 6.5

Conflict is internal (Mike's disappointment, Charlie's panic) and external (the market's collapse, the practical problem of selling swaps). The spin-class interruption introduces a minor but distracting external conflict.

Opposition: 5

The opposition is systemic (the collapsing market, the difficulty of selling swaps) and practical (the spin-class instructor, the empty office). There is no direct antagonist in this scene.

High Stakes: 8.5

The stakes are very high: billions of dollars, the survival of institutions, and the characters' financial futures. The scene communicates this through specific numbers (1.3 billion, -19.3%) and the urgency of the dialogue.

Story Forward: 8

The scene moves the story forward by initiating the unwinding of positions, a major plot point. Each thread contributes to the sense that the crash is now inevitable.

Unpredictability: 5.5

This scene is somewhat predictable in that the unwinding has been anticipated, but the specific details (spin class, empty office) add freshness. The spin-class setting is an unexpected choice.

Philosophical Conflict: 6

The philosophical conflict is between the characters' foresight and the market's denial, and between their desire to profit and the moral weight of betting on collapse. This is more implied than developed in this scene.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 7

Mike's silent erasure of the -19.3% and his pause at the empty desks carries strong emotional weight. Jamie and Charlie's panic is less impactful due to the spin-class setting.

Dialogue: 6

The dialogue is functional and reveals key information (how to sell swaps, Mike's plan), but it lacks the sharp, memorable exchanges seen in earlier scenes. The spin-class exchange is a bit flat.

Engagement: 7

This scene is engaging because it shows the first concrete actions toward the long-awaited collapse, and Mike's silent moment in the empty office is deeply resonant. The spin-class interruption slightly breaks immersion.

Pacing: 7

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because it moves quickly between three locations, creating a sense of simultaneous urgency. The spin-class segment slows the pace slightly with its comedic interruption.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

Formatting is clean and professional, with clear scene headings and action lines. The use of V.O. for Jamie's phone call is standard and effective.

Structure: 7

The scene uses a parallel structure across three locations, which is appropriate for a financial thriller showing simultaneous action. The transitions are clear but the spin-class segment feels slightly out of place tonally.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the urgency and tension surrounding the financial crisis, particularly through the contrasting settings of Jamie on the street and Charlie in a spin class. This juxtaposition highlights the chaos of the financial world against the backdrop of everyday life, which is a strong visual choice.
  • The dialogue is functional but could benefit from more emotional depth. While Jamie and Charlie express concern about Bear Stearns, their reactions feel somewhat muted given the gravity of the situation. Adding more visceral reactions or personal stakes could enhance the emotional weight of their conversation.
  • Charlie's realization that they don't know how to sell the swaps is a pivotal moment, but it could be emphasized further. This moment of confusion and panic could be expanded to show how unprepared they are for the impending crisis, which would heighten the tension.
  • The transition from Jamie's phone call to Charlie's spin class is somewhat abrupt. A smoother transition or a brief visual cue could help the audience follow the shift in location and maintain the scene's flow.
  • The scene ends with Mike Burry's contemplative moment, which is a strong visual metaphor for the collapse of his world. However, it could be more impactful if there were a clearer connection between the urgency of Jamie and Charlie's conversation and Mike's decision to unwind his position. This would create a more cohesive narrative thread.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding more emotional stakes to Jamie and Charlie's dialogue. For example, they could reflect on their personal investments or the impact of the crisis on their families, which would make their concerns feel more immediate and relatable.
  • Enhance the transition between Jamie's and Charlie's scenes by incorporating a visual element, such as a split-screen effect or a brief montage of the chaos in the financial world, to emphasize the disconnect between their everyday lives and the unfolding crisis.
  • Expand on Charlie's panic about not knowing how to sell the swaps. This could involve him frantically searching for answers or reaching out to other colleagues, which would heighten the sense of urgency and confusion.
  • Consider using more dynamic camera angles or editing techniques during the spin class to convey the intensity of the situation. For instance, quick cuts between Charlie's worried expressions and the spinning bikes could create a more frenetic atmosphere.
  • Strengthen the connection between the scenes by having Mike's decision to unwind his position directly influenced by the news from Jamie and Charlie. This could be achieved through a voiceover or a visual cue that links their conversations to Mike's actions.



Scene 54 -  Securities and Shenanigans
134 EXT. THE POWDER MONKEY PUB - EXMOUTH, ENGLAND - DAY 134

A southern England old world pub on a wet street in a small
country town.

BEN (V.O.)
I’ve got almost no cell phone or
wifi reception and I’m trying to
sell 200 million dollars worth of
securities. And yes, this pub
smells like wet sheep.

JAMIE (V.O.)
You can do this Ben ...


135 INT. POWDER MONKEY PUB - EXMOUTH, ENGLAND - DAY 135

Ben has his Bloomberg terminal set up at a table, wears a
fancy headset, rolls calls in sweatpants.

BEN
This is The Brownfield Fund... I'm
trying to sell credit default
swaps...20 double A tranches of
CDOs...Absolutely, they're all
complete shit... Face value is 205
million dollars.

The PROPRIETRESS and THREE OLD ENGLISH MEN AT THE BAR pretend
not to listen to the strangest conversation they've ever
heard.

BEN (CONT’D)
No, we're looking for at least 100
million.

PUB-GOER
100 million! Hey laddy, are you a
drug dealer or a banker?! If you’re
a banker fuck off!

Everyone laughs in the pub. Now they’re openly watching.

BEN
Just give me your best number.

PUB-GOER #2
Have em throw in a million for me!

BEN
Look, if you don’t want this deal
then hang up...
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 113.

BEN (CONT'D)
(they don’t hang up)
That’s what I thought...


136 INT. BROWNFIELD OFFICE - EARLY MORNING 136

Charlie and Jamie stand around Charlie’s SPEAKER PHONE.

CHARLIE
Okay. Eighty million. Okay. That's
good.

JAMIE
Eighty's great, Ben. Thank you.
Thank you so much.

BEN (O.S.)
Most of it went to UBS. You're very
lucky. The largest bank in France
froze customers money market
accounts today. This thing's
hitting Europe. I hope I can get
home...

CHARLIE
You will. Call us when you land.

JAMIE
Hey Ben, I’m just wondering, why
did you do this with us? I mean,
you didn’t have to.... and thanks.
But why?

BEN (O.S.)
Because I like you guys.

JAMIE
(thrown)
Wow. You do? That’s so cool...
Okay... Bye Ben. Hello? Oh.

He hangs up.

JAMIE (CONT’D)
Eighty million in 6 months. From
just 110 thousand 4 years ago.
That's not bad.

CHARLIE
I’m done. No more.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 113A.


JAMIE
Yeah. Yeah, me too.
(half beat)
But we have to short Bear Stearns.

CHARLIE
You damn straight.
(realizing)
Oh, crap, where are we gonna put
the money we made?

DISSOLVE TO:
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 114.
Genres: ["Drama","Finance"]

Summary In a humorous and chaotic scene set in the Powder Monkey Pub in Exmouth, Ben attempts to sell $200 million worth of securities over the phone while dealing with poor reception and eavesdropping patrons. Dressed casually in sweatpants, he engages in a lighthearted conversation with potential buyers, drawing laughter from the pub-goers. Meanwhile, Jamie and Charlie discuss their gratitude towards Ben for his help in securing $80 million from the deal. The scene blends tension with comedy as Ben navigates the unusual setting, ultimately leading to Jamie and Charlie contemplating their next strategic move.
Strengths
  • Tension-filled atmosphere
  • Realistic dialogue
  • Engaging plot progression
Weaknesses
  • Limited character development in this specific scene

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7.2

This scene's primary job is to deliver the payoff of the protagonists' long-shot bet and show their moral exhaustion, which it does with a memorable, humorous setting and a touching character beat. The single biggest limiter is that the trade itself is handled off-screen and summarized, reducing the visceral tension of the climax; showing a moment of negotiation or a near-failure would lift the score.


Story Content

Concept: 8

The concept of closing a multi-million dollar deal from a pub while locals heckle is fresh and memorable, effectively contrasting the absurdity of high finance with everyday life. However, the actual mechanics of the trade are glossed over, which slightly weakens the concept's full potential.

Plot: 7

The plot advances the resolution of the protagonists' investment arc, showing the successful sale of their swaps and their decision to short Bear Stearns. The scene is a clear turning point, but the lack of on-screen negotiation reduces dramatic tension.

Originality: 8

The setting of a high-stakes financial deal in a rustic pub is original and authentic, avoiding clichéd boardrooms. The dialogue feels true to the characters and the world, with the pub-goers' reactions adding a fresh perspective.


Character Development

Characters: 7.5

Ben is shown as resourceful and unflappable, while Charlie and Jamie's relief and gratitude are palpable. Jamie's vulnerable question 'Why did you do this?' adds depth, but the pub-goers remain caricatures rather than fully realized characters.

Character Changes: 4

Jamie shows a subtle change, moving from transactional focus to genuine gratitude and connection with Ben. Charlie's decision to stop and then immediately short Bear Stearns shows his ongoing drive, but no major transformation.

Internal Goal: 7

Jamie's internal goal is to understand why Ben helped them, seeking validation and meaning beyond profit—driven by a need for connection and reassurance that their actions are not purely selfish.

External Goal: 8

Ben's external goal is to sell $200 million in credit default swaps; Charlie and Jamie's external goal is to close the deal and secure their profit.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 5

The primary conflict is external (selling the swaps) and internal (Jamie's need to understand Ben's motivation). The pub-goers' heckling adds minor opposition, but the main tension is resolved quickly.

Opposition: 4

The opposition is mild: the pub-goers heckle Ben, and the buyer on the phone could hang up, but Ben's confidence and the deal's success minimize the sense of real opposition.

High Stakes: 7

The stakes are high (selling $200 million in securities), but the scene downplays the risk by having the deal succeed off-screen. The emotional stakes of Jamie's question add a personal layer.

Story Forward: 8

The scene moves the story forward by concluding the protagonists' successful trade and setting up their next move (shorting Bear Stearns), keeping the momentum toward the financial crisis climax.

Unpredictability: 5

This scene is somewhat predictable as the payoff of a long-running plot thread, but the pub setting and heckling add an element of surprise. Jamie's vulnerable question is a small but genuine unpredictable beat.

Philosophical Conflict: 6

The clash is between the cold logic of financial markets (Ben selling 'complete shit' securities) and the human, communal values represented by the pub-goers who mock the banker. Jamie's question about Ben's motives reflects a personal struggle with the morality of their success.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6.5

The scene evokes relief and warmth, especially in Jamie's vulnerable moment, but the emotional stakes are lower than earlier scenes of crisis. The humor undercuts deeper emotional resonance.

Dialogue: 8

The dialogue is sharp and natural, with Ben's deadpan 'complete shit' and the pub-goer's 'drug dealer or a banker' providing humor and authenticity. The exchange between Jamie and Ben is heartfelt, though the pub banter is a bit on-the-nose.

Engagement: 7.5

This scene is engaging because of the humorous pub setting, the tension of the unseen deal, and the emotional payoff of Jamie's question. The contrast between high finance and rural pub life keeps the reader invested.

Pacing: 8

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because it alternates between the tension of the phone call and the comic relief of the pub-goers, then slows for the emotional beat with Jamie. The dissolve to the next scene is well-timed.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 9

Formatting is professional and clear, with proper scene headings, character cues, and parentheticals. The use of (V.O.) and (O.S.) is correct, and the action lines are concise.

Structure: 7.5

The scene follows a classic three-beat structure: setup (Ben in the pub), conflict (negotiation with heckling), and resolution (successful sale and emotional payoff). The structure is effective for a payoff scene, though the negotiation is summarized rather than dramatized.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the absurdity and chaos of the financial world, particularly through Ben's humorous and desperate attempts to sell securities from a pub. This juxtaposition of a traditional pub setting with high-stakes financial dealings creates a memorable visual and thematic contrast.
  • Ben's dialogue is engaging and reflects the tension of the situation, but it could benefit from more specificity regarding the securities he is trying to sell. While he mentions '20 double A tranches of CDOs,' elaborating on what makes these securities particularly risky or undesirable could enhance the stakes for the audience.
  • The use of the pub patrons as a comedic backdrop works well, but their reactions could be more varied to deepen the humor. For instance, instead of just laughing, some patrons could express disbelief or confusion, which would add layers to the comedic element and highlight the absurdity of Ben's situation.
  • The transition between the pub scene and the Brownfield office is somewhat abrupt. A smoother transition could help maintain the flow of the narrative. Perhaps a brief moment of reflection from Ben as he hangs up could serve as a bridge to the next scene.
  • Jamie's surprise at Ben's affection for them feels a bit underdeveloped. Expanding on this moment could provide insight into their relationship dynamics and add emotional depth. Why does Jamie find it surprising? What does this reveal about their previous interactions?
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a line or two of dialogue that explains why the securities are particularly undesirable, which would heighten the tension and stakes of the sale.
  • Enhance the comedic reactions of the pub patrons to create a more dynamic atmosphere. This could involve a mix of disbelief, laughter, and even some serious commentary on the financial crisis.
  • Introduce a brief moment of reflection for Ben after the call ends, allowing him to express his thoughts on the absurdity of selling securities from a pub, which could serve as a smoother transition to the next scene.
  • Expand on Jamie's reaction to Ben's affection for them. This could involve a brief exchange that reveals more about their relationship and adds emotional weight to the moment.
  • Consider incorporating visual elements that emphasize the contrast between the pub's cozy, traditional atmosphere and the high-stakes financial world Ben is trying to navigate, such as close-ups of Ben's anxious expressions or the starkness of his Bloomberg terminal against the pub's rustic decor.



Scene 55 -  The Tipping Point
137 INT. AUDITORIUM - DEUTSCHE BANK HQ - DAY 137

Dark. Elegant. A well-heeled crowd of 200 INVESTORS.

March 14, 2008

JARED VENNETT (V.O.)
As the housing markets and banks
continued to hemorrhage only one of
the big shorts refused to sell:
Mark Baum. So it was beyond perfect
when he was asked to speak at a
conference opposite Bruce Miller, a
famous bullish investor. After he
and Mark had their debate, Alan
Greenspan, one of the architects of
the whole crisis was scheduled to
speak. Everyone in Mark’s office
showed up and even invited
friends.... This was Ali versus
Foreman of the financial world...
The realist versus the fools. If it
seems almost too perfect, trust me,
this happened. And it was
beautiful.

A podium waits for Greenspan. Beside it are 3 chairs with THE
HOST, BRUCE MILLER, ruddy and confident and a sloppily-
dressed Mark Baum.

Vinny's in the front row.

BRUCE MILLER (THE BULL)
As some of you may know, Bear
Stearns just received a loan from
JP Morgan. We'll see how the market
reacts, but I think that lays to
rest concerns about the bank's
health.

THE HOST
I take it you have no plans to sell
your 200 million in Bear stock?

BRUCE MILLER
When we're done here, I'll probably
buy more.

THE HOST
For the opposing view, Mr. Baum.

MARK
I gotta stand for this.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 114A.


Wholly uninvited, Mark takes his mic to the podium.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 115.


MARK (CONT'D)
Okay, hi, so my firm's thesis is
simple: Wall Street took a good
idea, Lewis Ranieri’s Mortgage Bond
and turned it into an atomic bomb
of fraud and stupidity that is on
it’s way to decimating the world
economy.

BRUCE MILLER
How do you really feel?

The crowd laughs.

MARK
I’m glad you still have a sense of
humor. I wouldn’t if I were you.
(back to the crowd)
Now, anyone who knows me knows I
have no problem telling someone
they’re wrong. Hell, it’s my
passion.
(beat)
Well for the first time in my life,
it’s not so enjoyable.

Arriving late, Porter slips in the last row behind Danny.

PORTER
(whispers)
Bear Stearns issued a press release
denying rumors of liquidity
problems.

DANNY
(whispers)
They said they had liquidity?! That
always means they don’t.

MARK
We’re living in an era of fraud in
America. Not just in banking. But
in government, education, food,
religion, journalism, prisons,
baseball... Somehow, American
values became fuck it, let’s grab
what we can for now and the hell
with tomorrow.

Danny gets a quote, curses, types, Here we go! Bear at 47!
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 116.


MARK (CONT’D)
And what bothers me isn’t that
fraud is “not nice” or “mean.” It’s
that for fifteen thousand years
fraud and short sighted thinking
has never, ever worked. Not once.
How the hell did we all forget
that?

Vinny gets a text...Bear at 35 last!

MARK (CONT’D)
I thought we were all better than
this... I really did. And the fact
that we’re not doesn’t make me feel
superior and right... It makes me
feel sad...

In the back, a man hurries out holding on his cell phone.

MARK (CONT'D)
And as fun as it is seeing pompous
dumb Wall Streeters be wildly
wrong,
(turns to the Bull)
and you are wrong sir.
(back to his wrap up)
I just know that at the end of the
day regular people are going to pay
for all of this. Because they
always, always do.

Danny's just typed Bear at 29 last!!! as he hears this.

MARK (CONT'D)
That's my two cents. Thank you.

Mark pats Bruce Miller on the back as he takes his seat.

THE HOST
Does our bull have a response?

BRUCE MILLER
Only that in the history of Wall
Street, no investment bank has ever
failed except when caught in
criminal activities. So I stand by
my Bear Stearns optimism.

A YOUNG BANKER stands, unwilling to wait for the Q & A.

YOUNG BANKER
Mr. Miller! Sorry. Quick Question.
(re: his Blackberry)
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 117.

YOUNG BANKER (CONT'D)
From the time you guys started
talking, Bear Stearns stock has
fallen more than 38 percent. Would
you buy more now?

BRUCE MILLER
(unsure)
Sure. Yeah. I'd buy more. Why not?

Awkward silence.

Mark whispers into his mic...

MARK
Boom.

Mark watches the whole room scramble for the aisles.
Genres: ["Drama","Finance"]

Summary In a tense debate at a Deutsche Bank conference, Mark Baum passionately critiques the financial system, arguing that Wall Street's greed has led to widespread fraud. As Bear Stearns' stock crashes, the audience's anxiety grows, contrasting with Bruce Miller's bullish optimism. A young banker challenges Miller's confidence, highlighting the shifting sentiment in the room. The scene culminates in chaos as Mark sardonicly declares 'Boom,' signaling the impending financial crisis.
Strengths
  • Powerful dialogue
  • Emotional depth
  • Character development
  • Thematic resonance
Weaknesses
  • Potential for information overload
  • Lack of visual variety

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 8.2

This scene serves as the climactic public vindication of Mark Baum's thesis, landing with powerful emotional and thematic resonance as the market visibly crumbles mid-speech. The single biggest limiter is the heavy voice-over exposition that tells us how to feel before the scene earns it, slightly undercutting the dramatic surprise.


Story Content

Concept: 8.5

The concept of a live debate where one side's argument is instantly validated by a collapsing stock is a brilliant dramatic device, but the voice-over over-explains the metaphor.

Plot: 7.5

The plot advances the financial crisis timeline and Baum's arc, but the scene is more a set-piece than a plot mover—it confirms what we already know.

Originality: 7.5

The live debate with real-time stock ticker is a fresh take on the 'big speech' trope, though the dialogue occasionally leans on familiar cynicism.


Character Development

Characters: 7.8

Mark Baum's moral anguish and sardonic wit are on full display, but Bruce Miller is a one-note straw man with no depth.

Character Changes: 3

Baum doesn't change; he's confirmed in his worldview. The change is in the audience's perception of him.

Internal Goal: 8

Mark Baum seeks to expose the moral rot of the financial system and find meaning in his cynicism, driven by guilt and a desire for justice.

External Goal: 9

To win the debate and prove his thesis correct, publicly humiliating the bullish opposition.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 6.5

The conflict is intellectual and moral between Baum and Miller, but Miller offers no real resistance, making it lopsided.

Opposition: 4.5

Bruce Miller offers weak opposition—his arguments are easily dismantled, and he's visibly shaken by the stock drop, reducing dramatic tension.

High Stakes: 9

The stakes are global economic collapse and Baum's professional credibility, both vividly illustrated by the falling stock price.

Story Forward: 7

The scene marks a turning point—the market's collapse becomes undeniable—but it's a culmination, not a new direction.

Unpredictability: 7.5

This scene is unpredictable because the stock's dramatic fall during the debate is a real historical twist that feels scripted but isn't, though the voice-over spoils some surprise.

Philosophical Conflict: 8.5

The clash between short-term greed (Miller's blind optimism) and long-term ethical responsibility (Baum's moral outrage), reflecting Baum's internal struggle between vindication and sorrow.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 8

The emotional impact is strong—sadness for the regular people, vindication for Baum—but the voice-over dilutes the rawness.

Dialogue: 8.5

The dialogue is sharp, quotable, and thematically dense, but some lines feel too on-the-nose (e.g., 'Boom').

Engagement: 9

This scene is engaging because it combines a passionate speech with real-time market collapse, creating visceral tension and catharsis.

Pacing: 8.5

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because it alternates between Baum's measured speech and frantic whispered updates, accelerating to a chaotic climax.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 9

Formatting is clean and professional, with clear character headings, parentheticals, and action lines that convey urgency without clutter.

Structure: 8.5

The scene uses a classic debate structure with a live market counterpoint, building tension through whispered updates and ending with a mass exodus—effective for the genre.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the tension and stakes of the financial crisis, with Mark Baum's passionate speech serving as a powerful counterpoint to Bruce Miller's bullish optimism. However, the dialogue could benefit from more varied pacing to enhance the emotional impact. Mark's speech is compelling, but it risks feeling overly didactic at times. Balancing the exposition with more personal anecdotes or emotional stakes could deepen the audience's connection to the characters and the gravity of the situation.
  • The use of humor, particularly in Mark's interactions with Bruce, adds levity to an otherwise serious topic. However, the humor could be sharpened to ensure it lands effectively without undermining the seriousness of the message. For instance, Mark's quips could be more pointed or sarcastic to emphasize his frustration with the financial system.
  • The scene's structure is solid, with a clear buildup to Mark's speech and the subsequent chaos. However, the transition from Mark's speech to the audience's reaction could be more dynamic. Instead of simply stating that the room erupts into chaos, consider showing specific reactions from the audience members to create a more vivid picture of the panic and urgency.
  • The visual elements are well-described, but they could be enhanced by incorporating more sensory details. For example, describing the atmosphere in the auditorium—such as the tension in the air, the murmurs of the crowd, or the expressions on the investors' faces—could heighten the emotional stakes and immerse the audience further into the scene.
  • The pacing of the scene is generally effective, but the climax could be more pronounced. The moment when Mark delivers his final line, 'Boom,' is impactful, but it could be preceded by a more dramatic buildup. Consider adding a moment of silence or a pause before Mark's line to amplify its effect and allow the audience to fully absorb the weight of the situation.
Suggestions
  • Incorporate more personal stakes or anecdotes in Mark's speech to create a deeper emotional connection with the audience.
  • Sharpen the humor in Mark's dialogue to ensure it effectively highlights his frustration without detracting from the seriousness of the topic.
  • Enhance the transition from Mark's speech to the audience's reaction by showing specific reactions from audience members to create a more vivid picture of the chaos.
  • Add sensory details to the visual description of the auditorium to immerse the audience in the atmosphere and heighten the emotional stakes.
  • Consider adding a dramatic pause or moment of silence before Mark's final line to amplify its impact and allow the audience to fully absorb the gravity of the situation.



Scene 56 -  Crisis Unfolds
138 INT. BACK HALLWAY TO AUDITORIUM - DAY 138

A PR PERSON leads ALAN GREENSPAN (never fully seen) and his
ENTOURAGE toward an auditorium door.

PR PERSON
This way Mr. Greenspan. We are so
honored to have you here today...


139 INT. AUDITORIUM - DAY 139

The PR Person leads Greenspan and entourage in up front.
THERE ARE ONLY SIX AUDIENCE MEMBERS in the vast hall.

PR PERSON
What the hell?

CUT TO:


140 EXT. TIMES SQUARE - PRE-DAWN 140

Empty. The SCROLL is dead.

Suddenly, it flickers and kicks to life as if re-booted.

The first message says it all...

Lehman bankruptcy leaves country in turmoil.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 118.


141 EXT. PLAZA - LEHMAN BROTHERS HQ - DAY 141

A beautiful day. Charlie stands on a bench watching LEHMAN
EMPLOYEES with effects boxes exit through a PRESS gauntlet.

September 15, 2008

Jamie ends a call below him.

JAMIE
That was Ben . The Dow has dropped
1800 points in the last three days.
He thinks the price of gold could
go higher than the Dow. Up is now
officially down.

Charlie is still watching the chaos at Lehman.

CHARLIE
I want to see inside.

JAMIE
How?


142 EXT. WEST 49TH STREET - DAY 142

His box already in a taxi, a LEHMAN GUY looks from Jamie and
Charlie’s expectant faces to the building. Fuck it.

The Guy takes off his ID tag and hands it over.

CHARLIE
Which floor's fixed income?


143 INT. FRONTPOINT OFFICE - LATER THAT DAY 143

Vinny is on the phone. Danny and Porter work quietly if
feverishly at their desks that are covered in screens.

VINNY
Mark! Answer your phone! We have to
sell! This whole thing’s blowing
up!

DANNY
Prices are moving... I can't get a
fix!

Danny's panicked.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 119.


DANNY (CONT'D)
We have like 70 positions...I
can't...I don't know what's
happening to anything!
Morgan's lost a third of it's
value.

Vinny and Porter exchange a worried glance.

VINNY
Is it a run?

DANNY
I don't know.

VINNY
Danny, is there a run on Morgan
Stanley?!

DANNY
I don't know!

Danny squints at his screens; something's wrong with his
vision. He's soaking wet. Looks down at his chest.

DANNY (CONT'D)
I think I'm having a heart attack.

PORTER
No, you're not.

He's extremely pale but doesn't walk from the desk, tries to
regulate his breathing as Porter and Vinny watch.

PORTER (CONT’D)
You're not having a heart attack.
(no response)
You're not having a heart attack.
(no response)
You're not having a heart attack.

Danny looks as if he can't hear.

PORTER (CONT'D)
All right, maybe you are.

Vinny picks up the phone to call 911.

VINNY
Hello, we need an ambulance, now!
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 120.
Genres: ["Drama","Thriller"]

Summary In a tense scene, Alan Greenspan arrives at an auditorium expecting a large audience but finds only six attendees, highlighting the disconnect amid a national financial crisis. Meanwhile, chaos erupts outside Lehman Brothers HQ as employees flee with their belongings following the company's bankruptcy. Charlie, eager to witness the turmoil firsthand, receives an ID tag from a distressed Lehman employee. The scene shifts to the Frontpoint office, where Vinny frantically manages the fallout while Danny, overwhelmed by the situation, fears he is having a heart attack. As tension escalates, Porter calls for an ambulance, underscoring the urgency of the crisis.
Strengths
  • Building tension
  • Conveying urgency and panic
  • Character reactions to crisis
Weaknesses
  • Potential lack of clarity in the chaotic environment

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

This scene's primary job is to dramatize the immediate human cost of the financial meltdown within the trading floor, and it lands effectively through Danny's physical collapse. The single biggest limiter is the lack of direct character change or new story information—it's a powerful moment of tension but doesn't advance the plot or deepen character arcs beyond confirming the crisis.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of a trader having a heart attack while trying to track a collapsing market is a strong, visceral metaphor. It's not entirely original but is executed with effective, claustrophobic intensity.

Plot: 5

The plot stalls here—it's a reaction scene that confirms the crisis but doesn't introduce new information or decisions. The call to 911 is the only forward action.

Originality: 6.5

The heart attack as a metaphor for market collapse is a fresh take on the financial crisis genre, though the execution is straightforward. The dialogue is authentic but not distinctive.


Character Development

Characters: 6

Danny's panic and physical distress are vivid, but Vinny and Porter remain reactive and undifferentiated. The scene relies on the ensemble's shared fear rather than individual depth.

Character Changes: 2

No character undergoes a meaningful change. Danny's crisis is a symptom, not a turning point. The others remain in the same reactive state.

Internal Goal: 6

Danny's internal goal is to maintain control and survive, driven by fear of death and failure. The scene shows this goal crumbling.

External Goal: 5

Vinny's external goal is to get Danny medical help and stabilize the trading situation. The scene shows partial progress (calling 911) but no resolution.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 7

The conflict is internal (Danny vs. his own body) and external (the team vs. the market's chaos). The opposition is the invisible, overwhelming force of the financial system.

Opposition: 6

The opposition is the market's collapse and Danny's own body—both are impersonal, overwhelming forces. The team has no clear antagonist to fight.

High Stakes: 7

The stakes are life-and-death for Danny and financial ruin for the team, but the scene focuses on the immediate medical crisis rather than the broader stakes.

Story Forward: 4

The scene confirms the market's collapse is accelerating but doesn't introduce new plot points or decisions. It's a beat of tension, not a step forward.

Unpredictability: 7

This scene is unpredictable because a character having a heart attack mid-crisis is a sudden, human turn that subverts the expected focus on market data.

Philosophical Conflict: 5

The scene pits the human need for safety against the market's inhuman logic—Danny's body rebels against the system he serves. This is implied but not developed.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6

Danny's fear and physical vulnerability create genuine tension, but the scene is too brief and clinical to land a deep emotional blow. The 911 call adds urgency but not pathos.

Dialogue: 6

The dialogue is functional and tense, with Vinny's repeated questions and Porter's mantra-like reassurance. It's realistic but lacks subtext or memorable lines.

Engagement: 7

This scene is engaging because the physical crisis of a heart attack creates immediate, visceral stakes that cut through the abstract financial jargon.

Pacing: 8

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because it moves from frantic questions to a sudden, quiet realization of physical danger, then to the urgent 911 call—a tight, accelerating rhythm.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 9

Formatting is clean and professional—clear action lines, proper scene headings, and effective use of parentheticals. No errors.

Structure: 7

The scene follows a classic tension-building structure: setup (Danny's panic), escalation (heart attack suspicion), and climax (911 call). It's effective for its genre but lacks a resolution.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the chaos and urgency of the financial crisis, particularly through the contrasting settings of the auditorium and the Lehman Brothers HQ. However, the transition between these locations could be smoother to maintain narrative flow.
  • The dialogue is functional but lacks emotional depth. While the panic and urgency are conveyed, the characters' internal struggles and fears could be more vividly expressed to create a stronger connection with the audience.
  • Danny's panic attack is a significant moment, but it feels somewhat abrupt. More buildup to his physical distress could enhance the tension and make the audience more invested in his well-being.
  • The use of visual elements, such as the empty auditorium and the chaos outside Lehman Brothers, is effective in illustrating the stark contrast between expectation and reality. However, the scene could benefit from more descriptive language to paint a clearer picture of the characters' surroundings and emotional states.
  • The pacing of the scene is uneven. The initial buildup with Greenspan's arrival is quickly overshadowed by the frantic energy of the Lehman scene. A more balanced pacing could help maintain tension throughout.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a brief moment of reflection for Charlie and Jamie before they receive the ID tag, allowing them to express their thoughts on the gravity of the situation. This could deepen their characterization and heighten the stakes.
  • Expand on Danny's physical symptoms leading up to his declaration of a heart attack. This could involve him noticing other signs of stress or panic, making his eventual breakdown feel more earned.
  • Incorporate more sensory details to enhance the atmosphere. Describe the sounds, smells, and sights in the office and outside Lehman Brothers to immerse the audience in the chaos.
  • Introduce a moment of levity or dark humor amidst the tension to provide contrast and make the characters more relatable. This could be a quip from Vinny or Porter that highlights the absurdity of the situation.
  • Ensure that the transitions between scenes are clear and purposeful. Consider using a visual or auditory cue to signal the shift from the auditorium to the chaos outside Lehman Brothers, helping the audience follow the narrative more easily.



Scene 57 -  Aftermath of Collapse
144 INT. LEHMAN ELEVATOR BANKS - DAY 144

A DIMINUTIVE EXEC is in the flow of departing Employees.

DIMINUTIVE EXEC
Go straight to your transportation!
Do not talk to the press! Go
straight to your transportation! Do
not talk to the press!

Jamie holds up the pass for a Guard, who hurriedly waves he
and Charlie through the turnstile, like two diplomats
slipping back in the embassy as Saigon falls.


145 INT. TRADING FLOOR - LEHMAN BROTHERS - DAY 145

Abandoned. A few EMPLOYEES pack. Loose paper's everywhere.

Charlie and Jamie walk through the destruction: plundered
desks; emptied picture frames; sad tchotkes.

On one desk, someone's made a pyramid of Red Bull cans.

On one wall, someone's painted a huge...LEH: 0.00.

CHARLIE
This isn't how I pictured it.

JAMIE
What'd you think we'd find?

Charlie considers this question a few seconds.

CHARLIE
The grown-ups.


146 EXT. ST. PATRICK'S CATHEDRAL - DAY 146

A BUSINESS CROWD passes.

On the church steps, Danny is now okay. He, Vinny and Porter
watch the crowd, rushing past, oblivious.

VINNY
You okay?

DANNY
Yeah... I think so. It’s
embarrassing. I really thought I
was having a heart attack.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 121.


PORTER
Let’s go to dinner tonight. I hear
there’s a great new Cuban joint in
the lower east side.

DANNY
Really? I’d like that.

Vinny paces. His Blackberry RINGS.

VINNY
Mark, finally!
(answering)
Hey, it's a bloodbath up here.


147 EXT. UPPER EAST SIDE APARTMENT ROOF GARDEN - SAME TIME 147

Mark sits at a table with his laptop and a coffee, shell
shocked staring off into the building around him.

Vinny's on Mark’s cell phone speaker.

VINNY (O.S.)
Word's out. Morgan's stock has lost
half its value. Down to 23.10.
Clients are wanting to talk to you
about pulling their money.
(then)
It's now or never. We gotta sell
Mark.
(silence)
Hello?
(nothing)
Mark?!

MARK
Yeah.

CLOSE on MARK. He's staring at nothing.

VINNY (O.S.)
At least tell me what you're
thinking.

FADE TO BLACK:

MICHAEL BURRY (V.O.)
I met my wife on Match.com. My
profile said, quote, I am a medical
student with only one eye, an
awkward social manner, and $145,000
in student loans, end quote.
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 122.

MICHAEL BURRY (V.O.) (CONT'D)
She wrote back: you're just what
I've been looking for. She meant
honest. So, let me be honest...


148 INT. SCION OFFICE - DAY 148

Bare feet on corporate carpet.

MIKE (V.O.)
...making money is not like I
thought it would be.

Mike's at the Assistant's Desk sorting through a stack of his
mail. He's also listening to the VOICE MAIL on the phone's
speaker, erasing most messages after they start.

VOICE MAIL MESSAGE
Oh, Mike, this is Kerry Mann down
at Camelot Capital. Listen, we see
you're jumping back in the equities
market in a big way. In this
environment, we're not sure that's
a wise--

He hits ERASE. And keeps sorting.

MIKE (V.O.)
This business kills the part of
life that is essential: the part
that has nothing to do with
business.
Genres: ["Drama","Finance"]

Summary In a chaotic scene at Lehman Brothers, a diminutive executive urges departing employees to avoid the press as Jamie and Charlie navigate the disarray of the abandoned trading floor. Charlie expresses disappointment at the state of the office, while outside St. Patrick's Cathedral, Danny discusses his health scare with Vinny and Porter, who receives urgent news from Mark about the financial crisis. The scene concludes with Mike reflecting on the emotional toll of the business as he sorts through his mail and listens to a warning voicemail.
Strengths
  • Emotional impact
  • Character reflections
  • Plot progression
Weaknesses
  • Limited external conflict
  • Some dialogue could be more impactful

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

This scene serves as the emotional and thematic denouement of the financial collapse, effectively showing the physical and psychological wreckage. Its biggest limiter is the fragmented structure—jumping between multiple characters and locations dilutes the impact of any single moment, preventing a fully immersive experience.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of showing the aftermath through multiple perspectives—the evacuated Lehman office, the stunned traders on church steps, and Burry's solitary reflection—is strong, but the execution feels slightly scattered.

Plot: 6

The plot advances the story by showing the immediate consequences of the crash, but it's more a series of tableaux than a cause-and-effect progression.

Originality: 7

The scene offers fresh takes on familiar collapse imagery (the 'LEH: 0.00' graffiti, the Red Bull pyramid) and authentic dialogue that feels true to the characters' disillusionment.


Character Development

Characters: 6.5

Charlie and Jamie's brief exchange reveals their disillusionment, and Vinny's phone call with Mark shows Mark's paralysis. However, the characters are mostly reacting rather than driving action.

Character Changes: 5

Charlie and Jamie's perception of the financial world is shattered ('The grown-ups'), and Mark is frozen in shock. Burry's voiceover suggests a shift in his understanding of success.

Internal Goal: 6

Mark's internal goal is to process the collapse and decide whether to sell, driven by fear of responsibility and guilt. Burry's internal goal is to reconcile his success with his disillusionment.

External Goal: 5

Mark's external goal is to respond to Vinny's pressure to sell. Charlie and Jamie's external goal is to witness the Lehman collapse firsthand.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 5

Conflict is internal (Mark's paralysis, Burry's ambivalence) and external (the chaotic evacuation, Vinny's urgency), but it's subdued and reflective rather than active.

Opposition: 4

The opposition is systemic—the market collapse itself—rather than a single antagonist, which makes the conflict diffuse.

High Stakes: 7

The stakes are high—Morgan Stanley's stock halved, clients pulling money—but the scene focuses on reaction rather than active risk.

Story Forward: 5

The scene shows the immediate aftermath of the crash and sets up the characters' next moves (Vinny pushing to sell, Burry reflecting), but it's more a pause than a forward push.

Unpredictability: 7

This scene is unpredictable because it subverts expectations of a triumphant climax, instead showing quiet devastation and personal doubt.

Philosophical Conflict: 7

The clash between the pursuit of wealth and the emptiness it brings, embodied by Burry's voiceover: 'This business kills the part of life that is essential.'


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6

The scene has emotional weight—the abandoned trading floor, Danny's near-heart attack, Burry's voiceover—but the rapid cuts prevent deep emotional immersion.

Dialogue: 6.5

The dialogue is sparse but effective—Charlie's 'This isn't how I pictured it' and 'The grown-ups' are poignant. The phone call between Vinny and Mark is functional but lacks the sharpness of earlier scenes.

Engagement: 6.5

This scene is engaging because it offers visceral images of collapse (the pyramid of Red Bull cans, the 'LEH: 0.00' graffiti) and poignant character moments, but the fragmentation reduces sustained engagement.

Pacing: 7

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because it alternates between chaotic evacuation and still, reflective moments, creating a rhythm of shock and contemplation.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

Formatting is clean and professional, with clear scene headings and action lines that convey atmosphere efficiently.

Structure: 6

The structure is a montage of aftermath scenes, which fits the genre's need to show widespread impact but lacks a clear narrative spine for this segment.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the chaos and emotional weight of the financial crisis, particularly through the contrasting settings of the abandoned Lehman trading floor and the frantic conversations outside. However, the transition between these locations could be smoother to enhance the flow of the narrative.
  • The dialogue between Charlie and Jamie is brief but impactful, showcasing their disillusionment. However, it could benefit from more depth to further explore their emotional states and expectations. Adding a line or two that reflects their personal stakes in the crisis could heighten the tension.
  • The visual imagery of the abandoned trading floor is strong, particularly the details like the pyramid of Red Bull cans and the 'LEH: 0.00' graffiti. These elements effectively symbolize the collapse of the institution. However, the scene could include more sensory details (sounds, smells) to immerse the audience further in the environment.
  • The pacing of the scene feels slightly rushed, especially as it transitions from the elevator banks to the trading floor. A moment of stillness or reflection could allow the audience to absorb the gravity of the situation before moving on to the next location.
  • The emotional tone shifts between the chaos of the outside world and the introspection of Mark on the roof garden. While this contrast is interesting, it may benefit from a clearer thematic connection between the two settings to reinforce the overarching narrative of the financial collapse.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a brief moment of reflection for Charlie and Jamie as they walk through the trading floor, allowing them to express their feelings about the situation more explicitly. This could deepen their character development and enhance audience connection.
  • Incorporate more sensory details in the descriptions of the settings, such as the sounds of chaos outside or the eerie silence of the trading floor, to create a more immersive experience for the audience.
  • Smooth out the transitions between locations by including a line or two that connects the emotional weight of the trading floor with Mark's introspection on the roof garden, reinforcing the theme of disillusionment and loss.
  • Explore the possibility of adding a moment of tension or conflict between Charlie and Jamie as they navigate the chaos, which could heighten the stakes and showcase their differing perspectives on the crisis.
  • Consider extending the voicemail message that Mike Burry receives to provide more context about the concerns surrounding his investment decisions, which could add depth to his character and the overall narrative.



Scene 58 -  The Cost of Opportunity
149 INT. MINI-MART - DAY 149

Burry’s FORMER ASSISTANT is stocking Red Bulls in a
convenience store.


A150 EXT. UPSCALE MIAMI NEIGHBORHOOD - DAY A150

The neighborhood Baum toured with the real estate agent is
now covered with foreclosure signs.


150 INT. SEMINAR ROOM - CORPORATE HOTEL - DAY 150

With two dozen others, Marlene and the Younger Agent are
taking a seminar, “You Can Be a Real Estate Millionaire”.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 122A.


SEMINAR LEADER #2
(again)
The housing crisis represents the
greatest financial opportunity of
your lifetime!
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 123.


151 EXT. CONVENIENCE STORE - DAY 151

The Man with the Tattooed Head comes out of the store and
hurries to his CAR, carrying food. When he gets in, we see
his child, wife and their stuff. They now live in the car.

MIKE (V.O.)
For the past two years my insides
have felt like they’re eating
themselves. All the people I
respected won’t talk to me anymore
except through lawyers...


152 INT. BASKETBALL ARENA - MIAMI UNIVERSITY - DAY 152

A large JOB FAIR.

Maroon waits in a long line for his turn with an ADVISOR, one
of many in a row of folding tables. He looks over to see his
friend, Black, in another line. Nods. Hey. Hey.

MIKE (V.O.)
People want an authority to tell
them how to value things. But they
chose this authority not based on
facts or results. They chose it
because it seems authoritative and
familiar. And I am not and never
have been... “familiar.”


153 INT. CAB - DAY 153

The West African Cab Driver that drove Mark looks at his
401K. It says -43,540 dollars. Leaving only 46k.


154 INT. MIKE'S OFFICE - NIGHT 154

Mike types the email we've been hearing in VO throughout.

MIKE (V.O.)
So, I've come to the sullen
realization that I must close down
the fund.


155 INT. SCION OFFICE - NIGHT 155

It's the night Mike erased the WHITE BOARD in the empty
office.

This time, we watch him write his fund's growth...+489%.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 124.


MIKE (V.O.)
I am writing this to inform you
that earlier today I sold off all
positions for Scion Fund.

He circles it. Then walks out.


156 INT. OFFICE - DEUTSCHE BANK - DAY 156

Inscrutable, Jared Vennett considers a BONUS LETTER on his
desk. He talks to camera.

JARED
(to camera)
I can’t really say it to anyone
else, but I’ll say it to you: I was
right. I took a rash of shit for
the past two years but I was right.

His bonus for 2008 is $47,000,000.

JARED (CONT’D)
Hey I never said I was the hero of
this story.

He kisses the check.

JARED (CONT’D)
I can feel you judging me...
Remember, I made this bank 20
billion. My two bosses lost 30
billion and still got fifty million
in bonuses. You didn’t see that on
your news did you?
Genres: ["Drama"]

Summary In a poignant scene, the fallout of the housing crisis is depicted through various characters and settings. Burry's former assistant stocks shelves in a mini-mart, while Marlene and the Younger Agent attend a seminar promoting real estate opportunities amidst the crisis. A man with a tattooed head struggles with his family's living situation, now residing in their car. Mike reflects on his deteriorating relationships and the nature of authority in finance through voiceover. Maroon searches for new opportunities at a job fair, and Jared Vennett at Deutsche Bank contemplates the moral implications of his controversial success. The scene captures the somber realities of the financial crisis and its impact on individuals.
Strengths
  • Emotional depth
  • Character development
  • Realistic portrayal of financial crisis
Weaknesses
  • Potential lack of clarity in some character motivations

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

This scene serves as an epilogue montage, effectively showing the varied consequences of the financial collapse with sharp irony and emotional weight. The biggest limiter is its fragmented structure—jumping between many characters and locations without a single dramatic through-line—which dilutes emotional impact and makes it feel more like a coda than a cohesive scene.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of showing the aftermath through a series of vignettes—foreclosure signs, job fairs, a family living in a car, and a bonus check reveal—is strong and thematically rich. However, it lacks a central dramatic event, relying on montage rather than a single scene.

Plot: 4.5

The plot is minimal; it's a series of tableaus showing the fallout rather than advancing a narrative. The scenes are connected thematically but not causally, which weakens plot momentum.

Originality: 7

The use of direct address to camera for Jared's bonus scene is a fresh take on the 'villain's monologue.' The montage of aftermath is familiar but effective. The family living in a car is a poignant, authentic detail.


Character Development

Characters: 5

Characters are glimpsed briefly—Burry's former assistant, the tattooed man, Maroon, Black, Jared—but none are developed in this scene. Jared's direct address is the most memorable, but others are ciphers.

Character Changes: 1

No character undergoes significant change in this scene; it's a snapshot of their post-crisis state. Jared's direct address reveals his lack of remorse, but that's a revelation, not a change.

Internal Goal: 5

Mike's internal goal is to find peace with his decision to close the fund and accept his outsider status; Jared's is to justify his actions and wealth to himself and the audience.

External Goal: 4

Mike's external goal is to close the fund and inform investors; Jared's is to receive and acknowledge his bonus. These are accomplished off-screen or in the scene.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 3

Conflict is mostly implied—between the haves and have-nots, between Jared's self-justification and the audience's judgment. There is no direct confrontation in this scene.

Opposition: 4

The opposition is systemic—the financial system, the culture of greed—rather than a single antagonist. Jared's self-justification is a form of opposition to the audience's likely moral judgment.

High Stakes: 5

The stakes are high in a thematic sense—financial ruin, homelessness, systemic collapse—but the scene lacks immediate, personal stakes for a protagonist. The stakes are diffuse.

Story Forward: 2

The scene does not advance the plot; it shows the aftermath. It provides closure for some threads (Burry's fund closure, Jared's bonus) but does not introduce new story momentum.

Unpredictability: 6.5

This scene is unpredictable because the montage jumps between disparate locations and characters, and Jared's direct address and kiss of the check subvert expectations of a somber epilogue.

Philosophical Conflict: 7.5

The clash between the value of human life and the value of money; between being 'right' and being ethical. Jared's speech embodies the tension: he was right about the market, but at what human cost?


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6.5

The montage of foreclosure signs, the family in the car, and the job fair evoke sadness and anger. Jared's kiss of the check adds bitter irony. However, the fragmented structure prevents deep emotional immersion.

Dialogue: 6.5

Dialogue is sparse; the most impactful is Jared's monologue to camera, which is sharp, cynical, and revealing. The seminar leader's line is generic. The voice-over from Mike is reflective but not dialogue per se.

Engagement: 7

This scene is engaging because of the stark contrasts—the family in the car vs. Jared's bonus—and the direct address that breaks the fourth wall, inviting the audience to judge.

Pacing: 6

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because the quick cuts between vignettes create a sense of widespread impact, while Jared's longer monologue provides a moment of focus. However, the rapid shifts can feel disjointed.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 9

Formatting is standard and clean. Scene headings are clear, and the use of (V.O.) and (to camera) is correct. The montage is handled with separate slug lines.

Structure: 5.5

The structure is a montage, which is appropriate for an epilogue. It lacks a traditional three-act structure but has a clear emotional arc from despair (foreclosures) to cynical triumph (Jared's bonus).


Critique
  • The scene effectively juxtaposes the stark realities of the housing crisis with the misguided optimism of the seminar attendees, highlighting the disconnect between the financial elite and the everyday struggles of people affected by the crisis. However, the transitions between locations feel somewhat abrupt, which can disrupt the flow of the narrative. A smoother transition could enhance the coherence of the scene.
  • Mike's voiceover provides a poignant reflection on the emotional toll of the financial crisis, but it could benefit from more specific examples or anecdotes that illustrate his feelings of isolation and despair. This would deepen the audience's connection to his character and the broader implications of the crisis.
  • The use of visual elements, such as the tattooed man living in his car and the seminar attendees, effectively conveys the contrasting experiences of different characters. However, the scene could further explore the emotional weight of these visuals by incorporating more character reactions or interactions that emphasize the gravity of their situations.
  • Jared's monologue at Deutsche Bank serves as a powerful commentary on the moral ambiguity of the financial industry, but it feels somewhat disconnected from the preceding scenes. Integrating his perspective more seamlessly into the narrative could enhance the thematic cohesion of the screenplay.
  • The pacing of the scene is uneven, with some moments feeling rushed while others linger too long. A more balanced pacing would allow the audience to absorb the emotional weight of the characters' experiences and the broader implications of the financial crisis.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding transitional phrases or visual cues that connect the different locations more fluidly, helping the audience follow the narrative without feeling disoriented.
  • Incorporate specific anecdotes or examples in Mike's voiceover that illustrate his feelings of isolation and despair, making his emotional journey more relatable to the audience.
  • Enhance the emotional impact of the visuals by including character reactions or interactions that highlight the gravity of their situations, allowing the audience to empathize with their struggles.
  • Integrate Jared's monologue more seamlessly into the narrative by providing context or foreshadowing his perspective earlier in the scene, creating a stronger thematic connection.
  • Adjust the pacing of the scene to ensure a more balanced rhythm, allowing the audience to fully absorb the emotional weight of the characters' experiences and the implications of the financial crisis.



Scene 59 -  Disillusion on the Roof
157 EXT. UPPER EAST SIDE APARTMENT ROOF GARDEN - DAY 157

Mark as before, quiet, talking to Vinny via cell phone.

MUSIC: A piano piece like THE TWINS by MAX RICHTER fades in
slowly

VINNY (O.S.)
Mark!? At least tell me what you're
thinking.

MARK
Paulson and Bernanke just left the
White House. There's going to be a
bailout.

Mark’s voice is full of masked emotion, quiet, resigned.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 124A.


VINNY (O.S.)
You're serious?!
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 125.


MARK
Yeah... The whole time we were
wondering how the big banks could
be so stupid... They didn’t care.
They knew the tax payers had to
bail em out.

VINNY (V.O.)
Those fuckers.
(and then)
At least we’ll see some of them go
to jail. And they’re going to have
to break up the banks.

MARK
I don’t know Vinny. I bet in a few
years we’ll be doing what people
always do when the economy goes
south: blaming immigrants and poor
people.

JARED (V.O.)
But Mark was wrong. In the years
that followed 100’s of bankers and
rating’s agency executives went to
jail. The SEC was completely
overhauled.


158 MONTAGE OF REFORM IMAGERY: 1. HEARINGS AT CONGRESS. 2. THE158
DODD/FRANK BANKING REFORM BEING SIGNED, 3. BANKERS BEING PERP
WALKED IN HANDCUFFS.

JARED (V.O.)
And Congress had no choice but to
break up the big banks and regulate
the mortgage and derivatives
industries.
(Beat)
Just kidding.


159 SMASH TO: VT. OF 1) PEOPLE SCREAMING AT IMMIGRANT CHILDREN159
ON
THE BORDER. 2) GOVERNORS AND TALK SHOW HOSTS BLAMING TEACHERS
3)CONGRESS VOTING DOWN SERIOUS BANKING REFORM.

JARED (V.O.)
The banks took the money the
American people gave them and used
it to lobby the Congress to kill
big reform. And then America blamed
immigrants and poor people. And
this time... even teachers.
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 126.

JARED (V.O.) (CONT'D)
And when all was said and done,
only one single banker went to
jail.

PICTURE OF THE ONE BANKER WHO WENT TO JAIL.

JARED (V.O.)
This poor schmuck. Kareem
Serageldin from Credit Suisse. He
hid a few billion in mortgage bond
losses. Something most of the big
banks do on a good day. I’m sure it
didn’t hurt that he was of Egyptian
decent...
Genres: ["Drama","Satire"]

Summary On the roof garden of an Upper East Side apartment, Mark speaks with Vinny about the impending bailout, expressing skepticism about its effectiveness and the tendency of society to blame immigrants and the poor for economic issues. Vinny reacts with anger, while Jared's voiceover highlights the lack of accountability in the financial system, noting that only one banker faced consequences. The scene contrasts the serene setting with the heavy conversation, ending with a stark reminder of the failure to hold the powerful accountable.
Strengths
  • Sharp dialogue
  • Satirical commentary
  • Cynical tone
Weaknesses
  • Lack of character development
  • Subtle conflict

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

This scene serves as the thematic denouement, delivering the film's core critique of the financial system's impunity. Its primary job is to land the bitter irony of the aftermath, which it does effectively through Jared's voiceover and the montage, but the overall score is limited by the heavy reliance on voiceover exposition rather than dramatized action, which reduces emotional immediacy and feels somewhat preachy.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of revealing the lack of real reform after the crisis is strong and thematically resonant, but it's executed through a somewhat didactic voiceover rather than a more nuanced dramatic scene.

Plot: 5

The plot advances the story to its conclusion, but the scene is more of a coda than a plot-driven event; the action is minimal (a phone call and a montage).

Originality: 7

The scene is original in its use of a sardonic voiceover to undercut the expected reform montage, but the technique of blaming immigrants and poor people is a familiar critique.


Character Development

Characters: 5.5

Mark shows resignation, but the scene's main character work is done through Jared's voiceover, which is informative but not deeply character-driven. Vinny's brief reaction is effective but limited.

Character Changes: 2

Mark does not change significantly in this scene; he is already resigned. The change is more in the audience's understanding of the outcome.

Internal Goal: 5

Mark's internal goal is to find meaning or justice in the collapse, but he settles for resigned acceptance of the system's failure.

External Goal: 7

Mark's external goal is to inform Vinny of the bailout and discuss the implications.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 4

The conflict is internal (Mark's resignation) and philosophical (the system vs. justice), but there is no active opposition in the scene itself.

Opposition: 3

The opposition is systemic and abstract (the financial and political establishment), not a specific character, which reduces dramatic tension.

High Stakes: 5

The stakes are societal and thematic (the fate of justice and reform), but they are not personal to the characters in this moment.

Story Forward: 4

The scene moves the story to its final thematic point, but it is a wrap-up rather than a forward-driving event.

Unpredictability: 7

This scene is unpredictable because it subverts the expected reform narrative with a 'just kidding' twist, but the overall cynical outcome is somewhat expected given the film's tone.

Philosophical Conflict: 8

The clash is between the ideal of justice (bankers should be punished) and the reality of a rigged system (they are not). Mark's worldview is confirmed as cynical.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6.5

The emotional impact comes from the bitter irony and the montage of real-world injustices, but the voiceover distance and lack of a personal stake in the moment reduce its punch.

Dialogue: 6

The dialogue between Mark and Vinny is natural and carries emotional weight, but the bulk of the scene's message is delivered via voiceover, which is less engaging than direct dialogue.

Engagement: 6.5

This scene is engaging because it delivers the film's central thesis with biting sarcasm and real-world imagery, but the voiceover can feel like a lecture.

Pacing: 7

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because the quiet phone call builds a somber mood, then the rapid montage delivers the ironic punch, but the voiceover can feel rushed.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

Formatting is standard and clear, with proper scene headings and transitions. The montage is indicated with VT and descriptions.

Structure: 6

The structure is a classic denouement: a quiet phone call followed by a montage that summarizes the aftermath. It works for the genre but lacks dramatic tension.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the emotional weight of the financial crisis and the disillusionment of the characters, particularly Mark. His resigned tone and the dialogue with Vinny convey a sense of helplessness in the face of systemic corruption, which resonates with the audience. However, the emotional impact could be heightened by incorporating more visual elements that reflect Mark's internal struggle, such as close-ups of his facial expressions or the surrounding environment that mirrors his feelings.
  • The use of voiceover from Jared adds a layer of commentary that contrasts with Mark's perspective, but it risks undermining the emotional gravity of the scene. The humor in Jared's voiceover, particularly the 'just kidding' line, may detract from the seriousness of the subject matter. This tonal shift could confuse the audience about the intended emotional response, as it oscillates between somber reflection and dark humor.
  • The montage of reform imagery following Mark's conversation is a strong visual choice, but it feels somewhat disconnected from the preceding dialogue. The transition from Mark's personal lament to a broader commentary on systemic failures could be smoother. The montage could benefit from a more gradual build-up, perhaps by interspersing Mark's dialogue with visuals that illustrate the consequences of the bailout and the public's reaction.
  • The final lines about the single banker going to jail serve as a powerful indictment of the system, but the preceding commentary about blaming immigrants and poor people could be more nuanced. While it highlights a critical issue, it risks oversimplifying the complexities of societal blame during economic crises. A more layered approach could enhance the scene's depth and provoke thoughtful reflection from the audience.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding more visual storytelling elements to enhance the emotional resonance of Mark's character. Close-ups or shots of the rooftop garden could symbolize his isolation and despair amidst the chaos below.
  • Reevaluate the tone of Jared's voiceover. If the intention is to maintain a serious critique of the financial system, consider toning down the humor to preserve the gravity of the situation.
  • Smooth the transition between Mark's dialogue and the montage by incorporating visuals that reflect his emotional state or the immediate aftermath of the bailout, creating a more cohesive narrative flow.
  • Explore a more nuanced portrayal of societal blame in the aftermath of the crisis. This could involve showing reactions from various societal groups or individuals, allowing for a more complex discussion of accountability and responsibility.



Scene 60 -  The Weight of Profit
160 EXT. UPPER EAST SIDE APARTMENT ROOF GARDEN - CONTINUOUS 160

Mark silently looks off into the distance, still on the phone
with Vinny.

VINNY (V.O.)
Mark?
(beat)
Can we sell now? The fund’ll make
almost a billion dollars... You’ll
clear 200 mill Mark.

MARK
You know once we sell we’re just
like all the rest...

VINNY (V.O.)
No we’re not Mark... We didn’t prey
on people’s dreams of owning a
home... They did. And now we can
kick em in the teeth.

MARK
A billion dollars...

VINNY
That’s right. But we’ve got to sell
or it could be zero. It’s now or
never. It really is.

Long beat.

MARK
Okay... Sell it all.

The Big Short
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 127.


MUSIC: ORCHESTRAL THEME.

And then over black...

“When the dust settled from the collapse 5 trillion dollars
in pension money, real estate value, 401k, savings, and bonds
had disappeared. 8 million people lost their jobs, six
million lost their homes. And that was just in the USA.”

“Charlie Geller and Jamie Shipley attempted to sue the
ratings agencies but were laughed out of all law offices.
Jamie still runs Brownfield with Ben Rickert but Charlie left
New York to live in Charlotte and start a family. He did not
go on Lithium.”

“Cynthia says Mark Baum actually became gracious after the
collapse and never said “I told you so” to anyone. But he did
give large sums of his money to a charity that helps people
escape from cults. Danny, Vinny and Porter all still run a
fund together and are as terrified as ever.”

“Michael Burry contacted the government several times to see
if anyone wanted to interview him to find out how he knew the
system would collapse years before anyone else. No one ever
returned his calls. But he was audited four times and
questioned by the FBI. The small investing he still does is
all focused on one commodity: water.”

After a beat...

“In 2015 several large banks began selling billions in
something called a “bespoke tranche opportunity.” Which
according to the Wall Street Journal is just another name for
a CDO.”

END.
Genres: ["Drama","Thriller"]

Summary On the roof garden of an Upper East Side apartment, Mark grapples with a moral dilemma during a tense phone call with Vinny about selling their investment fund. Despite his initial reservations about losing their ethical standing, Mark ultimately succumbs to Vinny's pressure and agrees to sell, motivated by the prospect of nearly a billion dollars in profit. The scene concludes with text overlays that reveal the devastating aftermath of the financial collapse, highlighting the significant losses faced by various characters.
Strengths
  • Intense emotional impact
  • Strong character development
  • Compelling dialogue
Weaknesses
  • Limited physical action
  • Reliance on dialogue for tension buildup

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7.5

This scene serves as the emotional and thematic denouement of the film, landing the protagonist's final decision with weight and then delivering a powerful, cynical coda. The single biggest limiter is that the rooftop conversation itself is brief and somewhat static, relying heavily on voiceover and a single beat of dialogue, which slightly undercuts the dramatic tension of the climactic sell order.


Story Content

Concept: 8.5

The concept of ending the financial thriller not with a triumphant victory but with a resigned sell order and a series of ironic, systemic-failure epilogues is strong and thematically resonant. It subverts the expected happy ending.

Plot: 7

The plot resolves the central conflict (whether to sell) but does so in a brief, almost anti-climactic phone call. The epilogues provide closure for character arcs but are more narrative summary than dramatized plot.

Originality: 8

The use of text epilogues to deliver character fates and thematic punch is a fresh take on the standard denouement, avoiding a sappy or triumphant ending. The actions and dialogue feel authentic to the characters.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Mark's character is solidified in his final, weary decision, but the scene offers little new depth. The epilogues efficiently wrap up character fates but lack the nuance of their earlier portrayals.

Character Changes: 4

Mark changes from a man holding out against selling to one who finally capitulates, but the change is subtle and internal. The epilogues show static final states for all characters.

Internal Goal: 7

Mark's internal goal is to reconcile his moral outrage with the pragmatic need to profit from the collapse, seeking a way to act without becoming complicit in the system he despises.

External Goal: 8

Mark's external goal is to decide whether to sell the fund's positions, a decision that will net nearly a billion dollars.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 5

The internal conflict (Mark's moral hesitation vs. the pragmatic need to sell) is present but resolved quickly. The external conflict with the financial system is acknowledged but not dramatized in this scene.

Opposition: 6

The opposition is no longer a person but the system itself—the financial industry's inertia and lack of accountability. Mark's final decision is a surrender to that system, not a victory over it.

High Stakes: 7

The stakes are high (a billion-dollar decision), but the scene's contemplative tone and the epilogues' historical perspective reduce the immediate tension.

Story Forward: 8

The scene resolves the primary story question (will they sell?) and provides closure for all major arcs, effectively ending the narrative.

Unpredictability: 8

This scene is unpredictable because it avoids a triumphant climax, instead offering a quiet, morally ambiguous resolution and a series of ironic epilogues that indict the system's lack of reform.

Philosophical Conflict: 8

The clash is between moral purity (not wanting to be 'like all the rest') and pragmatic survival (the fund could go to zero). Mark ultimately chooses pragmatism, but the epilogues suggest the system remains unchanged, rendering his choice hollow.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 7

The emotional impact is muted but effective—a sense of weary resignation rather than triumph. The epilogues add a layer of bitter irony that lingers.

Dialogue: 7

The dialogue is sparse but effective, with Vinny's pragmatic push and Mark's resigned agreement carrying weight. The voiceover epilogues are functional but lack the natural rhythm of spoken dialogue.

Engagement: 8

This scene is engaging because it delivers the long-awaited payoff of the central bet and then subverts expectations with a cynical, thought-provoking coda that resonates beyond the film's end.

Pacing: 7

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because the slow, contemplative rooftop moment creates a necessary pause before the rapid-fire epilogues, which deliver information efficiently but can feel rushed.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 9

The formatting is standard and clear, with proper scene headings and transitions. The use of all-caps for the epilogue text is a stylistic choice that works for emphasis.

Structure: 7

The scene follows a classic denouement structure: a quiet moment of decision followed by a series of epilogues that provide closure and thematic commentary. The shift from dramatized scene to text epilogue is structurally bold but risks feeling like a lecture.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the moral dilemma faced by Mark as he contemplates selling the fund. The dialogue between Mark and Vinny highlights the tension between financial gain and ethical considerations, which is central to the narrative. However, the emotional weight of Mark's decision could be enhanced by incorporating more internal conflict or visual cues that reflect his turmoil.
  • The use of a phone conversation allows for a sense of immediacy and urgency, but it also limits the visual storytelling. Consider adding visual elements that show Mark's surroundings or his emotional state, such as close-ups of his facial expressions or the environment around him, to deepen the audience's connection to his internal struggle.
  • The transition to the text overlays summarizing the aftermath of the financial collapse is impactful, but it may feel abrupt to some viewers. A smoother transition or a brief moment of reflection from Mark before the text appears could help maintain the emotional flow of the scene.
  • The orchestral music cue is a strong choice, but it could be more effectively integrated with the dialogue. The music should complement the emotional tone of the conversation rather than overshadow it. Consider using the music to build tension during the conversation and then swell as the text overlays appear, enhancing the gravity of the situation.
  • The final text overlays provide important context and closure, but they could benefit from a more personal touch. Instead of just stating facts, consider including brief anecdotes or quotes from the characters that reflect their emotional journeys post-collapse, making the impact of the crisis feel more personal and relatable.
Suggestions
  • Incorporate visual elements that reflect Mark's emotional state, such as close-ups of his face or shots of the city skyline, to enhance the audience's connection to his internal conflict.
  • Consider adding a moment of silence or reflection from Mark before the text overlays appear, allowing the audience to absorb the weight of his decision.
  • Adjust the orchestral music to build tension during the conversation and swell as the text overlays appear, ensuring it complements the emotional tone of the scene.
  • Include brief anecdotes or quotes from the characters in the text overlays to provide a more personal touch and deepen the emotional impact of the aftermath.
  • Explore the possibility of adding a visual metaphor or symbol that represents the moral conflict Mark faces, such as a contrasting image of wealth and poverty, to visually reinforce the themes of the scene.